10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Apr 2025
    1. AS THE PRIN CES L IST E N E D TO H IS ST O R Y , /C U N T! W ATCH/NO THEIR. FA CES& U E S 3 E D TH E STA TE O F HER. S O N S * M IN D S .

      My focus is on the dialogue that follows this quote; “Each one of them seems to be keen on winning the chaste Draupadi at the Swayamvara.” This quote is referring to the traditional ceremony where a princess can choose a husband from a group of assembled suitors, but the actual power dynamics are a lot less liberating than they appear. Like saying “Keen on winning” places Draupadi not as a human being with free thinking thoughts but as a passive prize that can be won. Like an object that can be obtained without objection or choice.

  2. dobras.emnuvens.com.br dobras.emnuvens.com.br
    1. É também pelo pensamento cartesiano que os polos do raciocínio dicotômico sem-pre se apresentam em desequilíbrio de forças. Noutras palavras, sempre há prevalênciade um lado em oposição ao seu inverso inferior: supremacia da razão em detrimento daemoção, do homem em detrimento da mulher, do bem em detrimento do mal, do privadoem detrimento do público, da alma em detrimento do corpo, da essência em detrimentoda aparência. Aqui, as demarcações, não apenas desarticulam conceitos interligados, comotambém subestimam um dos hemisférios em benefício do suposto inverso. A partir disso,fica-nos claro como o processo de hegemonização do pensamento racionalista tolerou e jus-tificou desigualdade social, de modo que a exploração, a colonização e o patriarcado sequermereceram o remorso dentre os beneficiados pelo ethos do capital.

      Dicotomização e polarização são características do pensamento hegemônico.

  3. www.planalto.gov.br www.planalto.gov.br
    1. I expect to be better organizedafter the next week.

      Tenho acompanhado as sessões sincronas com muito interesse e motivação. É um gosto ser ouvinte de peritos em determinada área, de ficar a saber que o "tempo que levo" na "curadoria" dos meus materiais pedagógicos (PowerPoint, etc.) é justificavel, faz parte de um estilo que é válido, e que considero muito gratificante. Na preparação de uma sessão TBL para estudantes de mestrado "tropecei" na teoria de Bloom aqui falada e como a IA generativa da plataforma LAMS constroi perguntas tendo por base a taxinomia de Bloom's que preferirmos, perguntas com base no nivel: • Recordar; Compreender; Aplicar; Analisar; Avaliar ou Criar. Resumindo, considero curioso como os conteúdos aqui abordados e analisados, vieram ter comigo sem os procurar. Assinalei a frase "espero organizar-me melhor na próxima semana" e já estamos quase no final e esta expectavel organização ainda não se concretizou! Para navegantes em plataformas virtuais "com semanas desorganizadas", que estratégia podemos adotar e integrar nos cursos? ou para a adesão dos estudantes às atividades? Receber alertas, notificação de tarefa... Dulce Cruz

    2. The model shows how to motivate online participants,to build learning through appropriate e-tivities and to pace e-learners throughprogrammes of training and development.10

      O modelo destaca-se pela sua clareza na progressão gradual da aprendizagem online. Curiosamente, sou algo critico da linearidade característica dos modelos de aprendizagem, que vejo persistirem também na aprendizagem online. Presumo que existirá alguma flexibilidade na sua implementação.

    3. Essencial criar confiança entre participantes de diferentes locais. São discutidas estratégias para promover uma comunidade que se apoie mutuamente, indicando que essa base é fundamental para uma colaboração bem sucedida mais tarde, na medida em que os alunos começam a interagir mais uns com os outros, partilhando conhecimentos e experiências. Este texto salienta que uma boa estrutura e um bom "ritmo" de comunicação são fundamentais para ajudar os estudantes a fazer a transição entre a partilha de informações e o envolvimento numa aprendizagem mais profunda.

    4. Do que li este modelo de planeamento de formação online, considera as competências específicas que os alunos precisam de desenvolver para se envolverem ativamente e com sucesso numa formação do tipo. Considero-o como uma recomendação de estrutura que, acima de tudo, pretende reconhecer e dar a entender que a aprendizagem online não é só um meio de envio sistemático de conteúdos, através do Moodle, ZOOM ou Teams. Consiste num processo que, quando devidamente pré-planeado ajuda o formador a construir experiências significativas para os formandos. Estes, por sua vez, entendo a organização a montante e percebendo o acompanhamento pré-definido, acabam por desenvolver a motivação que os levará a ficar comprometidos com a aprendizagem. No fundo, acaba por ser um roteiro em formato GPS que assegura que nenhum dos participantes se sinta perdido ao longo do caminho de aprendizagem digital... assegurando que diferentes timings são aceites e acompanhados.

    5. For e-moderators and participants alike, being able to gain access quickly andeasily to your online system is one key issue at stage 1. The other is beingmotivated to spend time and effort and to keep on returning to take part.'Thereis a complex interplay between the participants’ technical access and skills andthe motivation to be active online.

      Por forma a existir um bom desenvolvimento das e-atividades, é fundamental que os e-estudantes demonstrem domínio de utilização do sistema/plataforma que está a ser utilizado, pois caso contrário o contexto de aprendizagem on-line pode deixar de ser percepcionado como facilitador, levando a desmotivação e desistência em realizar as e-atividades. Assim é fundamental que tanto os e-moderadores como os e-estudantes consigam aceder aos sistemas/plataformas de forma simples. Contudo também deverá existir por parte de todos os intervenientes a motivação para investir tempo e empenho, na aprendizagem da utilização destes sistemas /plataformas, bem como para continuar a regressar e participar activamente, por forma a que exista uma relação crescente entre o ganho competências técnicas dos participantes e a sua motivação para se manterem activos online.

    6. No contexto do modelo de cinco etapas de Gilly Salmon, a fase de Acesso e Motivação é fundamental para o sucesso da aprendizagem online. Esta etapa inicial procura garantir que os participantes consigam aceder ao sistema de forma rápida e fácil, e que estejam motivados a investir tempo e esforço na participação.A motivação é um elemento essencial para superar os desafios iniciais relacionados com o acesso e o uso do sistema. Não se deve presumir que o simples uso do software seja suficiente para motivar os participantes. É fundamental demonstrar o valor acrescentado da participação online, esclarecendo o propósito das atividades e a sua ligação com os objetivos de aprendizagem. Os participantes precisam de perceber o que ganham ao investir tempo e esforço no ambiente online.

      Para promover a motivação nesta fase, é importante considerar a teoria da expectativa, que enfatiza a importância do valor percebido da atividade e da expectativa de sucesso. Os e-moderadores desempenham um papel crucial ao fornecer apoio técnico, feedback constante e encorajamento, ajudando os participantes a superar os obstáculos iniciais e a desenvolver um sentido de pertença e comunidade. E-atividades interessantes e relevantes, que permitam aos participantes aumentar o seu conforto com a tecnologia de forma integrada e valiosa, são essenciais para o sucesso desta etapa.

    7. The challenge is to strike a balance between providingtoo much structure and too little. It’s what the participant makes of the e-tivitythat is important. E-tivities can be based on sparks or questions that have noobvious right or wrong answers. The e-tivities can offer knowledge building(rather than exchange of information) or a series of ideas or challenges. Theseissues are likely to be strategic, problem- or practice-based ones.

      A frase destaca o desafio de equilibrar estrutura e autonomia na aprendizagem online. As e-tivities ganham valor quando permitem aos participantes construir conhecimento de forma ativa, a partir de questões abertas e sem respostas únicas. Este tipo de atividade estimula a reflexão, o pensamento crítico e o trabalho colaborativo, promovendo uma aprendizagem mais significativa e centrada na resolução de problemas ou situações práticas.

    8. neway to consider motivation at stage 1 is in terms of expectancy theory (Feather,1982; Biggs, 1999b). This theory says that the learning activity must have valueto the learner and that the learner must expect to succeed. So clarity of purposefrom e-tivity designers and e-moderators 1s critical from the very beginning

      A aplicação da teoria da expectativa às e-tivities destaca a importância de estas terem um valor claro para os alunos, ou seja, de serem vistas como relevantes para os seus objetivos pessoais, académicos ou profissionais. Além disso, devem apresentar um nível de dificuldade que permita o sucesso, tornando-se assim significativas e com benefícios concretos. Esta abordagem está em sintonia com estratégias de "gamificação" na educação, onde tarefas iniciais simples e recompensadoras, como receber feedback depois de uma pequena contribuição, ajudam a reforçar a motivação intrínseca, preparando o terreno para um envolvimento mais profundo nos "stages" seguintes da aprendizagem. António Anjos

    9. Participants will differ in the amount of time each will need at every stagebefore progressing.

      Anotação importante que nos indica a importância, durante o planeamento de uma e-atividade, de pensar num tempo/período para o seu desenvolvimento. Com base neste modelo, teremos de pensar no tempo exigido para cada etapa.

    10. promoting motivation:

      É digna de destaque a atenção dada por Gilly Salmon a um dos aspetos – a motivação – sustentadores de um modelo de ensino-aprendizagem "online" que prevê que o estudante (em fases diferentes de interação em ambiente digital) vá construindo o conhecimento, numa determinada área, por meio da realização de e-atividades clarificadoras (do que se espera que aprenda), apropriadas (no que diz respeito ao(s) objetivo(s) de aprendizagem a atingir, à(s) competência(s) a desenvolver/a potenciar e ao manuseamento progressivo dos meios tecnológicos ancilares de todo o processo) e indicadoras da relevante mais-valia (por exemplo, para aplicação em contextos profissionais) do produto a aprender.

      Sensibiliza a preocupação da autora com o ritmo próprio que cada estudante imprimirá ao desenvolvimento do processo de construção colaborativa de conhecimento e, em última instância, com o produto individual (sempre dinâmico) da aprendizagem.

      Maria Helena Santos.

    11. Knowledge constructionFacilitatingConferencing processs —_ >3 3 Information exchange 5a Facilitating tasks >Vv and supporting use ©Searching, of learning materials 2personalizing software &eenOo2 Online socialization :=Familiarizing and providing bridges oS ; between cultural, social and &pending and learning environments ©receiving messages1 Access and motivationWelcoming andSettingupsystemencouragingand accessing| | E-moderating| | Technical supportFigure 2.1 Model of teaching and learning online through online networkingIndividual access and the induction of participants into online learning areessential prerequisites for online conference participation (stage 1, at the base ofthe flights of steps). Stage 2 involves individual participants establishing theironline identities and then finding others with whom to interact. At stage 3,participants engage in mutual exchange of information. Up to and includingstage 3,a form of co-operation occurs whereby each person supports the otherparticipants’ goals. At stage 4, course-related group discussions develop and theinteraction becomes more collaborative. At stage 5, participants look for morebenefits from the system to help them achieve personal goals and reflect on thelearning processes.Each stage requires participants to master certain technical skills (shown inthe bottom left of each step). Each stage calls for different e-moderating skills(shown on the right top of each step). The ‘interactivity bar’ running along theright of the flight of steps suggests the intensity of interactivity that you can

      Como estudante de ensino a distância, muitas vezes não tive contacto com o passo 4 do grafico da figura 2.1

    12. t stage 3, participants look to the e-moderators to provide direction throughthe mass of messages and encouragement to start using the most relevantmaterial. Demands for help can be considerable because the participants’ seeking,searching and selection skills may still be low. There can be many queries aboutwhere to find one thing or another.

      Este tópico reforça a importância da curadoria digital no que refere à seleção de recursos didáticos. Evitar a dispersão online e o consequente desperdício de tempo e energia, assegura que todos os estudantes terão à disposição os recursos necessários para o desenvolvimento das suas aprendizagens.

    13. How do you start to know when stage 2 has been achieved? This second stageis over when participants start to share themselves online and the basis for futureinformation exchange and knowledge construction has been laid down.Essentially you are looking for the majority of members to have some under-standing about the group or community’s ability to work together online andhow they might contribute to learning and development through this medium.They should be interacting with each other and some trust should be startingto build up. They should be sharing stories and ideas and exploring styles andways of working.

      Interessante conhecer o modelo de Salmon (2002), já que é focado em especial no ensino e aprendizagem online através de redes online. Muitas das atividades que tenho construído são adaptações ou até ideias para atividades que são construídas a partir de tentativa e erro mesmo.

      Neste trecho em particular, gostei desta “dica” que este estágio está no caminho certo, quando o participante começa a “partilha-se online”e interagir com os demais participantes. É importante esse sentimento de ser parte de um grupo e começar a criar uma relação de confiança que percebo ser mais difícil online. [Simone Lima]

    14. articipants respond differently to knowledge construction processes, andsensitive e-moderator support is important. Adding value to the online network-ing comes in various ways.

      Esta frase carrega muita informação e complexidade e é muitíssimo importante porque tem em conta as condições do estudante e o caminho que vai traçando na sua formação em resultado da sua entrega e progresso que também pode depender da orientação do seu mestre, o e-orientador, ou seja, o professor. <br /> É por isso que há sempre reservado ao professor um papel principal no processo de ensino aprendizagem, não só na criação da formação (nos cuidados a ter na elaboração da formação e suas e-atividades, na seleção dos recursos e tecnologias, na adoção das formas de avaliação) mas também na relação humana, enquanto formador com os seus estudantes. Custódia Drumond

    15. Given technical support, good human intervention from an e-moderator, andappropriate e-tivities to promote action and interaction, nearly all participantswill progress through these stages of use of asynchronous networking opportuni-ties.

      O acompanhamento e orientação do professor é, a meu ver,determinante para a maioria da qualidade da aprendizagem dos estudantes. Não apenas para os estudantes menos motivados mas também para aqueles que já por si próprios carregam consigo a motivação necessária. Para estes últimos o professor tem também a responsabilidade de os orientar para atingirem objetivos ousados, daí a importância de uma atenção cuidada a todos, nas suas diferenças. Daí que, embora não tenha experiência neste tipo de formação, reconheço que o ensino de formações a distância exige ao professor uma grande dedicação para que possa efetuar um acompanhamento do progresso dos estudantes. Esta tarefa é inerente não só a este modelo desenvolvido por Gilly Salmon em 2000, como no modelo de Community of Inquiry de Garrison, Anderson & Archer (também de 2000), o modelo de Farber (de 2002) e o modelo de Henri e Basque (de 2003). Seguramente também em outros modelos mas que não explorei, pelo menos por enquanto. Custódia Drumond

    16. see my future role as an e-moderator in knowledge construction asminimal. If the group are well established by stage 4, anyway. By that I thinkthat the less activity on my part the better. That goes for online groupprocesses, too; I guess that the rules are similar to working with groups faceto face. Create a framework, structure, discuss rules (the ‘hows’), set the ballrolling and stand back: less is more!

      Particularmente, espero com atenção o contributo do e-moderador para verificar as informações que têm sido partilhadas, de forma a garantir que não há erros. A sua ausência deixa-me insegura. Por outro lado, agradeço que partilhe fontes fidedignas sobre a temática. Uma intervenção demasiado escassa por parte do e-moderador pode, na minha opinião, ser contraproducente.

    17. Chapter 3 explores these skills inmore detail.

      Considero que seria útil lermos este capítulo 3, pois ajudará a clarificar qual deve ser o nosso papel.

    18. However, e-moderators using computer mediation for teaching andlearning soon came to realize that online learning groups often can develop theirown strong online identity.

      Isso é mesmo muito interessante. Quem nunca fez um curso online, como este e outros da UAb, não tem esta perpectiva. Eu não tinha! Eu tinha a impressão comum de que o contato virtual seria frio ou impessoal em um curso online, e o que vi, em outro curso com maior duração, foi a construção de uma identidade do grupo, quase que em um ecossistema cultural.

    19. Reflection is a form of mental processing — like a form of thinking — thatwe use to fulfil a purpose or to achieve some anticipated outcome. It isapplied to relatively complicated or unstructured ideas for which there isnot an obvious solution and is largely based on the further processing ofknowledge and understanding and possibly emotions that we alreadypossess. (Moon, 2002: 2)

      Não se trata apenas de pensar de forma crítica, mas de levar em conta valores, sentimentos e bagagens passadas para construir novos entendimentos. Em cenários de aprendizagem online, por exemplo, a reflexão atua como um filtro pessoal que ajuda a dar sentido às múltiplas vozes e informações disponíveis, tornando o estudante mais autônomo e capaz de lidar criativamente com a ambiguidade ou a complexidade dos conteúdos

    20. At stage 3, participants look to the e-moderators to provide direction throughthe mass of messages and encouragement to start using the most relevantmaterial. Demands for help can be considerable because the participants’ seeking,searching and selection skills may still be low. There can be many queries aboutwhere to find one thing or another. Online e-tivities therefore need to be wellstructured and should always include regular summaries or plenaries.

      Este trecho deixa claro como, no início de qualquer atividade colaborativa online, o apoio do e-moderador é fundamental para “organizar a casa”. Ainda que os participantes já consigam se comunicar, suas habilidades de buscar, filtrar e correlacionar o material mais relevante podem ser limitadas. Sem uma mediação atenta, a troca de mensagens pode rapidamente virar um emaranhado sem direção.

    21. So e-tivities at this stageneed to concentrate on surfacing and exploring viewpoints. After views andplans are offered, the group can examine them. Where differences are small,agreement can be assumed but there can be little learning unless differences aresurfaced and discussed.

      Esse trecho reforça a importância de tornar visíveis as diferentes perspectivas e, principalmente, de lidar com as divergências de maneira aberta. Se todo mundo concorda logo de cara ou se as opiniões não são examinadas a fundo, o aprendizado fica superficial. Ao estimular a discussão de pontos de vista distintos, a atividade online deixa de ser mera troca de informações e se torna um espaço de reflexão conjunta, onde o confronto respeitoso de ideias impulsiona a construção de conhecimento.

    22. Sensitive and appropriate e-tivities andthe e-moderator’s interventions cause the socialization.

      Acho que também é importante o número de participantes. Quando fico em grupos reduzidos fico muito mais envolvida nas atividades.

    23. We find that it is very hard for participantsto catch up successfully after that time

      Ficar para trás nos temas que estão a ser abordados constitui um desafio para o professor, pois não sei como poderia integrá-los de forma eficaz sem que comecem a sentir o curso como mais um fardo nas suas vidas já tão atarefadas.

    24. understanding the links betweenreflection and learning:

      É necessário reflexão para existir coerência entre os resultados esperados, a metodologia, o feedback e a avaliação proposta para se alcançar os objetivos pretendidos.Carla Rodrigues

    25. First, the contribution needs to be acknowledged and the contributor ‘heard’.Second, the contributions are available for others to read and they thusbecome a form of inventory.

      Aqui não percebi muito bem o contribuidor para a construção do conhecimento, pode ser qualquer participante? O e-moderaror também tem o papel de contribuir para a construção de conhecimento ou o seu papel é meramente o de moderação / gestão do processo de conhecimento? (Rui Oliveira)

    26. Individual access and the induction of participants into online learning areessential prerequisites for online conference participation (stage 1, at the base ofthe flights of steps). Stage 2 involves individual participants establishing theironline identities and then finding others with whom to interact. At stage 3,participants engage in mutual exchange of information. Up to and includingstage 3,a form of co-operation occurs whereby each person supports the otherparticipants’ goals. At stage 4, course-related group discussions develop and theinteraction becomes more collaborative. At stage 5, participants look for morebenefits from the system to help them achieve personal goals and reflect on thelearning processes.

      Este documento apresenta um Modelo Pedagógico Virtual proposto por Gilly Salmon. Segundo o que percebi, da leitura deste documento e também do Capítulo 1 do E-Book de Base para a Formação, trata-se de um modelo composto por cinco etapas que orientam a atuação do professor/e-moderador no trabalho com os alunos, com o objetivo de criar uma comunidade virtual de aprendizagem que favoreça o ensino colaborativo e promova a autonomia dos estudantes. De acordo com Salmon, para que a aprendizagem online seja bem-sucedida, os alunos necessitam de um apoio contínuo ao longo deste processo estruturado, que conduz os participantes, de forma gradual, a uma maior autonomia na sua aprendizagem.

      As cinco etapas propostas são:

      1. Acesso e Motivação: Esta etapa inicial é fundamental para garantir que todos os participantes se sintam confortáveis e capacitados para utilizar a plataforma, além de despertar o seu interesse pelo conteúdo a ser abordado. O papel do professor/e-moderador é assegurar que todos se familiarizem com a plataforma e se sintam acolhidos, devendo também disponibilizar de forma clara todas as informações relativas à unidade curricular.

      2. Socialização Online: Esta etapa estabelece a base para a criação de um ambiente social e emocional propício à aprendizagem colaborativa. Fomenta-se, assim, o desenvolvimento do sentimento de pertença ao grupo. As e-atividades devem promover a interação entre os participantes, bem como o fortalecimento das relações interpessoais e da confiança mútua.

      3. Troca de Informação: Esta etapa marca o início da interação mais direta com o conteúdo e entre os participantes, com o apoio do e-moderador. O e-moderador deve orientar e apoiar o grupo, facilitando a construção de uma aprendizagem colaborativa.

      4. Construção de Conhecimento: Nesta etapa, os participantes começam a assumir maior responsabilidade pela sua própria aprendizagem, utilizando a comunicação assíncrona para debater e construir conhecimento. As e-atividades devem incentivar a troca de ideias e a reflexão crítica. O objetivo desta fase é promover uma colaboração efetiva e a produção coletiva de conhecimento.

      5. Desenvolvimento: Nesta última etapa, os participantes assumem a responsabilidade pela sua própria aprendizagem e pela do grupo ao qual pertencem. Os alunos devem desenvolver trabalhos que promovam a reflexão e a extração de conclusões sobre o que aprenderam, bem como a aplicação prática dos conhecimentos adquiridos nos seus contextos.

      Este é um modelo que apresenta uma estrutura lógica e progressiva para a implementação eficaz do ensino online, alinhada com os princípios da aprendizagem colaborativa e da autonomia do estudante. Acredito não estar errado ao afirmar que este é o modelo seguido nesta formação. (Marco Garapa)

    27. All the e-tivities should indicate why you expect your participants to reflect.

      Achei este modo de interagir absolutamente excelente para a área do Direito em que poderemos disponibilizar legislação e assim comentar. Claro que se mantém o problema da dimensão da turma... Em Mestrado com 20 consegue-se mas em licenciatura com 300 fica duro.. (Dora Alves)

    28. Motivation is notsomething that you can set out to create on its own.

      Suposo que se o nosso papel como motivador é importante o número de alunos por turma não deve ser muto grande, já que devemos conhecer como está a integrar-se cada um na turma, pois não?

    29. Your IT support people will otherwisespend many hours providing assistance, and some people will still fall by thewayside. Participants will also spread the myth that e-learning ‘doesn’t work’!E-tivities at this stage therefore need to provide a gentle but interestingintroduction to using the technological platform and acknowledgement of thefeelings surrounding using technology. Access takes many forms. This participantacknowledges that various forms of help that enabled him to start and encou-rages him to return:

      A minha primeira ideia foi que o início do curso deveria ser presencial, e chamou-me a atenção perceber que é preferível não abrir essa possibilidade, pois pode enfraquecer a crença na eficácia da aprendizagem online.

    30. t first, at stage 1, they interact onlywith one or two others. After stage 2, the numbers of others with whom theyinteract, and the frequency, gradually increases, although stage 5 often results ina return to more individual pursuits.

      Algo que senti ao longo do curso foi que, no início, estando todos juntos e sem nos conhecermos, senti a necessidade de forçar a interação. Por isso, surpreendeu-me ler que é aconselhável criar essa interação inicialmente entre poucos membros e só depois ir alargando gradualmente o grupo.

    31. Thinking is clearly the key to making information useful (McDermott, 1999).From this stage onwards, we can develop e-tivities that especially promote theprocess of actively thinking and interacting with others online.

      A definição clara de objetivos é o alicerce de qualquer atividade pedagógica, e nas e-atividades não é diferente. Essa clareza permite direcionar o design da atividade e avaliar posteriormente se os resultados esperados foram alcançados. Ter em conta o público-alvo é igualmente fundamental. Compreender o que motiva os alunos, os seus conhecimentos prévios e as suas necessidades permite o desenho de e-atividades significativas, que promovam o envolvimento dos alunos e que atendam às suas expectativas, anseios e perspetivas futuras. As e-atividades serão mais eficazes se forem percecionadas pelos alunos como algo útil e conectado com os seus interesses e necessidades. Idealmente, a implementação das e-atividades deve promover o desenvolvimento integral dos alunos, estimulando capacidades e competências, agregando conhecimentos e promovendo valores.

    32. thee-moderator, or his or her delegate, should summarize after 10 or 20 messages.

      A recomendação de que se faça um resumo após 10 ou 20 mensagens na minha opinião é extremamente crucial. Falo por experiência própria como aluno da UAb. Esta prática permite que os participantes não se percam nas discussões longas ou fragmentadas. Sintetiza os principais pontos abordados e garante que todos os participantes tenham clareza sobre os avanços na conversa. Em ambientes online, a comunicação pode dispersar-se facilmente, logo, este tipo de mediação ativa não só reforça a aprendizagem, mas também mantém o envolvimento dos alunos, especialmente aqueles que se possam sentir sobrecarregados pelas mensagens contínuas.

      Relativamente a este assunto, deixo as questões: Até que ponto o e-moderador se deve envolver ativamente nas discussões sem "interromper" a fluidez da interação entre os alunos? Pode ser interpretado como uma forma de direcionar demais a conversa ou, ao contrário, como uma oportunidade de reorientar a aprendizagem coletiva?

      Cumprimentos, Márcio Santos-2301006

    33. e-tivities.

      SIGNIFICADO DAS E-ATIVIDADES NO PROCESSO DE ENSINO--APRENDIZAGEM

      As e-atividades são um conjunto de atividades realizadas em contexto digital, deitando mão a recursos eletrónicos/tecnológicos. No processo de ensino-aprendizagem, estas e-atividades desempenham um papel importante ao permitir a integração da tecnologia na educação. Elas podem incluir uma variedade de práticas, nomeadamente:

      Leitura e Pesquisa Online: Utilização de recursos digitais - websites, bases dedados, e-books -, para pesquisa e leitura de conteúdo relacionado com o tema em estudo.

      Trabalhos Colaborativos Online: Atividades que envolvem colaboração entre os alunos através de ferramentas como fóruns de discussão, plataformas de trabalho colaborativo (Google Docs, p.ex.).

      Avaliações Online: Testes, questionários ou outras formas de avaliação realizadas através de plataformas digitais.

      Produção de Conteúdo Digital: Atividades que envolvem a criação de conteúdo digital pelos alunos - blogs, vídeos, apresentações, podcasts.

      Simulações e Jogos Educativos: Utilização de jogos e simulações digitais para reforçar conceitos e capacidades aprendidas.

      Aulas Virtuais: Utilização de plataformas de videoconferência (ou gravações de aulas) para fornecer educação à distância.

      As e-atividades têm o potencial de tornar o processo de ensino-aprendizagem mais dinâmico, interativo e acessível, permitindo aos alunos explorar conteúdos de forma mais envolvente e adaptada às suas preferências e ritmos de aprendizagem. No entanto, é importante garantir que a integração da tecnologia seja feita de forma pedagogicamente eficaz, garantindo que as atividades digitais estejam alinhadas com os objetivos de aprendizagem e promovam a participação ativa dos alunos.

      João Filipe Rocha

    34. The chief benefit of using the model to design a course with e-tivities is thatyou know how participants are likely to exploit the system at each stage and youcan avoid common pitfalls. If you want to encourage participants to move upthrough the stages, use careful pacing and timing.

      O capítulo do livro E-tivities, Gilly Salmon apresenta os fundamentos do modelo, 5-stage model, como estrutura facilitadora para a aprendizagem online. É um modelo progressivo, onde surge um novo conceito, scaffold (andaime pedagógico), que apoia os estudantes na ambientalização digital até à sua autonomia. Ao longo das várias etapas; acesso e motivação, socialização online, troca de informação, construção do conhecimento e desenvolvimento; objeta resposta a necessidades específicas dos estudantes, no decorrer do processo da participação nas e-tivities. Neste modelo, as várias fases são sequenciais e interdependentes, oferecendo uma linha condutora para a promoção do envolvimento, confiança e sentimento de pertença à comunidade de aprendizagem. Verifica-se também, que o e-moderador, tem um papel crucial na orientação, motivação, estimulação da interação, facilitando a construção do conhecimento colaborativo. Questiono, se em contextos reais, existindo a possibilidade de nem todos os estudantes progridem de forma sequencial, não seria útil pensar o modelo com flexibilidade e adaptabilidade, possibilitando revisitar etapas de acordo com as necessidades emergentes nos grupos? Aida Pardal

    35. 'They stimulate freshstrands of thought, introduce new themes and suggest alternative approache

      Pese embora a exploração autónoma seja absolutamente fundamental, principalmente pela facilitação da divergência e do pensamento crítico, a moderação deve funcionalmente intencionalizar as atividades para otimizar o processo de ensino-aprendizagem.

    36. The five-stageframework ande-tivities

      Pela leitura efetuada parece-me que o modelo de cinco etapas proposto por Gilly Salmon constitui uma abordagem estruturada para a mediação da aprendizagem em ambientes virtuais. Um modelo que organiza a participação dos alunos em cinco fases progressivas, partindo da familiarização com o ambiente online até à construção de conhecimento em colaboração com os pares. De entre suas principais vantagens, destaco a organização clara do processo de aprendizagem que permite aos estudantes desenvolverem gradualmente sua autonomia e envolvimento nas atividades. Já a valorização do papel do tutor é outro aspeto relevante, uma vez que este atua como mediador essencial na motivação, orientação e sustentação das interações ao longo das etapas. Além disso, pelo que me é dado a compreender, o modelo promove a colaboração entre os participantes, favorecendo práticas pedagógicas centradas na construção coletiva do saber. Por isso, ressalva-se a ideia de que a proposta de Salmon está fundamentada em experiências práticas no contexto do ensino online, o que confere aplicabilidade e relevância ao modelo. Contudo, também estou convencido de que o modelo apresenta algumas limitações que merecem consideração. A estrutura sequencial e relativamente rígida e pode não se adequar a contextos que requeiram maior flexibilidade metodológica ou abordagens pedagógicas não lineares. Ademais, a sua eficácia parece depender fortemente da atuação ativa e contínua do tutor, o que pode representar um desafio em cursos com grandes turmas ou com restrições de recursos humanos. Por outro lado, a implementação plena do modelo requer, ainda, um planejamento cuidadoso e um acompanhamento constante, o que pode demandar tempo e esforço consideráveis por parte da equipe pedagógica. Outro aspeto crítico refere-se à limitada personalização da aprendizagem, uma vez que nem todos os estudantes progridem no mesmo ritmo ou possuem o mesmo nível de competência digital. Finalmente, o modelo pode não ser plenamente adequado a contextos de ensino mais técnico ou voltado à instrução direta, nos quais a ênfase na interação pode ser menos relevante do que a transmissão objetiva de conteúdos.

    37. The model shows how to motivate online participants,to build learning through appropriate e-tivities and to pace e-learners throughprogrammes of training and development.10

      Um dos aspetos que me parece particularmente relevante no modelo apresentado é a noção da progressão por etapas, respeitando o ritmo dos formandos/estudantes e promovendo o desenvolvimento progressivo de competências (e.g., técnicas, cognitivas, sociais). Por outro lado, a ênfase no papel ativo do moderador em cada uma das fases é também um aspeto fundamental e essencial para o sucesso do e-learning, bem como o papel das e-tivities que favorece o envolvimento ativo, a colaboração e a construção de conhecimento.

    38. This personal knowledge is constantly open tochange.

      A assincronicidade no ensino online permite uma aprendizagem mais ligada ao conhecimento pessoal, pois os participantes podem explorar conteúdos no seu próprio ritmo e conectar o que aprendem às suas experiências individuais. Isso favorece uma aprendizagem mais reflexiva e personalizada, permitindo que integrem novas habilidades de forma mais significativa e sem pressões externas, o que facilita o desenvolvimento profissional e pessoal. Edmirson Fortes

    39. t this stage, information can be exchanged and co-operative tasks can beachieved. The big advantage of asynchronicity is that everyone can exploreinformation at their own pace and react to it before hearing the views andinterpretations of others.

      assincronicidade oferece uma grande vantagem nesse sentido. Ao permitir que os participantes explorem conteúdos no seu próprio ritmo, ela proporciona uma maior autonomia no processo de aprendizagem, o que é particularmente útil para aqueles que buscam desenvolver competências sem comprometer suas responsabilidades profissionais. Essa flexibilidade permite uma absorção mais profunda dos materiais, pois os indivíduos podem dedicar o tempo necessário para entender completamente os conceitos antes de serem influenciados pelas interpretações dos outros. Isso facilita a capacitação individual sem a pressão de acompanhar um ritmo fixo, promovendo, assim, uma aprendizagem mais eficaz e adaptada às necessidades e limitações de cada pessoa. Edmirson Fortes

    40. When designing effective e-tivities for stage 2, it helps to consider what it meansto enter a new and fresh world with people from a wide variety of backgroundsand perhaps cultures and countries.

      Aproveitar as e-activities para aprender com pessoas de diferentes experiências, culturas e países representa uma das maiores mais-valias do ensino online. Esta diversidade enriquece o processo de aprendizagem, permitindo o confronto de perspetivas, a partilha de boas práticas e a construção de conhecimento mais abrangente e inclusivo. A interação com realidades distintas estimula o pensamento crítico, a empatia intercultural e a capacidade de adaptação — competências essenciais num mundo globalizado. Assim, as e-activities deixam de ser apenas um meio de transmissão de conteúdos para se tornar num espaço de diálogo e crescimento coletivo à escala global. Edmirson Fortes

    41. Online socialization

      Criar uma micro-comunidade através de atividades eletrónicas é fundamental para combater o isolamento, promover o envolvimento ativo e fortalecer a aprendizagem colaborativa. Quando os participantes sentem que pertencem a um grupo, estarão mais motivados a participar, a partilhar experiências e a apoiar-se mutuamente. Esta interação social favorece a construção de conhecimento coletivo, estimula o pensamento crítico e melhora a retenção dos conteúdos. Além disso, a micro-comunidade cria um ambiente mais humano e acolhedor, onde os participantes se sentem valorizados, o que contribui significativamente para a persistência e o sucesso na aprendizagem online. Edmirson Fortes

    42. Motivation is an essential element helping participants through the early stagesof use of the hardware and software systems and towards engagement andmobilization of learning.

      Para além do domínio do software, a motivação para o ensino online depende de diversos fatores pedagógicos e sociais. A relevância prática dos conteúdos, a definição de objetivos claros e alcançáveis, e a oferta de atividades interativas e significativas contribuem para o envolvimento dos participantes. O feedback frequente e construtivo, aliado ao reconhecimento formal da aprendizagem, reforça o compromisso com o processo. Adicionalmente, a criação de um ambiente de comunidade e a flexibilidade no ritmo e formato de aprendizagem promovem o sentimento de pertença e a autonomia, elementos essenciais para sustentar a motivação ao longo do percurso formativo. Edmirson Fortes

    43. et us consider the issue of access to the system first. At this first stage theparticipants need good, regular access to the online environment, and sufficientknowledge to find the most important parts of it on screen. If they are to bemobilized in their online learning, then they need to know how

      Num ambiente de ensino online, as diferenças nas competências informáticas dos participantes e do pessoal podem representar um desafio significativo, mas superável através de estratégias pedagógicas e organizacionais adequadas. A aplicação de um diagnóstico inicial, parece-me que seria útil e permitiria identificar necessidades específicas e adaptar o percurso formativo. Sessões de ambientação, tutoriais acessíveis em múltiplos formatos e apoio técnico contínuo são fundamentais para garantir que todos consigam utilizar as ferramentas digitais com confiança. Além disso, o incentivo à mentoria entre pares e o uso de plataformas com design intuitivo contribuem para a inclusão e para uma experiência de aprendizagem mais equitativa e eficaz. Estas medidas não só reduzem as barreiras tecnológicas, como também promovem o envolvimento ativo e autónomo dos e-learners. Edmirson Fortes

    44. Individual access and the induction of participants into online learning areessential prerequisites for online conference participation (stage 1, at the base ofthe flights of steps). Stage 2 involves individual participants establishing theironline identities and then finding others with whom to interact. At stage 3,participants engage in mutual exchange of information.

      Para que a aprendizagem em linha seja bem-sucedida e gratificante, é essencial que os participantes sejam acompanhados através de um processo de desenvolvimento estruturado. A flexibilidade do ambiente digital, embora vantajosa, pode também representar desafios como a desmotivação, o isolamento ou a dificuldade em gerir autonomamente o processo de aprendizagem. Neste contexto, modelos pedagógicos como este mostram-se particularmente úteis, ao delinearem etapas progressivas que facilitam a integração dos e-learners, desde o acesso inicial e motivação até ao desenvolvimento autónomo. O apoio dos e-moderadores em cada fase é fundamental para promover o envolvimento, a interação significativa e o desenvolvimento de competências, garantindo uma experiência de aprendizagem mais eficaz e satisfatória. Edmirson Fortes

    45. In summary, the five-stage model provides an example of how participantscan benefit from increasing skill and comfort in working, networking andlearning online, and what e-moderators need to do at each stage to help themto achieve this success.

      O modelo oferece uma estrutura clara para apoiar a aprendizagem online, mostrando como os participantes podem desenvolver competências, conforto no ambiente digital, trabalho em rede e aprendizagem colaborativa ao longo de etapas progressivas. Cada fase destaca o papel essencial dos e-moderadores em motivar, facilitar a interação, promover a troca de conhecimentos e incentivar o desenvolvimento autónomo. Este modelo é particularmente útil para desenhar programas de formação eficazes, com atividades eletrónicas adequadas a cada etapa, promovendo o sucesso dos e-learners. Edmirson Fortes

    46. It is very clear to me that for an e-tivity to be motivating and of use, itneeds to be both relevant to the course and the group in terms of the topicand it needs to be personally meaningful. Therefore I just can’t do thise-tivity as it is suggested here! A way around this issue (after all, you can’tplease all the people all the time, right) seems to be allowing participantsto renegotiate the content of an activity if they feel unhappy with it. (Thisis exactly what our e-convenors, Gilly and Val, have done with me.) Andperhaps also giving a number of choices in terms of content for the sametask from the outset.

      Este comentário chamou a minha atenção pela sua frontalidade, mas também de certa forma pela sua “rebeldia”. O indivíduo NB defende uma abordagem flexível e centrada no aluno, indicando que a e-atividade em questão tem de ter relevância para o curso, para o grupo e que além disso a e-atividade tem de ter significado pessoal. O indivíduo NB sugere que uma personalização e flexibilidade no design de e-atividades é essencial para maximizar o seu impacto e motivação. Mas isto fez-me pensar… Até que ponto podemos com uma atividade “agradar a cada um e a todos”? O indivíduo NB diz “(after all, you can’t please all the people all the time, right)” e enaltece a experiência positiva nesse sentido relativamente aos e-moderadores. Mas é possível fazer isso com todos os alunos? Onde está o limite entre o foco estar no aluno ou no conteúdo? Délia Reis

    47. It is very important never to assume that the ‘joys’ ofthe software and the systems themselves will provide any kind of motivation.Once the technical aspects of taking part online have been overcome, partici-pants will derive some satisfaction from being able to use the software. However,using the software will always remain a ‘hygiene’ factor — important but notsufficient in itself to create motivation.

      Embora esta passagem alerte para o facto de que não se deve assumir que a mera presença da tecnologia motivará os alunos, parece-me que a mesma está, involuntariamente, a sugerir que a tecnologia é inerentemente positiva. No entanto, como está claro noutras partes do texto, usar tecnologia não é, por si só, uma garantia de qualidade. A escolha da tecnologia a utilizar é uma parte fundamental do processo de preparação de um curso e uma má escolha de tecnologia pode torná-la num fator de frustração/desmotivação. É um facto que a necessária motivação para a aprendizagem de um determinado assunto não pode nunca ser a tecnologia usada no processo de ensino/aprendizagem. No entanto, em sentido contrário, a utilização de uma tecnologia complicada e de difícil manuseamento poderá ser um fator de desmotivação. Maurício Reis

    48. It is also at thisstage that participants find ways of producing and dealing with humour and themore emotional aspects of writing and interacting.

      Gostei desta referência ao humor como como sinal de pertença e segurança. Quando os participantes começam a usar humor nas suas mensagens — seja com emojis, ironias leves, referências partilhadas ou piadas internas — isso indica que se sentem à vontade no grupo; que reconhecem o outro como interlocutor real, não apenas como “participante genérico”; que há espaço para a espontaneidade, sinal claro de um ambiente seguro e colaborativo. “O humor não é ruído: é sinal de confiança e conexão.” Mas nem sempre é fácil ☹

    49. The dilemma that many e-moderators put to me is when to correct miscon-ceptions apparent from participants’ messages. They wish to avoid to “puttingdown’ participants whilst not allowing incorrect statement to pass by withoutcomment. The key is in summarizing effectively, providing commentary — andremoving the original problem message tactfully if really necessary. Ande-moderators themselves should always show a little doubt about their ownanswers and invite further comment.

      Esta é uma preocupação legítima: corrigir diretamente um participante pode, se for mal executada, provocar constrangimento, insegurança ou até o abandono da participação, especialmente nos ambientes online, onde o tom pode ser mais facilmente mal interpretado. Por outro lado, ignorar um erro factual pode comprometer a qualidade da aprendizagem em grupo, conduzindo a desinformação ou confusão. Assim, o e-moderador deve sempre equilibrar o apoio emocional com o rigor pedagógico.

    50. important but notsufficient in itself to create motivation.

      Parece-me fundamental esta pequena reflexão sobre a motivação derivada de (re)conhecer a ferramenta técnica/software e as possíveis aplicabilidades. Essa "alegria" não é suficiente para manter uma motivação, é sobretudo uma conditio sine qua non e que favorece o trabalho posterior, segundo este modelo crescente ou sequencial. Eu acrescentaria ou até deduzo que possa contribuir para uma boa netiqueta, aspeto importantíssimo quando falamos de um ambiente de ensino online e onde a motivação, a autoimagem e a imagem de nós para com os nossos pares é sobretudo mediada por apenas elementos "online" (Joan Sapiña)

    51. The model shows how to motivate online participants,to build learning through appropriate e-tivities and to pace e-learners throughprogrammes of training and development.10

      O modelo de 5 etapas de aprendizagem online de Salmon (2002) pressupõe que professores e alunos intervêm de forma idiossincrática no processo de ensino e aprendizagem em ambientes virtuais e adoptam papéis distintos (i.e., “e-moderadores” e “e-aprendizes” respetivamente). A título de exemplo, ver o caso da aplicação do modelo de Salmon na educação num ambiente virtual multi-utilizador 3D como o “Second Life” (Salmon et al. 2010). Além do mais, a possibilidade de ponderar a utilização de tecnologias (atuais e novas) em contextos educacionais (existentes ou futuros) permitirá que as universidades e o Ensino Superior como um todo possam responder a desafios inesperados (e.g., os crescentes e complexos riscos e custos da fraude académica) e surja assim a tão desejada inovação pedagógica que permitirá inter alia uma maior e mais rica comunicação e colaboração dentro da comunidade virtual de aprendizagem tendo em vista a co-criação de (mais e melhor) conhecimento (Salmon, 2014, p. 225). Só assim estará a academia preparada para gerar uma valiosa experiência educacional a cada estudante de acordo com as suas preferências e necessidades e desta forma, contribuir para a educação 4.0 que agora se exige (e.g., potenciando as soft skills individuais e por conseguinte aumentando a empregabilidade dos futuros recém-licenciados a entrar no mercado de trabalho) (Salmon, 2019).

      Referências Salmon, G. (2002), E-moderating: the key to online teaching and learning, Routledge. Salmon, G. (2014), “Learning Innovation: A Framework for Transformation”, European Journal of Open, Distance and e-Learning, 17(2), pp. 220-236. Salmon, G. (2019), “May the Fourth Be with You: Creating Education 4.0”, Journal of Learning for Development, 6 (2), pp. 95-115. Salmon, G., Nie, M. and Edirisingha, P. (2010), “Developing a five-stage model of learning in Second Life”, Educational Research, 52(2), pp. 169-182.

      Filipe Sousa

    52. So we havean excellent opportunity here to offer real opportunities for cross-culturalworking of all kinds, and to understand our students better.

      Considero que este é um grande desafio, nomeadamente, porque pressupomos que toda a turma partilha uma mesma "cultura" digital e que vai enfrentar a socialização com os mesmos modos e estratégias. No entanto, num ensino superior a cada vez mais internacionalizado (e intercultural) será necessário, no mínimo, um bom planeamento e preparação do curso, mas também penso que será fundamental garantir que há oportunidades suficientes em quantidade e em diversidade de tipologias como para que o aprendente acompanhe a construção de conhecimento produzido numa turma ou grupo de trabalho, na linha do pensamento do "scaffolding". (Joan Sapiña)

    53. Metacognitive skills refer to people’s understanding and control of their ownthinking. If you have engaged your participants carefully and fully at each of theprevious four stages, you will be rewarded by explicit evidence of metacognitionby stage 5 and be able to promote their skills by developing very challenginge-tivities. Metacognitive learning skills focus on what the learners do in newcontexts or how they might apply concepts and ideas. 'These skills can bedeveloped more easily at stage 5, and e-tivities to address them, such as develop-ment plans, are valuable.

      Penso que já foi referido num comentário anterior da colega Teresa e da Idalina. No entanto, queria reforçar a importância da flexibilidade e adaptação aos discentes. Vejo problemático um modelo tão sequencial onde um elemento crucial na aprendizagem (a metacognição) fique reservada como culminação de um processo ou reservada para o "stage 5". Já foi referido que se poderia passar um questionário sobre competência digital previamente e eu aqui penso que desde o início poderia ser positivo introduzir atividades de monitorização da compreensão de breves textos ou até alguma dinâmica que tivesse uma componente de autoavaliação/autocorreção, como desafio. Uns parágrafos depois o texto refere, precisamente, a necessidade de informar sobre do por que é necessária a reflexão por parte dos aprendentes e fomentar em alguns intervalos que sejam revisados conteúdos próprios e dos pares. Este aspeto é fundamental para consolidar o "scaffolding", a tal andamiagem e co-construção do conhecimento com a socialização. (Joan Sapiña)

    54. This theory says that the learning activity must have valueto the learner and that the learner must expect to succeed.

      Achei esta frase muito interessante e aplicável também a contextos "offline". Eventualmente, poderá ajudar a entender algum do insucesso dos nossos alunos, pelo distanciamento entre o que eles acham interessante e aquilo que lhes pretendemos transmitir. Como encurtar essa distância é um grande desafio. Ana Abreu

    55. Desenvolver interações dinâmicas entre professores e alunos/entre alunos é um factor essencial no sucesso de uma e-atividade. Já antes do surgimento das tecnologias digitais era algo essencial para se alcançar resultados de sucesso. Com o digital acredito que a criatividade pode ser potenciada, não só em termos de dinâmicas entre os vários actores, sempre tendo em conta a importância do ponto 2 (online socialization), já que desde sempre fomos seres sociais, sendo esta aumentada, com o evento da tecnologia digital. Acredito que se esta for pensada de forma assertiva, teremos o caminho mais facilitado, no que se refere aos objetivos desenhados para cada atividade. Conceitos como "gamification" - (gamificação, conceito que se refere ao uso de técnicas e características de videojogos em contexto do real, aplicadas em diferentes situações, tal como a educação, com o objetivo de resolver problemas práticos e motivar os estudantes. Assim pode-se estabelecer uma relação com o ponto 2 (online socialization); "Familiarizando e fornecendo pontes entre ambientes culturais, sociais e de aprendizagem". Ivo Teixeira

    56. The results of online e-tivities are available for revisiting and reconsideringin a way that cannot happen with more transient verbal conversation. It 1spossible to ‘rewind’ a conversation, to pick out threads and make very direct linksbetween different messages. Emotions can often be spotted, surfaced andexpressed that may be passed over in face-to-face situations.

      Ao contrário das aulas presenciais, o ensino on-line permite voltar a rever todo o processo de aprendizagem, o que é mais valia. Esse revisar de todo o processo permite uma maior consolidação da aprendizagem, que passa pela reflexão do que já foi dito e discutido, e consequente interiorização dos conteúdos ministrados. (Teresa Pinheiro Alves)

    57. It is also too simplistic to suggestthat we can predict an individual’s need and his or her likely use of a particulartechnology based on indicators such as age or gender.

      Na sequência do que disse a colega Carla, concordo plenamente com esta frase pois, com o uso do telemóvel, muitas vezes em substituição do computador, apercebo-me que muitos dos nossos jovens já não são tão proficientes como eram há alguns anos atrás. Assim sendo, torna-se mais difícil ter uma ideia a priori das capacidades dos estudantes a este nível. Ana Abreu

    58. ‘Scaffolding’ means gradually building on participants’previous experience.

      Nesta página, eu gostei desta ideia de que o modelo oferece um "andaime" estruturado e ritmado para programas de e-tividades, construindo gradualmente sobre a experiência prévia dos participantes. Cada estágio requer e-tividades de naturezas distintas. Fico com uma ideia de que é uma espécie de pré-requisito. Será mesmo? Se estou a interpretar bem, isso parece-me realmente novo relativamente ao que li até aqui. Parece que há fatores que facilitam a aprendizagem e a consolidação da memória, como a confrontação, a significação, a repetição, a atenção, a novidade e o contraste, a conexão com conhecimentos prévios e, crucialmente, a emoção. Aprende-se por integração no que já se conhece. Se estou a ver bem, parece-me interessante esta ideia deste capítulo.

    59. The lack of face-to-face and visual clues in online participation is a keyingredient of success rather than a barrier. If the remoteness and lack of visualclues are handled appropriately they can increase the comfort level of e-moderatorsand participants alike. Therefore I do not consider that (interactive) e-learningis deficient for teaching and learning. Instead it brings its own special advantagesand disadvantages compared to face-to-face working.

      Acho que o planeamento e preparação do curso será sempre fundamental para garantirmos que mesmo não estando presentes "cara a cara", como nas aulas presenciais, conseguiremos atingir os nossos objetivos através da criação de e-atividades que sejam suficientemente estimulante e desafiadoras que permitam que o aluno se sinta motivado, interessado e interligado dentro do grupo. (Teresa Pinheiro Alves)

    60. The key is to mobilize participants’ understanding about why they arelearning, why in this way, as well as what they have to do to take part.

      Muito importante, se não percebermos o que estamos a fazer, nada fará sentido. A interligação entre os participantes, o quebrar o "gelo" ajudará a criar mais conforto no estudante e adequação. Se enquanto docentes conseguirmos criar e-atividades que gerem este conforto inicial, será um primeiro passo, pois o aluno estará mais motivado logo desde a primeira semana. (Teresa Pinheiro Alves)

    61. t stage 1, e-moderators should first focus on building e-tivities that enableparticipants to become involved and contribute and start to develop skills forthemselves. Stage 1 e-tivities should directly enable participants to increase theircomfort with the use of the technology in an integrated and worthwhile wayfor them.

      Este modelo realça a importância da criação de e-atividades que permitam acolher os participantes e garantir que estes se sentem acompanhados ao iniciarem a sua jornada num ambiente digital. Muitas vezes assumimos que os participantes já têm as competências digitais ou motivação intrínseca necessárias para o ensino online, mas nem sempre isso acontece. Assim, as primeiras interações dos participantes com os e-moderadores e com as e-atividades por estes criadas podem ser determinantes no sucesso dos participantes.

    62. through e-tivities, and the numbers of peoplelurking, browsing or ‘vicariously learning’ are minimal

      Isto significa que, no final da Fase 3, o grupo começa a funcionar como uma comunidade ativa de prática e partilha. Trata-se de um marco importante: a partir daqui, os participantes estão preparados para construir conjuntamente conhecimento e refletir criticamente.

    63. As principais características de uma e-atividade devem reunir o estímulo à autonomia, a interação, o reconhecimento da diversidade e a promoção da abertura. Esta ferramenta digital assume, sem dúvida, uma preponderância elevada na estruturação de uma e-atividade, porque, até como conseguimos observar neste fórum, promove a interação e a diversidade de reflexões sobre uma mesma citação/anotação.

    64. three main components of a community of practice: jointenterprise, mutuality and shared repertoire. Joint enterprise means that, at stage2, you need to help your participants understand the value of working togetheronline and enable them to get to know how they might do this — in particular,how they might each contribute to group working. Mutuality means that theparticipants get to know each other and gradually come to trust each other.Many people believe this is harder to do online than face to face. However,writing online often involves in-depth sharing of ideas and support. Developinga shared repertoire includes exploring ‘language, routines, sensibilities, artefacts,tools, stories, styles’

      Partilho aqui esta comparação que encontrei, porque este ponto parece-me muito importante: Uma comunidade de prática é como uma equipa de futebol, em que o objetivo comum é ganhar o campeonato. A cooperação entre jogadores dentro e fora do campo cria laços de solidariedade. O reportório partilhado inclui táticas, linguagem específica ("bola nas costas") e tradições da equipa. (Jorge Bernardino)

    65. It is a great mistake to assume that any participant will want to dedicate hoursand hours to online conferences without good reason. Demonstrating how tosucceed is harder than it sounds. In different learning and teaching cultures, indifferent disciplines and at different levels, the meaning of success may vary. Sowhen designing an e-tivity it is important to specify the purpose clearly andmake it achievable. At stage 1, even simple e-tivities may need a considerableamount of time and support to work well.

      Esta visão reconhece que aprender online é um processo emocional e cognitivo em simultâneo. O primeiro passo deve ser a criação de um ambiente seguro, acolhedor, participativo e significativo. As competências técnicas vão sendo adquiridas com o tempo, mas a vontade de participar e estar presente deve ser alimentada desde o primeiro clique.

    66. first focus on building e-tivities that enableparticipants to become involved and contribute and start to develop skills forthemselves. Stage 1 e-tivities should directly enable participants to increase theircomfort with the use of the technology in an integrated and worthwhile wayfor them.

      Isto está em linha com o conceito de “learning by doing” — ao integrar a aprendizagem da ferramenta com uma atividade significativa, o participante aprende sem sentir que está a ser ensinado tecnicamente, o que reduz a ansiedade e aumenta a motivação. (Jorge Bernardino)

    67. lings about beingunable to take part successfully are more significant than precise technical skills.

      Isto toca no coração do que é ser humano na aprendizagem digital. De nada adianta termos a melhor plataforma e os melhores tutoriais se o aprendiz sentir que "não é capaz". Esse sentimento de impotência ou frustração pode constituir um obstáculo maior do que qualquer lacuna técnica. A autoestima digital, o sentimento de pertença e a segurança para experimentar, cometer erros e aprender são cruciais. Em outras palavras: sentir-se capaz é a primeira competência. Em suma, as competências técnicas são mutáveis e aprendem-se com o tempo; já a confiança e a motivação são o terreno fértil onde tudo se constrói. (Jorge Bernardino)

    68. Technical skills can be acquired and disposed of as needs be.

      Gostei muito desta parte porque reconhece algo fundamental no mundo digital: as competências técnicas são ferramentas, não fins em si mesmas. Podem (e devem) ser adquiridas conforme o contexto exige — e, da mesma forma, podem perder relevância à medida que as tecnologias evoluem. Por exemplo, alguém pode aprender a usar o Moodle, mas depois optar pelo Google Classroom. A competência técnica pode mudar, mas o mais importante é ter confiança na capacidade de aprender a utilizar novas ferramentas. Uma analogia que gosto de usar com alunos de engenharia é a seguinte: quando terminam o curso, os alunos saem com uma caixa de ferramentas que depois podem usar em novas situações.

    69. student satisfaction.

      Os modelos de ensino podem seguir um determinado faseamento, mas considero que um determinado modelo pode não ser sempre eficaz. Enquanto docentes temos de perceber os alunos que temos e o que lhes queremos ensinar. O nosso ensino terá de ser sempre adaptativo e corretivo, de maneira a encontrar e-atividades que os cativem e que vão ao encontro do que lhes pretendemos ensinar. Considero que esta é uma das tarefas mais difícil de alcançar. Neste modelo, em concreto, optam por ir aumentando esse grau de satisfação, o que a meu ver poderá ser uma boa opção, já que a tenderá a manter o aluno mais "agarrado" e conectado, evitando a perda de interesse. (Teresa Pinheiro-Alves)

    70. Many participants are very excited at the potential ofsharing in the thoughts, experience and work of others but find that it 1s hardto start. E-tivities help with entry to the third culture.

      É importante ter uma espaço de socialização e ajudar algumas pessoas que, por motivos vários, não se sentem seguros - estes espaços virtuais poderão ser benéficos para ajudar a evoluir na comunicação com os outros.. Pergunto qual o o significado que se pretende com o que é referido da "terceira cultura"?

    71. Stages 3-5 are the more productive and constructive stages for learning anddevelopmental purposes. However, they will work better if participants havetaken part in stage 1 and 2 type e-tivities first.

      Interessante este parágrafo. Isto significa que os estágios 3-5 são os estágios fundamentais para o processo de aprendizagem online. E que irão funcionar melhor se as actividades 1-2 forem realizadas. Quer dizer que até certo ponto são opcionais? (Rui Oliveira)

    72. A ideia de "scaffolding" é particularmente relevante, pois enfatiza a importância de construir sobre os conhecimentos prévios e oferecer um progresso estruturado para os estudantes. Essa estrutura garante que os participantes sejam apoiados em cada etapa, indo desde o básico até tarefas mais complexas, ajudando-os a ganhar confiança, desenvolver habilidades e estabelecer colaborações eficazes online. Complementava esta progressão com a taxonomia de Bloom

      Além disso, a flexibilidade do modelo, que pode ser aplicada em diferentes contextos educacionais e corporativos, reforça sua versatilidade. O papel do "e-moderador" é crucial, pois eles não apenas facilitam o aprendizado, mas também criam um ambiente motivador e envolvente para os participantes.

    73. Online socialization

      A criação de comunidades virtuais é apresentada de forma bastante idealizada. Que estratégias concretas podem ser utilizadas quando o grupo não interage espontaneamente, ou quando há resistência à partilha pessoal? 2406483

    74. The efforts of software and system builders to make the use of networkedtechnologies easier create the illusion that technological systems should ‘justwork!’.We become perplexed when a piece of technology does not behave inthe way we expect. Hence most people notice the complexity of the technologyonly when it goes wrong. At stage 1, most people will not have the under-standing to know what part of the system is failing to respond in the way thatthey expect, nor, in all likelihood, will they have the patience or time to find out.Most people will blame the system, the hardware or the IT people. Some willassume they themselves are incompetent. Participants can become very upset andangry. Handling these feelings and their consequences and continuing toencourage participants to log on is an ongoing challenge for e-moderators andtechnical support people alike.Many people will be unfamiliar with the software tools you choose to use.It is important to show participants how to use the software but this needs tobe achieved whilst they are taking part in online e-tivities that are interesting andrelevant to them. It is not a good idea to offer face-to-face sessions to try toinstruct new participants in all the features of the platform and then to expectthem to be able to take part successfully. Your IT support people will otherwisespend many hours providing assistance, and some people will still fall by thewayside. Participants will also spread the myth that e-learning ‘doesn’t work’!E-tivities at this stage therefore need to provide a gentle but interestingintroduction to using the technological platform and acknowledgement of thefeelings surrounding using technology. Access takes many forms. This participantacknowledges that various forms of help that enabled him to start and encou-rages him to return:

      O texto menciona que é difícil prever como os participantes irão reagir à tecnologia, mas será que não seria útil aplicar pelo menos uma autoavaliação rápida de literacia digital no início, como forma de adaptar as primeiras atividades?

      2406483

    75. Concordo inteiramente com o Gonçalo. A mini credencial no seu todo contribuiu para fazer-me uma lavagem das minhas perspetivas sobre ensino a distância/educação digital em rede. Foi uma lavagem completa, pois trata-se de um admirável mundo novo, de um novo insight forma de encarar o fenómeno. Agora para as minhas aulas o videoAnt e este hipothes.is são ferramentas poderosas que eu poderei usar diretamente na aula que dou este semestre em Brasilia. São de uma importância extrema, reconheço. Preciso, porém, de dominar a ferramenta: uma coisa é usá-la como aluno desta Mini credencial; outra bem diferente é usá-la como docente para os meus 10 alunos de doutorado. João Bilhim

    76. At stage 2, you are doing nothing less than creating your own micro-communitythrough active and interactive e-tivities.

      A socialização online constitui o alicerce para a criação da base social e emocional necessária a um ambiente de aprendizagem colaborativa. É fundamental para a construção de um sentido de comunidade e de pertença a um grupo, reduzindo a sensação de isolamento que pode ocorrer no ensino online. Além disso, permite que os participantes se conheçam e interajam, estabelecendo relações entre si e promovendo a confiança mútua. Assim, a socialização é essencial para estimular a participação e colaboração dos membros da comunidade, para a partilha de ideias e, em última análise, para promover o sucesso das aprendizagens. (Marco Garapa)

    77. Allow at least a week for everyone to log on, getstarted and complete the first few e-tivities.

      Acho este ponto muito relevante, não só no início da formação, mas ao longo de toda a formação. Ser flexível com as datas de inicio e conclusão das tarefas, adaptando o ritmo de aprendizagem a cada aluno, pode ser um factor decisivo para o sucesso. (Pedro Salgueiro)

    78. shows how to motivate online participants,

      Parece-me que este é um dos aspectos mais importantes na criação de ma e-tivity. Por melhor que sejam os conteúdos e por mais bem estruturadas que estejam as e-tiviies, se não conseguirem motivar os alunos, dificilmente serão realizadas da melhor forma possível, sendo a base para uma boa e-tivity. De certa forma, consigo encontrar uma analogia com o ensino presencial, a motivação é muito importante e a base de um bom ensino. (Pedro Salgueiro)

    79. -moderators have important roles to play at this stage. The best moderatorsdemonstrate online the highest levels of skills related to building and sustaininggroups. Feenberg (1989) coined the term “weaving’ to describe the flow ofdiscussion and how it can be pulled together. Weaving together key points frome-tivity responses is a valuable role for the e-moderator, and for helpers orparticipants as they become more experienced.

      A ideia apresentada sublinha a importância dos e-moderadores no contexto das e-ativities, especialmente no que diz respeito à promoção de uma aprendizagem colaborativa e significativa. O conceito de "weaving", introduzido por Feenberg, é particularmente relevante e desafiador, pois evidencia a necessidade de dar coerência ao diálogo online, valorizando e interligando as contribuições dos participantes. Esta é realmente uma tarefa muito desafiante mas deveras relevante na sustentação do envolvimento dos participantes/aprendizes. Contudo, o facto de tudo ficar registado nas plataformas digitais permite um retorno constante ao conteúdo, o que enriquece o processo de reflexão e consolidação do conhecimento. Em suma, esta abordagem realça o papel ativo do e-moderador como facilitador e orquestrador do conhecimento coletivo, incentivando uma participação mais profunda e crítica no seio das e-comunidades. (Sónia Martins)

    80. Este é o software que, ao lado do VideoAnt, me parece mais útil para as minhas necessidades docentes. Quando entrei nesta microcredencial foi para aprender a trabalhar com ferramentas digitais que me permitissem uma comunicação mais eficaz com estudantes de doutoramento, para além do moodle e do zoom! E estas duas ferramentas vão ser muito úteis… Gonçalo

    81. It is very important never to assume that the ‘joys’ ofthe software and the systems themselves will provide any kind of motivation.

      É interessante como o modelo de Salmon destaca que o sucesso da aprendizagem online depende mais da criação gradual de um ambiente seguro, colaborativo e desafiante do que propriamente da tecnologia utilizada. Faz-me pensar que muitas plataformas educativas se concentram demasiado no design visual e se esquecem da importância do acolhimento, da motivação inicial e da construção de comunidade. Ivo Ferreira

    82. In summary, the five-stage model provides an example of how participantscan benefit from increasing skill and comfort in working, networking andlearning online, and what e-moderators need to do at each stage to help themto achieve this success.

      Este excerto sobre o modelo de cinco etapas de Salmon (2000a) é fundamental para compreender como desenhar e moderar boas e-atividades. Cada etapa (desde o acesso e motivação até ao desenvolvimento e metacognição) indica que tipo de atividade é mais adequada para promover o envolvimento, a colaboração e a construção de conhecimento. A meu ver, isto reforça a ideia de que boas e-atividades não são apenas bem estruturadas do ponto de vista técnico, mas também do ponto de vista emocional e social. Ivo Ferreira

  4. inst-fs-iad-prod.inscloudgate.net inst-fs-iad-prod.inscloudgate.net
    1. The belief in English as the panacea is .;o strong that it outweighs the hard evidence confronting classroom teachers every day: The overwhelming majority of U.S.-born, monolingual, English-speaking youth in Seguin's regular track do not now, have not in the past, and likely will not in the future prosper academically

      This sentence clearly points out the problem of excessive superstition about English, revealing the contradiction between it and the academic reality of students. It foreshadows the subsequent discussion on cultural and linguistic issues in school education, highlighting how the deviation in educational concepts hinders students' development.

    2. belief in English as the panacea is .;o strong that it outweighs the hard evidence confronting classroom teachers every day: The overwhelming majority of U.S.-born, monolingual, English-speaking youth in Seguin's regular track do not now, have not in the past, and likely will not in the future prosper academically

      First steps into diversifying the students population is from schools providing language classes, mostly spanish. Gradually, high school then college offer a wider array of cultural and ethnographic materials; nonetheless, the statement supports how students should be exposed to such culture and ethnic literature at a early stage to that the monolingual and english speaking youth do not fall behind.

    1. h e relics thatthey collected upon the orders o f the Slann were held inw onder; all hope o f understanding the technology o f theirfunction lost, replaced w ith superstitious cerem ony and ritual

      HMM SOUNDS FAMILIAR.

    2. A gainst the grow ing threat o f an age-old enemy, theL izardm en have slowly come to the realisation that there isno gain in lam enting a bygone age

      Immediately smarter than the High Elves.

    Annotators

  5. inst-fs-iad-prod.inscloudgate.net inst-fs-iad-prod.inscloudgate.net
    1. At Alhambra High, this increased separa-tion was infl uenced by a tracking system and, aft er tracking was offi cially discontinued in the late 1990s, by a conspicuous divide between who took honors and AP classes (overwhelmingly Asian American students) and who took “regular” classes (the vast majority of Latina/o students). Because AP and honors classes as well as many extracurricular activi-ties such as social clubs and student government were so predominantly Asian, for many students, especially those categorized as “high- achieving” students, racially segregated social groups were easily perpetuated and naturalized.In educational circles as well as popular discourse, distinctly racial-ized socioacademic orders in school are commonly referred to in the language of the “achievement gap,” a term that denotes a consistent dis-parity in grades and/or test scores between one category of students and another. While divisions are sometimes laid out along lines of gender or other identity categories, over time, the term has acquired distinct racial connotations and most oft en refers to racial disparities.16 Beginning in the 1960s and 1970s— concurrent with the rise of tremendous struggles over school segregation and desegregation17— a considerable amount of popular media and academic research focused on the “achievement gap” between Black and white students. In California, as demographics shift ed and white enrollment in public schools declined, att ention to the achieve-ment gap focused increasingly on grade and standardized test- score disparities between white and Asian American students on the one hand and Latina/o and Black students on the other.

      During high school in Alhambra and Monterey Park students were sorted into racially separated social groups due to the tracking system that placed Asian American students in honors classes but Latina/o students in regular classes. After discontinuing the tracking process the already formed racial divisions continued to shape the "achievement gap" between different racial groups.

    2. Twenty- two- year- old Nancy Tran, whose ethno- Chinese parents fl ed Vietnam aft er the fall of Saigon, put it this way: “I guess in Alhambra you only have a choice— a ‘choice,’ and that’s in quotations— between Latinos or Asians.”13 Nancy’s mother was a clerk for Los Angeles County, while her father worked 2 a.m.- to- noon nightshift s as a machine operator for a manufacturing company.In eighteen- year- old Paul Pham’s view, at Alhambra High, students who were neither Asian nor Latina/o were so uncommon that “we would prob-ably assume that they were either Asian or Hispanic even if they weren’t. I think that would be the way we approached them, until they actually told us.” For example, he remembered a few Middle Eastern friends “who were assumed to be Hispanic.” He continued, “I know that our school does not have very many white or Black people. And when we do see them, we kind of stare for a second, actually. We would actually go, ‘hey, we do have them here’ [laughing].”14 Paul’s family was also ethno–Chinese Vietnamese and escaped Khmer Rouge rule in Cambodia via Vietnam and then Los Ange-les. Paul’s father worked in an auto body shop, and his mother worked as a seamstress.

      The experiences of Asian American students demonstrate diversity directly because of their immigrant life history. Immigrant parents of Annie held professional positions whereas Nancy and Paul's parents managed to find jobs paying lower wages because they had escaped from war. The majority of Alhambra students belong to Asian and Latino ethnic groups so ethnic clustering is a typical occurrence at the school. In Alhambra communities ethnic identities become so naturalized that Paul feels sure those students not belonging to these groups are part of his own community.

    1. Es importante, en primer lugar, darnos a conocer, sin tener miedo a compartir los aspectos más frágiles, en los que nos descubrimos más sensibles, débiles o temerosos de ser juzgados

      !

    1. According to a post-show social media poll following “Megalodon: The Monster Shark Lives”, 79% of respondents reported believing that O. megalodon was still alive [36],

      Fear comes from misseducation

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer 1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors aimed to test the ability of bumblebees to use bird-view and ground-view for homing in cluttered landscapes. Using modelling and behavioural experiments, the authors showed that bumblebees rely most on ground-views for homing.

      Strengths:

      The behavioural experiments are well-designed, and the statistical analyses are appropriate for the data presented.

      Weaknesses:

      Views of animals are from a rather small catchment area.

      Missing a discussion on why image difference functions were sufficient to explain homing in wasps (Murray and Zeil 2017).

      The artificial habitat is not really 'cluttered' since landmarks are quite uniform, making it difficult to infer ecological relevance.

      Thank you for your thorough evaluation of our study. We aimed to investigate local homing behaviour on a small spatial scale, which is ecologically relevant given that the entrance of bumblebee nests is often inconspicuously hidden within the vegetation. This requires bees to locate their nest hole within a confined area. While many studies have focused on larger spatial scales using radar tracking (e.g. Capaldi et al. 2000; Osborne et al. 2013; Woodgate et al. 2016), there is limited understanding of the mechanisms behind local homing, especially in dense environments as we propose here.

      We appreciate your suggestion to include the study by Murray and Zeil (2017) in our discussion. Their research explored the catchment areas of image difference functions on a larger spatial scale with a cubic volume of 5m x 5m x 5m. Aligned with their results, we found that image difference functions pointed towards the location of the objects surrounding the nest when the images were taken above the objects. However, within the clutter, i.e. the dense set of objects surrounding the nest, the model did not perform well in pinpointing the nest position.

      See the new discussion at lines 192-197

      We agree with your comment about the term "clutter". Therefore, we referred to our landmark arrangement as a "dense environment" instead. Uniformly distributed objects do indeed occur in nature, as seen in grasslands, flower meadows, or forests populated with similar plants.

      See line 20 and we changed the wording throughout the manuscript and figures.

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations): 

      The manuscript is well written, nicely designed experiments and well illustrated. I have a few comments below.

      It would be useful to discuss known data of learning flights in bumblebees, and the height or catchment area of their flights. This will allow the reader to compare your exp design to the natural learning flights.

      In our study, we first focused on demonstrating the ability to solve a homing task in a dense environment. As we observed the bees returning within the dense environment and not from above it (contrary to the model predictions), we investigated whether they flew above it during their first flights. The bees did indeed fly above, demonstrating their ability to ascend and descend within the constellation of objects (see Supplementary Material Fig. 22).

      In nature, the learning flight of bumblebees may cover several decametres, with the loops performed during these flights increasing with flight time (e.g. Osborne et al. 2013; Woodgate et al. 2016). A similar pattern can be observed on a smaller spatial scale (e.g. Philippides et al. 2013). Similar to the loops that extend over time, the bees gradually gain altitude (Lobecke et al., 2018). However, these observations come from studies where few conspicuous objects surround the nest entrance.

      Although our study  focussed on the performance in goal finding in cluttered environments, we now also address the issue of learning flights in the discussion, as learning flights are the scaffolding of visual learning. We have already conducted several learning flight experiments to fill the knowledge gap mentioned above. These will allow us in a forthcoming paper to compare learning flights in this environment with the existing literature (Sonntag et al., 2024).

      We added a reference to this in the discussion (lines 218-219 and 269-272)

      Include bumblebee in the title rather than 'bees'.

      We adapted the title accordingly:

      “Switching perspective: Comparing ground-level and bird’s-eye views for bumblebees navigating dense environments”

      I found switching between bird-views and frog-views to explain bee-views slightly tricky to read. Why not use 'ground-views', which you already have in the title?

      We agree and adapted the wording in the manuscript according to this suggestion.

      I am not convinced there is evidence here to suggest the bees do not use view-based navigation, because of the following: In L66: unclear what were the views centred around, I assume it is the nest. Is 45cm above the ground the typical height gained by bumblebees during learning flight? The clutter seems to be used more as an obstacle that they are detouring to reach the goal, isn't it?

      Based on many previous studies, view-based navigation can be assumed to be one of the plausible mechanisms bees use for homing (Cartwright & Collett, 1987; Doussot et al., 2020; Lehrer & Collett, 1994; Philippides et al., 2013; Zeil, 2022). In our tests, when the dense environment was shifted to a different position in the flight arena, almost no bees searched at the real location of the nest entrance but at the fictive new location within the dense environment, indicating that the bees assumed  the nest to be located within the dense environment, and therefore  that vision played a crucial role for homing. We thus never meant that the bees were not using view-based navigation. We clarified this point in the revised manuscript.

      See lines 247-248, 250-259, added visual memory to schematic in Fig. 6

      In our model simulations, the memorised snapshots were centred around the nest. However, we found that a multi-snapshot model could not explain the behaviour of the bees. This led us to suggest that bees likely employ acombination of multiple mechanisms for navigation.

      We refined paragraph about possible alternative homing mechanisms. See lines  218-263

      The height of learning flights has not been extensively investigated in previous studies, and typical heights are not well-documented in the literature. However, from our observations of the first outbound flights of bumblebees within the dense environment, we noted that they quickly increased their altitude and then flew above the objects. Since the objects had a height of 0.3 metres, we chose 0.45 metres as a height above the objects for our study.

      Furthermore, the nest is positioned within the arrangement of objects, making it a target the bees must actively find rather than detour around.

      I think a discussion to contrast your findings with Murray and Zeil 2017 will be useful. It was unclear to me whether the flight arena had UV availability, if it didn't, this could be a reason for the difference.

      We referred to this study in the discussion of the revised paper (see our response to the public review). Lines 192-197

      As in most lab studies on local homing, the bees did not have UV light available in the arena. Even without this, they were successful in finding their nest position during the tests. We clarified that in the revised manuscript. See line 334-336

      Figure 2A, can you add a scale bar?

      We added a scale bar to the figure showing the dimensions of the arena. See Fig. 2

      The citation of figure orders is slightly off. We have Figure 5 after Figure 2, without citing Figures 3 and 4. Similarly for a few others.

      We carefully checked the order of cited figures and adapted them.

      Reviewer 2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In a 1.5m diameter, 0.8m high circular arena bumblebees were accustomed to exiting the entrance to their nest on the floor surrounded by an array of identical cylindrical landmarks and to forage in an adjacent compartment which they could reach through an exit tube in the arena wall at a height of 28cm. The movements of one group of bees were restricted to a height of 30cm, the height of the landmark array, while the other group was able to move up to heights of 80cm, thus being able to see the landmark array from above.

      During one series of tests, the flights of bees returning from the foraging compartment were recorded as they tried to reach the nest entrance on the floor of the arena with the landmark array shifted to various positions away from the true nest entrance location. The results of these tests showed that the bees searched for the net entrance in the location that was defined by the landmark array.

      In a second series of tests, access to the landmark array was prevented from the side, but not from the top, by a transparent screen surrounding the landmark array. These tests showed that the bees of both groups rarely entered the array from above, but kept trying to enter it from the side.

      The authors express surprise at this result because modelling the navigational information supplied by panoramic snapshots in this arena had indicated that the most robust information about the location of the nest entrance within the landmark array was supplied by views of the array from above, leading to the following strong conclusions: line 51: "Snapshot models perform best with bird's eye views"; line 188: "Overall, our model analysis could show that snapshot models are not able to find home with views within a cluttered environment but only with views from above it."; line 231: "Our study underscores the limitations inherent in snapshot models, revealing their inability to provide precise positional estimates within densely cluttered environments, especially when compared to the navigational abilities of bees using frog's-eye views."

      Strengths:

      The experimental set-up allows for the recording of flight behaviour in bees, in great spatial and temporal detail. In principle, it also allows for the reconstruction of the visual information available to the bees throughout the arena.

      The experimental set-up allows for the recording of flight behaviour in bees, in great spatial and temporal detail. In principle, it also allows for the reconstruction of the visual information available to the bees throughout the arena.

      Weaknesses:

      Modelling:

      Modelling left out information potentially available to the bees from the arena wall and in particular from the top edge of the arena and cues such as cameras outside the arena. For instance, modelled IDF gradients within the landmark array degrade so rapidly in this environment, because distant visual features, which are available to bees, are lacking in the modelling. Modelling furthermore did not consider catchment volumes, but only horizontal slices through these volumes.

      When we started modelling the bees’ homing based on image-matching, we included the arena wall. However, the model simulations pointed only coarsely towards the dense environment but not toward the nest position. We hypothesised that the arena wall and object location created ambiguity. Doussot et al. (2020) showed that such a model can yield two different homing locations when distant and local cues are independently moved. Therefore, we reduced the complexity of the environment by concentrating on the visual features, which were moved between training and testing (neither the camera nor the wall were moved between training and test). We acknowledge that this information should have been provided to substantiate our reasoning. As such, we included model results with the arena wall in the supplements of the revised paper. See lines 290-293, Figures S17-21

      We agree that the catchment volumes would provide quantitatively more detailed information as catchment slices. Nevertheless, since our goal was  to investigate if bees would use ground views or bird's eye views to home in a dense environment, catchment slices, which provide qualitatively similar information as catchment volumes, are sufficient to predict whether ground or bird's-eye views perform better in leading to the nest. Therefore, we did not include further computations of catchment volumes. (ll. 296-297)

      Behavioural analysis:

      The full potential of the set-up was not used to understand how the bees' navigation behaviour develops over time in this arena and what opportunities the bees have had to learn the location of the nest entrance during repeated learning flights and return flights.

      Without a detailed analysis of the bees' behaviour during 'training', including learning flights and return flights, it is very hard to follow the authors' conclusions. The behaviour that is observed in the tests may be the result of the bees' extended experience shuttling between the nest and the entry to the foraging arena at 28cm height in the arena wall. For instance, it would have been important to see the return flights of bees following the learning flights shown in Figure 17. Basically, both groups of bees (constrained to fly below the height of landmarks (F) or throughout the height of the arena (B)) had ample opportunities to learn that the nest entrance lies on the floor of the landmark array. The only reason why B-bees may not have entered the array from above when access from the side was prevented, may simply be that bumblebees, because they bumble, find it hard to perform a hovering descent into the array.

      A prerequisite for studying the learning flight in a given environment is showing that the bees manage to return to their home. Here, our primary goal was to demonstrate this within a dense environment. While we understand that a detailed analysis of the learning and return flights would be valuable, we feel this is outside the scope of this particular study.

      Multi-snapshot models have been repeatedly shown to be sufficient to explain the homing behaviour in natural as well as artificial environments(Baddeley et al., 2012; Dittmar et al., 2010; Doussot et al., 2020; Möller, 2012; Wystrach et al., 2011, 2013; Zeil, 2012). A model can not only be used to replicate but also to predict a given outcome and shape the design of experiments. Here, we used the models to shape the experimental design, as it does not require the entire history of the bee's trajectory to be tested and provides interesting insight into homing in diverse environments.

      Since we observed behavioural responses different from the one suggested by the models, it becomes interesting to look at the flight history. If we had found an alignment between the model and the behaviour, looking at thehistory would have become much less interesting. Thus our results raise an interest in looking at the entire flight history, which will require not only effort on the recording procedure, but as well conceptually. At the moment the underlying mechanisms of learning during outbound, inbound, exploration, or orientation flight remains evasive and therefore difficult to test a hypothesis. A detailed description of the flight during the entire bee history would enable us to speculate alternative models to the one tested in our study, but would remain limited in testing those.

      While we acknowledge that the bees had ample opportunities to learn the location of the nest entrance, we believe that their behaviour of entering the dense environment at a very low altitude cannot be solely explained by extended experience. It is possible that the bees could have also learned to enter at the edge of the objects or above the objects before descending within the dense environment.

      General:

      The most serious weakness of the set-up is that it is spatially and visually constrained, in particular lacking a distant visual panorama, which under natural conditions is crucial for the range over which rotational image difference functions provide navigational guidance. In addition, the array of identical landmarks is not representative of natural clutter and, because it is visually repetitive, poses un-natural problems for view-based homing algorithms. This is the reason why the functions degrade so quickly from one position to the next (Figures 9-12), although it is not clear what these positions are (memory0-memory7).

      In conclusion, I do not feel that I have learnt anything useful from this experiment; it does suggest, however, that to fully appreciate and understand the homing abilities of insects, there is no alternative but to investigate these abilities in the natural conditions in which they have evolved.

      We respectfully disagree with the evaluation that our study does not provide new insights due to the controlled laboratory conditions. Both field and laboratory research are necessary and should complement each other. Dismissing the value of controlled lab experiments would overlook the contributions of previous lab-based research, which has significantly advanced our understanding of animal behaviour. It is only possible to precisely define the visual test environments under laboratory conditions and to identify the role of the components of the environment for the behaviour through targeted variation of them. These results yield precious information to then guide future field-based experiments for validation.

      Our laboratory settings are a kind of abstraction of natural situations focusing on those aspects that are at the centre of the research question. Our approach here was based on the knowledge that bumblebees have to find their inconspicuous nest hole in nature, which is difficult to find in often highly dense environments, and ultimately on a spatial scale in the metre range. We first wanted to find out if bumblebees can find their nest hole under the particularly challenging condition that all objects surrounding the nest hole are the same. This was not yet clear. Uniformly distributed objects may, however, also occur in nature, as seen with visually inconspicuous nest entrances of bumblebees in grass meadows, flower meadows, or forests with similar plants. We agree that the term "clutter" is not well-defined in the literature and now refer to the  environment as a "dense environment."

      We changed the wording throughout the manuscript and figures.

      Despite the lack of a distant visual panorama, or also UV light, wind, or other confounding factors inherent to field work conditions, the bees successfully located the nest position even when we shifted the dense environment within the flight arena. We used rotational-image difference functions based on snapshots taken around the nest position to predict the bees' behaviour, as this is one of the most widely accepted and computationally most parsimonious assessments of catchment areas in the context of local homing. This approach also proved effective in our more restricted conditions, where the bees still managed to pinpoint their home.

      Reviewer 2 (Recommendations):

      (1) Clarify what is meant by modelling panoramic images at 1cm intervals (only?) along the x-axis of the arena.

      The panoramic images were taken along a grid with 0.5cm steps within the dense environment and 1cm steps in the rest of the arena. A previous study (Doussot et al., 2020) showed successful homing of multi-snapshot models in an environment of similar scale with a grid with 2cm steps. Therefore, we think that our scaling is sufficiently fine. We apologise for the missing information in the method section and added it to the revised manuscript. See lines 286-287

      (2) In Figures 9-12 what are the memory0 to memory7 locations and reference image orientations? Explain clearly which image comparisons generated the rotIDFs shown.

      Memory 0 to memory 7 are examples of the eight memorised snapshots, which are aligned in the nest direction and taken around the nest. In the rotIDFs shown, we took memory 0 as a reference image, and compared the 7 others by rotating them against memory 0. We clarified that in the revised manuscript.

      See revised figure caption in Fig. S9 – 16

      (3) Figure 9 seems to compare 'bird's-eye', not 'frog's-eye' views.

      We apologise for that mistake and carefully double-checked the figure caption.

      See revised figure caption Fig. S9

      (4) Why do you need to invoke a PI vector (Figure 6) to explain your results?

      Since the bees were able to home in the dense environment without entering the object arrangement from above but from the side, image matching alone could not explain the bees’ behaviour. Therefore, we suggest, as an hypothesis for future studies, a combination of mechanisms such as a home vector. Other alternatives, perhaps without requiring a PI vector, may explain the bees’ behaviour, and we will welcome any future contributions from the scientific community.

      References

      Baddeley, B., Graham, P., Husbands, P., & Philippides, A. (2012). A Model of Ant Route Navigation Driven by Scene Familiarity. PLoS Computational Biology,8(1), e1002336. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1002336

      Capaldi, E. A., Smith, A. D., Osborne, J. L., Farris, S. M., Reynolds, D. R., Edwards, A. S., Martin, A., Robinson, G. E., Poppy, G. M., & Riley, J. R. (2000).

      Ontogeny of orientation flight in the honeybee revealed by harmonic radar. Nature, 403. https://doi.org/10.1038/35000564

      Cartwright, B. A., & Collett, T. S. (1987). Landmark maps for honeybees. Biological Cybernetics, 57(1), 85–93. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00318718

      Dittmar, L., Stürzl, W., Baird, E., Boeddeker, N., & Egelhaaf, M. (2010). Goal seeking in honeybees: Matching of optic flow snapshots? Journal of Experimental Biology, 213(17), 2913–2923. https://doi.org/10.1242/jeb.043737

      Doussot, C., Bertrand, O. J. N., & Egelhaaf, M. (2020). Visually guided homing of bumblebees in ambiguous situations: A behavioural and modelling study. PLoS Computational Biology, 16(10). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1008272

      Lehrer, M., & Collett, T. S. (1994). Approaching and departing bees learn different cues to the distance of a landmark. Journal of Comparative Physiology A, 175(2), 171–177. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00215113

      Lobecke, A., Kern, R., & Egelhaaf, M. (2018). Taking a goal-centred dynamic snapshot as a possibility for local homing in initially naïve bumblebees. Journal of Experimental Biology, 221(2), jeb168674. https://doi.org/10.1242/jeb.168674

      Möller, R. (2012). A model of ant navigation based on visual prediction. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 305, 118–130. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jtbi.2012.04.022

      Murray, T., & Zeil, J. (2017). Quantifying navigational information: The catchment volumes of panoramic snapshots in outdoor scenes. PLOS ONE, 12(10), e0187226. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0187226

      Osborne, J. L., Smith, A., Clark, S. J., Reynolds, D. R., Barron, M. C., Lim, K. S., & Reynolds, A. M. (2013). The ontogeny of bumblebee flight trajectories: From Naïve explorers to experienced foragers. PLoS ONE, 8(11). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0078681

      Philippides, A., de Ibarra, N. H., Riabinina, O., & Collett, T. S. (2013). Bumblebee calligraphy: The design and control of flight motifs in the learning and return flights of Bombus terrestris. Journal of Experimental Biology, 216(6), 1093–1104. https://doi.org/10.1242/jeb.081455

      Sonntag, A., Lihoreau, M., Bertrand, O. J. N., & Egelhaaf, M. (2024). Bumblebees increase their learning flight altitude in dense environments. bioRxiv, 2024.10.14.618154. https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.10.14.618154

      Woodgate, J. L., Makinson, J. C., Lim, K. S., Reynolds, A. M., & Chittka, L. (2016). Life-long radar tracking of bumblebees. PLoS ONE, 11(8). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0160333

      Wystrach, A., Mangan, M., Philippides, A., & Graham, P. (2013). Snapshots in ants? New interpretations of paradigmatic experiments. Journal of Experimental Biology, 216(10), 1766–1770. https://doi.org/10.1242/jeb.082941

      Wystrach, A., Schwarz, S., Schultheiss, P., Beugnon, G., & Cheng, K. (2011). Views, landmarks, and routes: How do desert ants negotiate an obstacle course? Journal of Comparative Physiology A: Neuroethology, Sensory, Neural, and Behavioral Physiology, 197(2), 167–179. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00359-010-0597-2

      Zeil, J. (2012). Visual homing: An insect perspective. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 22(2), 285–293. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conb.2011.12.008

      Zeil, J. (2022). Visual navigation: Properties, acquisition and use of views. Journal of Comparative Physiology A. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00359-022-01599-2

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In a heroic effort, Ozanna Burnicka-Turek et al. have made and investigated conduction system-specific Tbx3-Tbx5 deficient mice and investigated their cardiac phenotype. Perhaps according to expectations, given the body of literature on the function of the two T-box transcription factors in the heart/conduction system, the cardiomyocytes of the ventricular conduction system seemed to convert to "ordinary" ventricular working myocytes. As a consequence, loss of VCS-specific conduction system propagation was observed in the compound KO mice, associated with PR and QRS prolongation and elevated susceptibility to ventricular tachycardia.

      Strengths:

      Great genetic model. Phenotypic consequences at the organ and organismal levels are well investigated. The requirement of both Tbx3 and Tbx5 for maintaining VCS cell state has been demonstrated.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for acknowledging the effort involved in generating and characterizing the Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout mouse model and for highlighting the significance of this work in elucidating the role of these transcription factors in maintaining the functional and transcriptional identity of the ventricular conduction system. 

      Weaknesses:

      The actual cell state of the Tbx3/Tbx5 deficient conducting cells was not investigated in detail, and therefore, these cells could well only partially convert to working cardiomyocytes, and may, in reality, acquire a unique state.

      We agree with Reviewer #1 that the Tbx3/Tbx5 double mutant ventricular conduction myocardial cells may only partially convert to working cardiomyocytes or may acquire a unique state.  The transcriptional state of the double mutant VCS cells was investigated by bulk profiling of key genes associated with specific conduction and non-conduction cardiac regions, including fast conduction, slow conduction, or working myocardium. Neither the bulk transcriptional approaches nor the optical mapping approaches we employed capture single-cell data; in both cases, the data represents aggregated signals from multiple cells (1, 2). Single cell approaches for transcriptional profiling and cellular electrophysiology would clarify this concern and are appropriate for future studies. 

      (1) O’Shea C, Nashitha Kabri S, Holmes AP, Lei M, Fabritz L, Rajpoot K, Pavlovic D (2020) Cardiac optical mapping – State-of-the-art and future challenges. The International Journal of Biochemistry & Cell Biology 126:105804. doi: 10.1016/j.biocel.2020.105804. (2) Efimov IR, Nikolski VP, and Salama G (2004) Optical Imaging of the Heart. Circulation Research 95:21-33. doi: 10.1161/01.RES.0000130529.18016.35.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The goal of this work is to define the functions of T-box transcription factors Tbx3 and Tbx5 in the adult mouse ventricular cardiac conduction system (VCS) using a novel conditional mouse allele in which both genes are targeted in cis. A series of studies over the past 2 decades by this group and others have shown that Tbx3 is a transcriptional repressor that patterns the conduction system by repressing genes associated with working myocardium, while Tbx5 is a potent transcriptional activator of "fast" conduction system genes in the VCS. In a previous work, the authors of the present study further demonstrated that Tbx3 and Tbx5 exhibit an epistatic relationship whereby the relief of Tbx3-mediated repression through VCS conditional haploinsufficiency allows better toleration of Tbx5 VCS haploinsufficiency. Conversely, excess Tbx3-mediated repression through overexpression results in disruption of the fast-conduction gene network despite normal levels of Tbx5. Based on these data the authors proposed a model in which repressive functions of Tbx3 drive the adoption of conduction system fate, followed by segregation into a fast-conducting VCS and slow-conduction AVN through modulation of the Tbx5/Tbx3 ratio in these respective tissue compartments.

      The question motivating the present work is: If Tbx5/Tbx3 ratio is important for slow versus fast VCS identity, what happens when both genes are completely deleted from the VCS? Is conduction system identity completely lost without both factors and if so, does the VCS network transform into a working myocardium-like state? To address this question, the authors have generated a novel mouse line in which both Tbx5 and Tbx3 are floxed on the same allele, allowing complete conditional deletion of both factors using the VCS-specific MinK-CreERT2 line, convincingly validated in previous work. The goal is to use these double conditional knockout mice to further explore the model of Tbx3/Tbx5 co-dependent gene networks and VCS patterning. First, the authors demonstrate that the double conditional knockout allele results in the expected loss of Tbx3 and Tbx5 specifically in the VCS when crossed with Mink-CreERT2 and induced with tamoxifen. The double conditional knockout also results in premature mortality. Detailed electrophysiological phenotyping demonstrated prolonged PR and QRS intervals, inducible ventricular tachycardia, and evidence of abnormal impulse propagation along the septal aspect of the right ventricle. In addition, the mutants exhibit downregulation of VCS genes responsible for both fast conduction AND slow conduction phenotypes with upregulation of 2 working myocardial genes including connexin-43. The authors conclude that loss of both Tbx3 and Tbx5 results in "reversion" or "transformation" of the VCS network to a working myocardial phenotype, which they further claim is a prediction of their model and establishes that Tbx3 and Tbx5 "coordinate" transcriptional control of VCS identity.

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s detailed summary of the study’s aims, methodologies, and findings, as well as their thoughtful suggestions for further analysis. We are grateful for their recognition of our genetic model’s novelty and robustness.

      Overall Appraisal:

      As noted above, the present study does not further explore the Tbx5/Tbx3 ratio concept since both genes are completely knocked out in the VCS. Instead, the main claims are that the absence of both factors results in a transcriptional shift of conduction tissue towards a working myocardial phenotype, and that this shift indicates that Tbx5 and Tbx3 "coordinate" to control VCS identity and function.

      We agree with this reviewer’s assessment of the assertions in our manuscript.  The novel combined Tbx5/Tbx3 double mutant model does not further explore the TBX5/TBX3 ratio concept, which we previously examined in detail (1). Instead, as the Reviewer notes, this manuscript focuses on testing a model that the coordinated activity of Tbx3 and Tbx5 defines specialized ventricular conduction identity. 

      (1) Burnicka-Turek O, Broman MT, Steimle JD, Boukens BJ, Petrenko NB, Ikegami K, Nadadur RD, Qiao Y, Arnolds DE, Yang XH, Patel VV, Nobrega MA, Efimov IR, Moskowitz IP (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circulation Research 127:e94-e106. doi:10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.118.314460. 

      Strengths:

      (1) Successful generation of a novel Tbx3-Tbx5 double conditional mouse model.

      (2) Successful VCS-specific deletion of Tbx3 and Tbx5 using a VCS-specific inducible Cre driver line.

      (3) Well-powered and convincing assessments of mortality and physiological phenotypes. (4) Isolation of genetically modified VCS cells using flow.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for acknowledging the listed strengths of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In general, the data is consistent with a long-standing and well-supported model in which Tbx3 represses working myocardial genes and Tbx5 activates the expression of VCS genes, which seem like distinct roles in VCS patterning. However, the authors move between different descriptions of the functional relationship and epistatic relationship between these factors, including terms like "cooperative", "coordinated", and "distinct" at various points. In a similar vein, sometimes terms like "reversion" are used to describe how VCS cells change after Tbx3/Tbx5 conditional knockout, and other times "transcriptional shift" and at other times "reprogramming". But these are all different concepts. The lack of a clear and consistent terminology for describing the phenomena observed makes the overarching claims of the manuscript more difficult to evaluate.

      We discriminate prior work on the “long-standing and well-supported model’ supported by investigation of the role of Tbx5 and Tbx3 independently from this work examining the coordinated role of Tbx5 and Tbx3. Prior work demonstrated that Tbx3 represses working myocardial genes and Tbx5 activates expression of VCS genes, consistent with the reviewer’s suggestion of their distinct roles in VCS patterning. However, the current study uniquely evaluates the combined role of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in distinguishing specialized conduction identify from working myocardium, for the first time. 

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s feedback regarding the need for consistent terminology when describing the impact of the double Tbx3 and Tbx5 mutant. We will edit the manuscript to replace terms like “reversion” with “transcriptional shift” or “transformation” when describing the observed phenotype, and we will use “coordination” to describe the combined role of Tbx5 and Tbx3 in maintaining VCS-specific identity.

      (2) A more direct quantitative comparison of Tbx5 Adult VCS KO with Tbx5/Tbx3 Adult VCS double KO would be helpful to ascertain whether deletion of Tbx3 on top of Tbx5 deletion changes the underlying phenotype in some discernable way beyond mRNA expression of a few genes. Superficially, the phenotypes look quite similar at the EKG and arrhythmia inducibility level and no optical mapping data from a single Tbx5 KO is presented for comparison to the double KO.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the suggestions that a direct comparison between Tbx5 single conditional knockout and Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout models may help isolate the specific contribution of Tbx3 deletion in addition to Tbx5 deletion. 

      Previous studies have assessed the effect of single Tbx5 CKO in the VCS of murine hearts (1, 3, 5). Arnolds et al. demonstrated that the removal of Tbx5 from the adult ventricular conduction system results in VCS slowing, including prolonged PR and QRS intervals, prolongation of the His duration and His-ventricular (HV) interval (3).

      Furthermore, Burnicka-Turek et al. demonstrated that the single conditional knockout of Tbx5 in the adult VCS caused a shift toward a pacemaker cell state, with ectopic beats and inappropriate automaticity (1). Whole-cell patch clamping of VCS-specific Tbx5 deficient cells revealed action potentials characterized by a slower upstroke (phase 0), prolonged plateau (phase 2), delayed repolarization (phase 3), and enhanced phase 4 depolarization - features characteristic of nodal action potentials rather than typical VCS action potentials (3). These observations were interpreted as uncovering nodal potential of the VCS in the absence of Tbx5. Based on the role of Tbx3 in CCS specification (2), we hypothesized that the nodal state of the VCS uncovered in the absence of Tbx5 was enabled by maintained Tbx3 expression. This motivated us to generate the double Tbx5

      / Tbx3 knockout model to examine the state of the VCS in the absence of both T-box TFs. In the current study, we demonstrate that the VCS-specific deletion of Tbx3 and Tbx5 results in the loss of fast electrical impulse propagation in the VCS, similar to that observed in the single Tbx5 mutant. However, unlike the Tbx5 single mutant, the Tbx3/Tbx5 double deletion does not cause a gain of pacemaker cell state in the VCS. Instead, the physiological data suggests a transition toward non-conduction working myocardial physiology. This conclusion is supported by the presence of only a single upstroke in the optical action potential (OAP) recorded from the His bundle region and VCS cells in Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout mice. The electrical properties of VCS cells in the double knockout are functionally indistinguishable from those of ventricular working myocardial cells. As a result, ventricular impulse propagation is significantly slowed, resembling activation through exogenous pacing rather than the rapid conduction typically associated with the VCS. We will edit the text of the manuscript to more carefully distinguish the observations between these models, as suggested.

      (1) Burnicka-Turek O, Broman MT, Steimle JD, Boukens BJ, Petrenko NB, Ikegami K, Nadadur RD, Qiao Y, Arnolds DE, Yang XH, Patel VV, Nobrega MA, Efimov IR, Moskowitz IP (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circulation Research 127:e94-e106. doi:10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.118.314460. 

      (2) Mohan RA, Bosada FM, van Weerd JH, van Duijvenboden K, Wang J, Mommersteeg MTM, Hooijkaas IB, Wakker V, de Gier-de Vries C, Coronel R, Boink GJJ, Bakkers J, Barnett P, Boukens BJ, Christoffels VM (2020) T-box transcription factor 3 governs a transcriptional program for the function of the mouse atrioventricular conduction system. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 117:18617-18626. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1919379117.

      (3) Arnolds DE, Liu F, Fahrenbach JP, Kim GH, Schillinger KJ, Smemo S, McNally EM, Nobrega MA, Patel VV, Moskowitz IP (2012) TBX5 drives Scn5a expression to regulate cardiac conduction system function. The Journal of Clinical Investigation 122:2509–2518. doi: 10.1172/JCI62617.

      (4) Frank DU, Carter KL, Thomas KR, Burr RM, Bakker ML, Coetzee WA, Tristani-Firouzi M, Bamshad MJ, Christoffels VM, Moon AM (2012) Lethal arrhythmias in Tbx3-deficient mice reveal extreme dosage sensitivity of cardiac conduction system function and homeostasis. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 109:E154-63. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1115165109.

      (5) Moskowitz IP, Pizard A, Patel VV, Bruneau BG, Kim JB, Kupershmidt S, Roden D, Berul CI, Seidman CE, Seidman JG (2004) The T-Box transcription factor Tbx5 is required for the patterning and maturation of the murine cardiac conduction system. Development 131:4107-4116. doi: 10.1242/dev.01265. PMID: 15289437.

      (3) The authors claim that double knockout VCS cells transform to working myocardial fate, but there is no comparison of gene expression levels between actual working myocardial cells and the Tbx3/Tbx5 DKO VCS cells so it's hard to know if the data reflect an actual cell state change or a more non-specific phenomenon with global dysregulation of gene expression or perhaps dedifferentiation. I understand that the upregulation of Gja1 and Smpx is intended to address this, but it's only two genes and it seems relevant to understand their degree of expression relative to actual working myocardium. In addition, the gene panel is somewhat limited and does not include other key transcriptional regulators in the VCS such as Irx3 and Nkx2-5. RNA-seq in these populations would provide a clearer comparison among the groups.

      And

      the main claims are that the absence of both factors results in a transcriptional shift of conduction tissue towards a working myocardial phenotype, and that this shift indicates that Tbx5 and Tbx3 "coordinate" to control VCS identity and function. However, only limited data are presented to support the claim of transcriptional reprogramming since the knockout cells are not directly compared to working myocardial cells at the transcriptional level and only a small number of key genes are assessed (versus genome-wide assessment).

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s suggestion to expand the gene expression analysis in Tbx3/Tbx5-deficient VCS cells by including other specific genes and comparisons with “native”/actual working ventricular myocardial cells and broadening the gene panel. In this study, we evaluated core cardiac conduction system markers, revealing a loss of conduction system-specific gene expression in the double mutant VCS. Furthermore, we evaluated key working myocardial markers normally excluded from the conduction system, Gja1 and Smpx, revealing a shift towards a working myocardial state in the double mutant VCS (Figure 4). We agree that a more comprehensive analysis, such as transcriptome-wide approaches, would offer greater clarity on the extent and specificity of the observed shift from conduction to non-conduction identity. These approaches are appropriate directions for future studies.

      (4) From the optical mapping data, it is difficult to distinguish between the presence of (a) a focal proximal right bundle branch block due to dysregulation of gene expression in the VCS but overall preservation of the right bundle and its distal ramifications; from (b) actual loss of the VCS with reversion of VCS cells to a working myocardial fate. Related to this, the authors claim that this experiment allows for direct visualization of His bundle activation, but can the authors confirm or provide evidence that the tissue penetration of their imaging modality allows for imaging of a deep structure like the AV bundle as opposed to the right bundle branch which is more superficial? Does the timing of the separation of the sharp deflection from the subsequent local activation suggest visualization of more distal components of the VCS rather than the AV bundle itself? Additional clarification would be helpful.

      And

      In addition, the optical mapping dataset is incomplete and has alternative interpretations that are not excluded or thoroughly discussed.

      We agree with Reviewer #2 that the resolution of the optical mapping experiment may be insufficient to precisely localize the conduction block due to the limited signal strength from the VCS. It is possible that the region defined as the His Bundle also includes portions of the right bundle branch. Our control mice show VCS OAP upstrokes consistent with those reported by Tamaddon et al. (2000) using Di-4-ANEPPS (1). We appreciate the Reviewer’s attention to alternative interpretations, and we will incorporate these caveats into the manuscript text. 

      (1) Tamaddon HS, Vaidya D, Simon AM, Paul DL, Jalife J, Morley GE (2000) Highresolution optical mapping of the right bundle branch in connexin40 knockout mice reveals slow conduction in the specialized conduction system. Circulation Research 87:929-36. doi: 10.1161/01.res.87.10.929. 

      Impact:

      The present study contributes a novel and elegantly constructed mouse model to the field. The data presented generally corroborate existing models of transcriptional regulation in the VCS but do not, as presented, constitute a decisive advance.

      And

      In sum, while this study adds an elegantly constructed genetic model to the field, the data presented fit well within the existing paradigm of established functions of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in the VCS and in that sense do not decisively advance the field. Moreover, the authors' claims about the implications of the data are not always strongly supported by the data presented and do not fully explore alternative possibilities.

      We appreciate Reviewer # 2’s acknowledgment of the elegance and novelty of the mouse model we generated. However, we respectfully disagree with their assessment that this work merely corroborates existing models without providing a decisive advance. Previous studies have investigated single Tbx5 or Tbx3 gene knockouts in-depth and established the T-box ratio model for distinguishing fast VCS from slow nodal conduction identity (1) that the reviewer alludes to in earlier comments. In contrast, this study aimed to explore a different model, that the combined effects of Tbx5 and Tbx3 distinguish adult VCS identity from non-conduction working myocardium. The coordinated Tbx3 and Tbx5 role in conduction system identify remained untested due to the lack of a mouse model that allowed their simultaneous removal. The very model the reviewer recognizes as “novel and elegantly constructed” has allowed the examination of the coordinated role of Tbx5 and Tbx3 for the first time. While we acknowledge the opportunity for additional depth of investigation of this model in future studies, the data we present provides consistent experimental support for the coordinated requirement of both Tbx5 and Tbx3 for ventricular cardiac conduction system identity. 

      (1) Burnicka-Turek O, Broman MT, Steimle JD, Boukens BJ, Petrenko NB, Ikegami K, Nadadur RD, Qiao Y, Arnolds DE, Yang XH, Patel VV, Nobrega MA, Efimov IR, Moskowitz IP (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circulation Research 127:e94-e106. doi:10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.118.314460. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the study presented by Burnicka-Turek et al., the authors generated for the first time a mouse model to cause the combined conditional deletion of Tbx3 and Tbx5 genes. This has been impossible to achieve to date due to the proximity of these genes in chromosome 5, preventing the generation of loss of function strategies to delete simultaneously both genes. It is known that both Tbx3 and Tbx5 are required for the development of the cardiac conduction system by transcription factor-specific but also overlapping roles as seen in the common and diverse cardiac defects found in patients with mutations for these genes. After validating the deletion efficiency and specificity of the line, the authors characterized the cardiac phenotype associated with the cardiac conduction system (CCS)-specific combined deletion of T_bx5_ and Tbx3 in the adult by inducing the activation of the CCS-specific tamoxifen-inducible Cre recombination (MinKcreERT) at 6 weeks after birth. Their analysis of 8-9-week-old animals did not identify any major morphological cardiac defects. However, the authors found conduction defects including prolonged PR and QTR intervals and ventricular tachycardia causing the death of the double mutants, which do not survive more than 3 months after tamoxifen induction. Molecular and optical mapping analysis of the ventricular conduction system (VCS) of these mutants concluded that, in the absence of Tbx5 and Tbx3 function, the cells forming the ventricular conduction system (VCS) become working myocardium and lose the specific contractile features characterizing VCS cells. Altogether, the study identified the critical combined role of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in the maintenance of the VCS in adulthood.

      Strengths:

      The study generated a new animal model to study the combined deletion of Tbx5 and Tbx3 in the cardiac conduction system. This unique model has provided the authors with the perfect tool to answer their biological questions. The study includes top-class methodologies to assess the functional defects present in the different mutants analyzed, and gathered very robust functional data on the conduction defects present in these mutants. They also applied optical action potential (OAP) methods to demonstrate the loss of conduction action potential and the acquisition of working myocardium action potentials in the affected cells because of Tbx5/Tbx3 loss of function. The study used simpler molecular and morphological analysis to demonstrate that there are no major morphological defects in these mutants and that indeed, the conduction defects found are due to the acquisition of working myocardium features by the VCS cells. Altogether, this study identified the critical role of these transcription factors in the maintenance of the VCS in the adult heart.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s comments regarding the originality and utility of our model and the strengths of our methodological approach. The Reviewer’s appreciation of the molecular and morphological analyses as well as their constructive feedback is highly valuable.

      Weaknesses:

      In the opinion of this reviewer, the weakness in the study lies in the morphological and molecular characterization. The morphological analysis simply described the absence of general cardiac defects in the adult heart, however, whether the CCS tissues are present or not was not investigated. Lineage tracing analysis using the reporter lines included in the crosses described in the study will determine if there are changes in CCS tissue composition in the different mutants studied. Similarly, combining this reporter analysis with the molecular markers found to be dysregulated by qPCR and western blot, will demonstrate that indeed the cells that were specified as VCS in the adult heart, become working myocardium in the absence of Tbx3 and Tbx5 function.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the morphology of the cardiac conduction system in the Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout model. We did not observe any structural abnormalities, as the Reviewer notes. We agree with their suggestion for using Genetic Inducible Fate Mapping to mark cardiac conduction cells expressing MinKCre. In fact, we utilized this approach to isolate VCS cells for transcriptional profiling. Specifically, we combined the tamoxifen-inducible MinKCreERT allele with the Cre-dependent R26Eyfp reporter allele to label MinKCre-expressing cells in both control VCS and VCS-specific double Tbx3/Tbx5 knockouts. EYFP-positive cells were isolated for transcriptional studies, ensuring that our analysis exclusively targeted conduction system-lineage marked cells. The ability to isolate MinKCre-marked cells from both controls and Tbx5/Tbx3 double mutants indicates that VCS cells persisted in the double knockout. Nonetheless, the suggestion for in-vivo marking by Genetic Inducible

      Fate Mapping and morphologic analysis is a valuable recommendation for future studies. 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In a heroic effort, Ozanna Burnicka-Turek et al. have made and investigated conduction system-specific Tbx3-Tbx5 deficient mice and investigated their cardiac phenotype. Perhaps according to expectations, given the body of literature on the function of the two T-box transcription factors in the heart/conduction system, the cardiomyocytes of the ventricular conduction system seemed to convert to "ordinary" ventricular working myocytes. As a consequence, loss of VCS-specific conduction system propagation was observed in the compound KO mice, associated with PR and QRS prolongation and elevated susceptibility to ventricular tachycardia.

      Previous work suggested the prediction that VCS-specific genetic ablation of both the TBX3 and TBX5 would transform fast-conducting adult VCS into cells resembling working myocardium, eliminating specialized CCS fate. The current study suggests that this prediction is at least to some extent accurate.

      We appreciate Reviewer #1’s summary and recognition of our study. As the review notes, the simultaneous deletion of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in the mature ventricular conduction system (VCS) suggests a conversion of VCS to "ordinary" ventricular working myocytes. To our knowledge, this represents a novel observation and experimental model that uniquely captures the combined roles of these essential T-box transcription factors. We believe that this model offers a valuable platform for further investigation into the transcriptional mechanisms underlying conduction system specialization.

      (1) The huge effort made to generate the DKO model contrasts with the limited efforts made to study the mechanism. Conditional deficiency of Tbx3 and Tbx5 creates an artificial situation that is useful for addressing fundamental mechanistic questions. The authors provide a rather superficial analysis of the changes in the VCS upon deletion of these two critically important factors and do not provide really novel insights into their requirement/function in the VCS gene regulatory network and epigenetic state. So to what extent do VCS cardiomyocytes (CMs) from Tbx3/5 DKO mice resemble "simple" working myocardium? To what extent do these cells acquire the working myocardial (epigenetic) state, do these cells have an epigenetic memory of the Tbx3/Tbx5+ history, is the enhancer usage between the modified VCS CMs and the working CMs similar or not, etc.? The assumption that the authors' data indicate that the DKO VCS CMs simply acquire a ventricular working "fate" is unlikely. Following this reasoning, the reverse experiment to induce Tbx3 and Tbx5 expression in working CMs would result in complete conversion to VCS CMs, which is also unlikely.

      To answer such questions, transcriptomic and epigenetic state analysis, electrophysiologic analysis (e.g. patch-clamp), cell/subcellular level analysis, etc. would be required, as well as a comparison of the changed state of the DKO VCS CMs to that of working CMs.

      This initial study focused on generating the Tbx3:Tbx5 double-conditional knockout model and characterizing the resulting physiological and molecular changes within the VCS. We analyzed transcriptomic markers of fast conduction (VCS), slow conduction (nodal), and non-conduction (working myocardium). Additionally, we applied optical mapping to evaluate the physiological consequences of the double knockout, which allowed a calculated AP of the VCS to be generated. We agree that a more in-depth mechanistic investigation of the VCS transformation upon Tbx3/Tbx5 deletion by transcriptomic or cellular electrophysiology could provide a deeper understanding of the precise transcriptional/epigenetic state of the VCS in the double knockout and clarify whether there is a partial or complete conversion of VCS cells to a simple working myocardial phenotype. The suggestions by the reviewer will be considered for future studies.

      (2) Tbx3 stimulates BMP-TGFb signaling (e.g. positive loop between Tbx3-Bmp2), which in turn stimulates EMT and modulates the behavior of endocardial and mesenchymal cells. Did the authors investigate the impact of Tbx3/5 DKO on non-CM cells in and around the VCS? (see also comment 1). The insulation of the AVB for example could be a Tbx3/5 non cell autonomous target.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s suggestion to examine the impact of Tbx3/Tbx5 deletion on non-CM cells surrounding the VCS. While this is an intriguing avenue for future exploration, it falls outside the scope of the current study, which focused on the cardiomyocyte-specific roles of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in maintaining adult VCS identity.

      (3) The MinK-Cre line used (from the Moskowitz lab) also recombines in the AVN (Arnolds et al 2011). The authors do not mention changes in the AVN, and systematically call the line VCS specific (which refers to the AVB, BB, PVCS I assume). This could also impact the PR interval. Please address.

      The MinK-Cre line recombines in the atrioventricular bundle (AVB) and bundle branches (BB). It recombines in cardiomyocytes adjacent to the atrioventricular node (AVN). We previously interpreted these cells as the penetrating portion of the His bundle into the AVN. This line does not recombine in the vast majority, if any, physiologic nodal cells. We also assessed nodal conduction parameters by invasive electrophysiologic (EP) studies. Our data showed that non-VCS parameters, including sinus node recovery time, AV node recovery time, and atrial and ventricular effective refractory periods, remained within normal ranges in Tbx3:Tbx5-deficient mice (please see Figure 2I). These findings indicate that AVN function is preserved in the VCS-specific double knockout, reinforcing the specificity of the observed conduction defects to the ventricular conduction system.

      (4) Did the authors also investigate the electrophysiological changes in the (EGFP+) DKO VCS CMs? Would these resemble the properties of ventricular working CMs, or would they still show some VCS properties? (see also comment 1).

      We performed electrophysiologic analysis of the double knockout by optical mapping. Optical mapping provides tissue-level resolution, capturing the functional behavior of clusters of thousands of cells simultaneously, rather than individual cells. While this technique does not achieve single-cell resolution, it allows for a comprehensive assessment of electrophysiological changes across the VCS region. Single cell electrophysiology is a good idea for future studies. 

      (5) Throughout the manuscript, the authors use "patterning" and "fate", which are applicable to development and differentiation, not to the situation where a gene is removed from fully differentiated cells in an adult organism resulting in a change of these cells. Perhaps more appropriate are "state" change and the requirement for "homeostasis/maintenance" of state.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s concern regarding the terminology used to describe changes in VCS cell identity. To ensure precision and uniformity, we replaced terms such as “fate” and “patterning” with “state” or “maintenance” to reflect the shift in cellular characteristics in a fully differentiated adult tissue context. 

      Minor:

      (1) Please provide all data points in bar graphs.

      We have incorporated individual data points into the bar graphs as suggested, ensuring enhanced transparency and clarity in the data presentation.

      “(2) Formally, gene expression levels between samples are not normally distributed. The Welch t-test used here assumes a normal distribution. Therefore, nonparametric tests should be used.

      We appreciate Reviewer #1’s consideration of the appropriate statistical approach to the qPCR data and clarify our statistical approach here. Normality within each experimental group was assessed using the Shapiro-Wilk test. Between-group comparisons were conducted using Welch t-test, and multiple comparisons were corrected using the Benjamini & Hochberg method to control the false discovery rate (FDR) (71). If a significant difference was detected between two groups (t-test FDR < 0.05) but normality was rejected in any of the compared groups (Shapiro-Wilk P < 0.05), a non-parametric Wilcoxon rank-sum test was used for verification. A significant group-mean difference was confirmed at one-tailed Wilcoxon P≤0.05 (detailed in Supplementary Data Set I). Furthermore, we have updated the qRT-PCR information in each figure and their respective legends as follows. Statistical analysis was performed using R version 4.2.0. We have included a new Supplementary Data Set I, detailing the statistical analysis of qRT-PCR data. Additionally, we have revised the Methods/Statistics section to detail the applied statistical analysis. 

      (3) Some of the panels of figures are tiny and cannot be evaluated. For example, in Figure 1B the actual data (expression of Tbx3/5) is impossible to see.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s observation and have revised the figures to improve visual clarity and ensure that the presented data are easily interpretable by readers.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Additional Experiments, Data, Analysis:

      (1) Comparisons between both single knockouts and double knockouts at the phenotypic level are needed. In some instances, the data is shown (e.g., mortality and EKG) but direct statistical comparison is not performed. In other instances (optical mapping and gene expression), data with single knockouts are not shown. If combined VCS Tbx3/Tbx5 deletion does not change the phenotype of the VCS Tbx5 single deletion, this should be explicitly stated and discussed.

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s suggestion to compare the phenotypic outcomes of the Tbx3 and Tbx5 single conditional knockout models with those observed in Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout model. We have expanded the discussion section of our manuscript to incorporate a more detailed comparison between the double Tbx3/Tbx5 model and the single Tbx5 and Tbx3 models [1-5], highlighting the distinct phenotypic outcomes of the single and double knockouts.

      (1) Burnicka-Turek O, Broman MT, Steimle JD, Boukens BJ, Petrenko NB, Ikegami K, Nadadur RD, Qiao Y, Arnolds DE, Yang XH, Patel VV, Nobrega MA, Efimov IR, Moskowitz IP (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circulation Research 127:e94-e106. doi:10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.118.314460. 

      (2) Mohan RA, Bosada FM, van Weerd JH, van Duijvenboden K, Wang J, Mommersteeg MTM, Hooijkaas IB, Wakker V, de Gier-de Vries C, Coronel R, Boink GJJ, Bakkers J, Barnett P, Boukens BJ, Christoffels VM (2020) T-box transcription factor 3 governs a transcriptional program for the function of the mouse atrioventricular conduction system. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 117:18617-18626. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1919379117.

      (3) Arnolds DE, Liu F, Fahrenbach JP, Kim GH, Schillinger KJ, Smemo S, McNally EM, Nobrega MA, Patel VV, Moskowitz IP (2012) TBX5 drives Scn5a expression to regulate cardiac conduction system function. The Journal of Clinical Investigation 122:2509–2518. doi: 10.1172/JCI62617.

      (4) Frank DU, Carter KL, Thomas KR, Burr RM, Bakker ML, Coetzee WA, Tristani-Firouzi M, Bamshad MJ, Christoffels VM, Moon AM (2012) Lethal arrhythmias in Tbx3-deficient mice reveal extreme dosage sensitivity of cardiac conduction system function and homeostasis. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 109:E154-63. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1115165109. [5] Moskowitz IP, Pizard A, Patel VV, Bruneau BG, Kim JB, Kupershmidt S, Roden D, Berul CI, Seidman CE, Seidman JG (2004) The T-Box transcription factor Tbx5 is required for the patterning and maturation of the murine cardiac conduction system. Development 131:4107-4116. doi: 10.1242/dev.01265.

      (2) Genome-wide expression analysis including working myocardium would provide stronger evidence for interconversion of cell states. Ideally, this would include single knockouts.

      We agree that a genome-wide expression analysis, including a direct comparison with working myocardium, would provide more comprehensive insights into cell state transitions in Tbx3:Tbx5-deficient VCS cells. Additionally, incorporating single knockout models into such analyses would further clarify the distinct and cooperative contributions of Tbx3 and Tbx5 to maintaining VCS identity. This is a good suggestion for future studies.

      (3) This may not be essential to support the authors' claims, but the addition of epigenetic data from single and double KO VCS using ATAC-seq (which can be performed with relatively small numbers of cells) could provide stronger evidence for cell state changes of the kind hypothesized by the authors.

      We agree that epigenetic data such as ATAC-seq would complement transcriptional analyses and provide insight into chromatin states that underlie the observed cellular reprogramming. This is a good suggestion for follow-up studies to further characterize the molecular state of Tbx3:Tbx5-deficient VCS cells.

      (4) Additional clarification of the optical mapping experiments to exclude alternative interpretations like focal right bundle branch block and to include single knockouts for comparison - if the Tbx5 single KO looks the same as the double KO that would be very important to know and would directly affect interpretation of the experiment.

      Right septal optical mapping preparation involved removing the right ventricular free wall to directly image the right ventricular septum, which contains the VCS. In a healthy mouse, there are two peak components of the optical action potential upstroke, the first peak due to the activation of the VCS and the second due to the activation of the ventricular cardiomyocytes. Importantly, in Tbx3:Tbx5 double-conditional knockout mice, the first peak was absent, rather than delayed, indicating loss of fast conduction through the VCS. This absence suggests a shift in VCS cells toward a ventricular working myocardial phenotype, rather than a regional conduction block or delayed propagation through a structurally intact VCS.

      Previous studies from our group have extensively characterized the effect of single Tbx5 knockout on the VCS in murine hearts [1, 2, 3]. Arnolds et al. demonstrated that VCSspecific Tbx5-deficiency results in significant slowing of VCS conduction, evidenced by prolonged PR and QRS intervals, along with lengthening of the atrio-Hisian interval, His duration, and Hisioventricular interval [1]. Although both single Tbx5 knockout and Tbx3:Tbx5 double knockout mice exhibit slowing of ventricular conduction system, our optical mapping studies reveal distinct differences in their electrophysiological phenotypes. Burnicka-Turek et al. showed that the single knockout of Tbx5 in the VCS leads to a shift toward a pacemaker cell state, evidenced by ectopic beats originating in the ventricles and inappropriate automaticity [3]. During spontaneous beats, electrical impulses were retrogradely activated, propagating from the ventricles to the atria [3]. Whole-cell patch clamping recordings confirmed that Tbx5-deficient VCS cells displayed action potentials resembling pacemaker cells, characterized by slower upstroke (phase 0), prolonged plateau (phase 2), delayed repolarization (phase 3), and enhanced phase 4 depolarization [3]. In contrast, our current study on VCS-specific Tbx3:Tbx5 double knockout demonstrates a loss of the VCS-specific fast conduction propagation. Optical mapping demonstrated the absence of the initial upstroke corresponding to VCS activation in the His bundle region, indicating a shift in the VCS cells toward a ventricular working myocardium state. This loss of fast conduction properties highlights a fundamental distinction between single and double knockouts, suggesting that both Tbx3 and Tbx5 are required to maintain VCS identity and function.

      (1) D. E. Arnolds et al., “TBX5 drives Scn5a expression to regulate cardiac conduction system function,” J. Clin. Invest., vol. 122, no. 7, pp. 2509–2518, Jul. 2012, doi: 10.1172/JCI62617.

      (2) Moskowitz, I.P., Pizard, A., Patel, V.V., Bruneau, B.G., Kim, J.B., Kupershmidt, S., Roden, D., Berul, C.I., Seidman, C.E., Seidman, J.G. (2004) The T-Box transcription factor Tbx5 is required for the patterning and maturation of the murine cardiac conduction system. Development 131(16):4107-4116. 

      (3) Burnicka-Turek, O., Broman, M.T., Steimle, J.D., Boukens, B.J., Peterenko, N.B, Ikegami, K., Nadadur, R.D., Qiao, Y., Arnolds, D.E., Yang, X.H., Patel, V.V., Nobrega, M.A., Efimov, I.R., Moskowitz, I.P. (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circ Res. 127(3):e94-e106. 

      Methods:

      (1) Additional methods on FACS are required. The methods section references a paper from 2004 (reference 67) that describes the flow sorting of embryonic cardiomyocytes. However, flow cytometric isolation of intact adult cardiomyocytes, which the authors describe in the present work, is a distinct technique and generally requires special equipment. These need to be described in more detail to be fully replicable.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for highlighting the need to provide additional details regarding our flow cytometric isolation of adult VCS cardiomyocytes. While we referenced earlier methods, we agree that isolating adult cardiomyocytes requires specialized approaches. Therefore, we revised the Methods section to include a detailed description of the equipment, procedures, and adaptations specific to isolating intact adult VCS cells to ensure full replicability.

      Minor Corrections:

      (1) Figure 1D. Please add a statistical test for mortality between the double conditional KO and the Tbx5 conditional KO.

      We have revised Figure 1D to include the statistical test comparing mortality between the Tbx3:Tbx5 double conditional knockout and the Tbx5 conditional knockout cohorts.

      (2) Figure 2A, 2I, 3A: Please include all individual data points not just a bar graph with error bars.

      We have added all individual data points to the bar graphs as recommended, enhancing the transparency and clarity of the data presentation.

      (3) Figure 2A: Please consider separate graphs for PR and QRS with appropriately scaled Y-axis so differences are easier to see.

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s suggestion and fully agree with it. As a result, we have revised Figure 2A to include separate graphs for PR and QRS intervals, each with appropriately scaled Y-axes. This adjustment enhanced both the readability and the clarity of the observed differences.

      (4) Figure 3 G-K: The figure would be easier to interpret for the reader if genotypes were shown in the figure not just in the legend.

      We agree with Reviewer #2’s suggestion and have revised Figure 3 accordingly by adding genotype labels directly to the histological sections in Panels G-K. This update improves clarity, making the data easier for readers to interpret without needing to refer to the figure legend.

      (5) Figure 4A, C: Are vertical axes mislabeled? They say, "CON VCS and TBX5OE VCS". Please double-check axis labels and data on the graph.

      We appreciate the Reviewer bringing the mislabeling of the vertical axis in Figure 4 to our attention. We have corrected the labeling errors and ensured consistency between the graph and the underlying data.

      (6) Legend to Supplementary Figure 6. Says "Tbx3:Tbx3" instead of "Tbx3:Tbx5".

      We thank Reviewer #2 for pointing out the typo. It has been corrected to: “Supplementary Figure 6. Tbx3:Tbx5 double-conditional knockout mice exhibit QRS prolongation”.

      (7) Discussion. The authors write, "In Tbx3:Tbx5 double VCS knockout, we observed repression of fast VCS markers and also repression of Pan-CCS markers transcribed throughout the entire CCS." The term 'repression' has a specific connotation with transcription regulators that is likely not intended in this context so perhaps 'reduced expression' would be better here?

      We agree with Reviewer #2 and have replaced “repression” with “reduced expression” throughout the text (look below for references).

      “In the Tbx3:Tbx5 double VCS knockout, we observed a reduction in the expression of both fast VCS markers and Pan-CCS markers transcribed throughout the entire CCS.”

      (8) Discussion, the authors write, "This study combined with prior literature (1, 7, 11, 15, 26, 53, 54) indicates that the presence of both Tbx3 and Tbx5 is necessary for the specification of the adult VCS (Figure 7)." Since this work presents data from an adult conditional deletion, it's not clear how it informs our understanding of the specification, which occurs during development. Perhaps "maintenance of VCS fate" would be more appropriate here?

      We agree with Reviewer #2 that the term “maintenance of VCS fate” is more appropriate in the context of our study. Accordingly, we have updated the text to reflect this terminology.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 2B: It is hard to see the IF images. What is the cardiac structure studied? Maybe a dashed line and a label to define the region and the structure represented will help. As the authors have described that the crosses used contain a reporter allele (R26-EYFP), a clearer way to show these results would be to include images of the linage traced cells with the reporter, not only to identify the CCS structure analyzed, but also to demonstrate that the deletion is specific to the MinK-creERT expression in the CCS.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s suggestion to improve the clarity of Figure 2B by delineating the cardiac structures analyzed. In response, we have added dashed lines and labels to highlight the regions of interest within the IF images. Unfortunately, we were unable to capture high-quality EYFP fluorescence images for these sections. However, to address this concern, we microdissected the region shown in the IF images and performed FACS to isolate EYFP-positive cells from this specific area. These sorted cells were subsequently used for qPCR analysis, which confirmed the presence of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in control samples and the successful deletion of both genes in the doubleconditional knockout samples (Figure 2C, middle panel). We believe this approach provides robust evidence for the specificity of the MinK-CreERT expression in the CCS and the efficiency of gene deletion in the targeted region.

      (2) 3G-K: The authors describe the absence of morphological defects in the tissue sections of adult hearts from the different genotypes analyzed. Although this reviewer agrees that there seem to be no major defects in the general cardiac morphology of these animals, the higher magnification images suggest some tissue differences at the level of the AVN especially in the double HET, double HOMO, and the Tbx3 HOMO. Is that due to the section plane used? If so, more appropriate and comparable sections must be provided. Again, as the crosses used by the authors contain a reporter allele (R26-EYFP), it is required that the authors show that the CCS cells, where deletions are induced, are still present in equivalent areas in the mutants and that they remain in similar numbers only failing to maintain their specification into CCS due to Tbx3 and Tbx5 loss of function.

      This analysis will reinforce the authors' claims on the role of Tbx5/Tbx3 in this process.

      We thank the reviewer for their thorough assessment and thoughtful feedback on our histological analysis. The higher magnification images in Figure 3G-K do not specifically present the AVN. These sections primarily represent areas of the ventricular conduction system (VCS), particularly the His bundle and bundle branches, rather than the AVN itself. We do not believe that the observed morphological differences are related to AVN tissue, and there were no functional deficits attributable to the AVN in the double knockout. Furthermore, the Mink-Cre allele used in this study does not recombine in the ANV proper.   We agree that confirming the presence of CCS cells in equivalent regions across different genotypes is crucial. Our approach using FACS-based isolation of EYFP-positive cells from the VCS, followed by qPCR analysis, provides evidence that these cells remain present in double conditional knockouts, although they fail to maintain their specialized gene expression profile. This reinforces our conclusion that Tbx3 and Tbx5 are essential for maintaining the molecular identity of CCS cells, rather than their physical presence.

      (3) Figure 4: The authors performed molecular analysis by qPCR and WB in Tbx5/Tbx3 double mutants to demonstrate that CCS cells lose the expression of CCS genes and express working myocardium genes. Could this be further demonstrated by ISH, HCR, or IF together with lineage tracing to provide evidence that these changes are located where the CCS tissues are in the control embryos? Analysis of 2 or 3 of these markers of each type on tissue sections would be enough.

      We thank the Reviewer for their insightful suggestion regarding additional validation of our molecular findings through ISH, HCR, or IF combined with lineage tracing. However, we would like to clarify that the molecular analyses we performed by qPCR and WB were conducted on EYFP-positive cells that were specifically isolated from the ventricular conduction system (VCS) region of both control and double conditional knockout (dCKO) mice. These EYFP-positive cells were obtained through fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS), ensuring that our analyses were confined to the targeted VCS population. Alternate approaches are appropriate for future studies to investigate the precise genomic and molecular nature of the transformation observed in the double knockout.

      (4) Discussion: in the discussion section the authors conclude that the combined role of Tbx5/Tbx3 is critical for the specification of the adult VCS. However, as the Tbx5/Tbx3 loss of function conditions are only induced in adult animals 6 weeks old, would it be more appropriate that their function is the maintenance of the VCS cell fate and that if not present these cells return to the working myocardium fate? If the authors believe that these genes are involved in the induction of VCS specification in adults, then they need to demonstrate that, before the loss of function induction at 6 weeks, these cells are not yet specified as adult VCS.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s clarification regarding terminology. We agree that our study focuses on adult-specific conditional deletion and thus reflects the maintenance, rather than the specification, of VCS cell fate. Accordingly, we have revised the text to explicitly state that Tbx3 and Tbx5 are critical for maintaining VCS identity in adult mice, and that their loss leads to a shift toward a working myocardial fate.

      Minor:

      (1) There is no consistency in the way the quantitative data is shown in graphs. There are some graphs showing only bars, other dot plots, and other a combination of both. The authors must homogenise the representation of quantitative data showing the different data points in dot plots and not in bar graphs.

      We have standardized the quantitative data presentation across all figures, by including individual data points in bar graphs, ensuring enhanced transparency and clarity.

      (2) Figure 3: The labels defining the genotypes corresponding to the different histological sections of adult hearts (Panels G-K) are missing. Panels J and K are not referenced in the text.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for highlighting these omissions. We have added the genotype labels to the histological sections in Panels G-K of Figure 3 to ensure clarity. Furthermore, we have now referenced Panels J and K in the results and in the supplementary material (please look below for references).

      “Histological examination of all four-chambers demonstrated no discernible differences between VCS-specific Tbx3:Tbx5 double-knockout (Tbx3<sup>fl/fl</sup>;Tbx5<sup>fl/fl</sup>;R26<sup>EYFP/+</sup>; MinK<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>) and control (Tbx3<sup>+/+</sup>;Tbx5<sup>+/+</sup>;R26<sup>EYFP/+</sup>; MinK<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>) mice, nor between . the double-knockout (Tbx3<sup>fl/fl</sup>;Tbx5<sup>fl/fl</sup>;R26<sup>EYFP/+</sup>; MinK<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>) and single-knockout models for either Tbx3 (Tbx3<sup>fl/fl</sup>;Tbx5<sup>+/+</sup>;R26<sup>EYFP/+</sup>; MinK<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>) or Tbx5 (Tbx3<sup>+/+</sup>;Tbx5<sup>fl/fl</sup>;R26<sup>EYFP/+</sup>; MinK<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>).Ventricular muscle appeared normal without hypertrophy or myofibrillar disarray and no fibrosis was present (Figure 3G, 3I, 3J, and 3K, respectively).”

      “Additionally, we confirmed the absence of histological and structural abnormalities in these mice, aligning with previous findings (Figures 3A, 3F versus 3B, and 3K versus 3G, respectively)(1, 11).”

      (3) Typo: Supplementary Figure 6. Tbx3:Tbx3 double-conditional knockout: it should say Tbx5:Tbx3 double-conditional knockout.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for pointing out the typo. It has been corrected to: “Supplementary Figure 6. Tbx3:Tbx5 double-conditional knockout mice exhibit QRS prolongation”.

    1. Cadenas

      Las cadenas son unir o concatenar varios caracteres para formar una palabra o expresión ' Pharo Tutorial ' es una cadena de caracteres

    2. ['PharoTutorial', ' is cool']. "versión cambiada"

      Al realizar este ejercicio, una vez le di inspeccionar, me sale el texto tsubrayado, pero tal cual como se escribe (comillas, corchetes cuadrado, etc), eso es un error o es la forma incorrecta de escribirlo?

      Ya que al revisar la instrucción dice que se debe separa con una coma, pero se ve claramente que lo separa el punto.

    3. 2 * 10 + 2.

      Al ejecutar este mensaje en Pharo, se abre un mensaje incrustado mediante un triangulito (ver imagen adjunta), ¿pero que significa este mensaje en la construcción del código? ¿lo debo escribir? o ¿este se construye automáticamente a medida que escribo el mensaje?

      Imagen

    4. Y la vista “Meta”, corresponde al vocabulario que el objeto entiende, organizado por temáticas (veremos más al respecto luego).

      Profesor @offray acorde al texto, estos son los "comandos" que entendería el objeto al momento de darle una indicación o instrucción (método)?

    5. código, datos y, eventualmente, visualizaciones

      En la clases de unidades Semánticas e podido ver el detrás de cámaras como se modela o se estructura un sitio desde la programación y sus diferentes códigos, caracteres, símbolos, que forman parte del desarrollo para lograr mostrar un sitio amigable e interactivo por el usuario final.

    6. Si ves una jerigonza es debido a algún problema de visualización con símbolos no romanos/latinos, normalmente causado por las fuentes que tienes instaladas en tu Sistema Operativo y la interacción de las mismas con un sistema Pharo/GT.

      Este comentario es a modo de inquietud: Por ejemplo, cuando ejecuto el código y navego por las diferentes pestañas a la derecha del GT ¿Cómo puedo identificar que la información allí consignada corresponde a la instrucción de ejecución del código y no a un error por incompatibilidades con el estema operativo o a fallos del programa o a corrupción de la información? Teniendo en cuenta que, en este caso, no somos expertos en escritura e interpretación de códigos.

    7. Inspeccionando y Haciendo: consiste en ejecutar las instrucciones, también llamadas mensajes e ir más profundo dentro de los objetos que contienen y representan los datos.

      Este apartado del texto en lo personal me parece muy interesante, más aún, cuando, por ejemplo, mi forma de aprender es a medida que voy leyendo o recibiendo una instrucción o viendo un video, entre otras; poder ir haciendo las cosas. Leo/observo la información, la proceso (la interiorizo) y debo hacer algo práctico para entenderlo y lograr que no se me olvide y poderlo hacer nuevamente en el futuro.

      Por esta razón, lo que se plantea en este texto y en este apartado en particular, es fundamental dentro de los procesos de aprendizaje, por qué nos permite entender el por qué de las cosas, por qué suceden así y no de otra forma, y que pasa cuando hago lo que dice la instrucción, veo en tiempo real cuál es el resultado, si es que hay un resultado.

      En ejemplo más claro de esta forma de aprender y de las limitaciones en algunos recursos, es cuando revise los videos de Anjana Vakil, para la construcción de los mapas mentales, me hubiera gustado poder practicar en algún lado como sería la forma de escribir los códigos, ya que, así se explique muy bien, para mí la forma de entender cómo funcionan las cosas es en la acción y en el hecho en particular.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer 1:

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The manuscript "WWOX deficiency impairs neurogenesis and neuronal function in human organoids" by Aqeilan and co-workers provides impressive set of studies, mostly utilizing cerebral organoids (CO), gaining insights into the roles of the gene WWOX in neuronal development and molecular etiology of WOREE and SCAR12, two devastating rare diseases originating from mutations in WWOX. Further, therapeutic modalities through the neuron-specific gene therapy are investigated using the WWOX k/o and WOREE and SCAR12 patient-derived COs. Among the major findings of this work one can highlight the identification of the main source of WWOX-expressing cells as radial glia (RG) cells; the discovery of the massive upregulation of Myc upon loss/decrease in WWOX expression in RGs; and the strong neuronal under-differentiation induced upon WWOX k/o and mutations. Regarding the latter finding, the authors report massive increase in RGs and concomitant drop in neuronal cells in WWOX k/o COs. In contrast, in WOREE and SCAR12 patient-derived COs, a more subtle under-differentiation is seen. Specifically, while WOREE but not SCAR12 patient-derived COs also show a certain increase in the RG proportion, both types of patient-derived COs demonstrate higher proportions of "young" neuronal cells as compared to wild-type COs. Thus, a picture can be drawn whereas complete loss of WWOX leads to strong under-differentiation mostly manifested as expansion of RGs and hence under-production of neuronal cells, while hypomorphic loss-of-function of WWOX in WOREE and in missense mutations in SCAR12 lead to the later defect in neuronal cell maturation. Overall, I find the work highly interesting, but I would like the authors to address one major issue and several minor ones.

      Major Comments

      Comment____:

      The major issue is related to the overall model the authors seem to build based on their data - or at least the overall model the reader may get from the paper. This model suggests that the loss / decrease in WWOX levels in RGs leads to Myc overexpression, that in turn affects the cell cycle and prevents neuronal differentiation. This model is highly attractive, but is probably incomplete, in the sense that it does not fully recapitulate the complicated picture. Indeed, all three types of mutated WWOX COs (WWOX k/o, WOREE patient-derived organoids, and SCAR12 patient-derived organoids) demonstrate strong - but equal levels of Myc upregulation. Yet the under-differentiation in each of these three types is different, as described above, and the disease manifestations among WOREE vs. SCAR12 patients are also different. Thus, another player (in addition to Myc) must be at place, that is differentially affected by the partial null mutations in WOREE and missense mutations in SCAR12. This point - ideally to be addressed experimentally - should be at least faced directly by the authors in the Discussion. Perhaps they can already point to such additional players based on their transcriptomics analysis.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree with the reviewer that the model of WWOX loss / decrease levels in RGs leading to MYC overexpression is incomplete, and that it is a limitation of our model. It seems plausible that other players have a high impact on the genotype and are potentially differently affected, resulting in this complexed phenotype. Following the reviewer advice, we plan to address this in the discussion as a limitation of the model, and we will compare how the expression levels of MYC change based on the genotype in comparison to the WT, using the single cell RNA-sequencing data. We would also like to clarify that MYC upregulation we observed in the patient lines in SOX2+/MYC+ populations, does not quantify expression levels of MYC, but rather positive/negative nuclear staining, in contrast to the high-resolution of scRNA-seq data.

      Minor Comments

      Comment____: 1. It would be useful if a table (perhaps supplementary) describing the details of the WWOX__ mutations__ in all the COs models studied in this paper were presented.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion, and we plan to prepare a table summarizing all the mutations in the COs models presented in the paper.

      Comment____: 2. For the new WOREE individual with complex genetics in WWOX: it is not clear why any WWOX protein is still present in this patient in Fig. S1D (please give an explanation or speculation); it is not clear which tissue was used for the Western blot in Fig. S1D; the data in Fig. S1D need to be quantified.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for their observation and would like to clarify that the ‘upper’ band seen in WWOX bands in a nonspecific one that appears in the parent lines and the mutant offspring. We will quantify the WB levels and clearly state that they are the IPSCs in the figure legend.


      Comment____: 3. Western blot, quantified, should be performed on all COs under study, to compare the WWOX expression levels. Please also change the immunofluorescence shown in Fig. 1B (e.g. show WWOX in a different color), as the figure provided shows WWOX poorly in wild-type CO, and it is not clear how much it is removed in the mutant organoids. Why should there be no signal in the SCAR12 COs?

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for their observation, we will provide protein levels of WWOX in patient and KO cerebral organoids which will better clarify the decreased WWOX levels, specifically in SCAR12 (see WB figure below). We will also perform any necessary changes to the figure to enhance visualization of WWOX.


      Significance

      The manuscript "WWOX deficiency impairs neurogenesis and neuronal function in human organoids" by Aqeilan and co-workers provides impressive set of studies, mostly utilizing cerebral organoids (CO), gaining insights into the roles of the gene WWOX in neuronal development and molecular etiology of WOREE and SCAR12, two devastating rare diseases originating from mutations in WWOX. Further, therapeutic modalities through the neuron-specific gene therapy are investigated using the WWOX k/o and WOREE and SCAR12 patient-derived COs. Among the major findings of this work one can highlight the identification of the main source of WWOX-expressing cells as radial glia (RG) cells; the discovery of the massive upregulation of Myc upon loss/decrease in WWOX expression in RGs; and the strong neuronal under-differentiation induced upon WWOX k/o and mutations. Regarding the latter finding, the authors report massive increase in RGs and concomitant drop in neuronal cells in WWOX k/o COs. In contrast, in WOREE and SCAR12 patient-derived COs, a more subtle under-differentiation is seen. Specifically, while WOREE but not SCAR12 patient-derived COs also show a certain increase in the RG proportion, both types of patient-derived COs demonstrate higher proportions of "young" neuronal cells as compared to wild-type COs. Thus, a picture can be drawn whereas complete loss of WWOX leads to strong under-differentiation mostly manifested as expansion of RGs and hence under-production of neuronal cells, while hypomorphic loss-of-function of WWOX in WOREE and in missense mutations in SCAR12 lead to the later defect in neuronal cell maturation.

      Overall, I find the work highly interesting, but I would like the authors to address one major issue and several minor ones.

      Response____:

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their thoughtful and constructive comments, which have greatly helped us improve the clarity and rigor of our manuscript. We appreciate the recognition of our work’s significance and the careful evaluation of both our major findings and methodological details. We have addressed all the raised points to the best of our ability and believe the manuscript will be substantially strengthened as a result. We are grateful for the reviewer’s time and valuable insights.

      Reviewer 2:

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary

      In this study, Steinberg et al aim to elucidate the role of WWOX in human neurogenesis and model WOREE and SCAR12 syndromes which are rare neurodevelopmental disorders. They chose to investigate its function in human brain organoids after generating WWOX KO and patient-derived iPSC lines. Their major finding is that radial glial cells, the main neural progenitor population during corticogenesis, are affected. Via single-cell-RNA-sequencing, they try to decipher the perturbed molecular mechanisms identifying MYC, a proto-oncogene, as a major player. At the end of their study, they proceed to gene therapy restoration and suggest that this could become a potential therapeutic intervention for WOREE and SCAR12 syndromes. The study aims to elucidate major cellular and molecular mechanisms that modulate neurodevelopment and neurodevelopmental disorders. Although sc-RNA-seq could potentially be of great interest and unravel major mechanisms, the authors do not follow this part, but only discuss potential future avenues. Here are some suggestions that could be useful to the authros.

      Major comments

      Comment____:

      A big part of the paper focuses on generating the iPSCs and characterizing the generated brain organoids and gene restoration of the phenotype via restoration of the WWOX gene expression (Fig.1, Fig.6, Fig.S1, Fig.S8, Fig.S10 and potentially Fig.S9 - this figure is not included) however, this has already been done by the same authors (first and last authors) in a previous publication. What are the differences in the line that have been generated in previous publication (Steinberg et al 2021, EMBO Mol. Med.)? If there are differences, the authors should make a thought comparison and explain why they generated different lines. If there is no difference, the authors should reduce to minimum this part and place it to supplementary.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We would like to clarify that some iPSC lines used in this publication were not introduced in the previous one (Steinberg et al 2021, EMBO Mol. Med.), including the wildtype JH-iPS11, and the new compound heterozygous WOREE line LM-iPS. In this paper, we aimed to widen our understanding of the effects of WWOX mutations through advanced techniques not applied before, and by adding these lines we were able to better generalize our findings as we did not depend on a single patient for both WOREE and SCAR12. Additionally, WWOX rescue in this current paper relies on AAV9-hSynI targeting that is more clinically relevant to gene therapy, as opposed to lenti-WWOX and AAVS1 WWOX in the previous publication. We will include the differences in a summary table.

      Comment____:

      • Fig.1E: in the pictures shown, the majority of the Satb2+ cells are colocalized with SOX2. Although a small portion of neurons have been shown from many studies that in brain organoids are co-localized to SOX2, in the pictures depicted this percentage is big. Also in ctrl condition the VZ-CP like areas are not easily recognized. The authors should check if this co-localization is a more general phenotype and if not choose more representative pictures.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for their observation. We will check for the presence of a trend of colocalization between SATB2 and SOX2 and address the concern experimentally if needed. We will also choose pictures that better display VZ-CO areas in the control line.

      Comment____: Information about the number of organoids per batch used in each figure is not included. This needs to be added for each experiment. Data (at least the majority of them) should be collected from brain organoids from at least two batches.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for their point, and we plan to better clarify the technical parts of the experiments, and if needed will include data from more batches.

      Comment____: The expression of WWOX in cortical development has been shown in the previous publication. Although sc-RNA data are validating the previous data and are adding more information, these data should be put as supplementary. Besides, in Fig.3G where authors aim to compare WWOX expression to MYC that fits nicely with their results depicting MYC as the most affected gene in KO and mutant line, when one looks at the WWOX expression only it seems that its expression is higher in CP that VZ. This is contrary to the conclusion that WWOX is mainly characterizes RGs. Why is that? Authors should at least discuss this.

      Response____: We agree with the reviewer that Fig.3G can be misleading, and we acknowledge that it can lead to the opposite conclusion of WWOX being mainly characterized in RGs. In Fig.3G the x axis displays positive values on the left, and negative scores on the right. Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we modified the graph to show positive values on the right, demonstrating how WWOX expression is higher in the VZ compared to the CP.

      Comment____: In this study, authors show that progenitors are reduced in WWOX-KO organoids, however in the previous publication SOX2 population is not majorly affected. Why are there such differences? Given that RGs are the main population affected as authors propose in this study, these differences must be at least discussed. Similar comments regarding neurons: in previous publication there is a minimal reduction of neurons in WWOX-KO brain organoids, while here authors describe major differences.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for their remark and agree that it should be mentioned in our discussion. We believe that this is unfortunately due to the inherent issue of heterogeneity between organoids and could partly be attributed to the difference in the age of organoids at that timepoint (week 10 organoids in previous paper, week 7 organoids in this one), and the difference in control lines (WiBR3 hESCs vs JH-iPSCs). Additionally, while percentages of SOX2+ populations in WT organoids vary between the previous publication and this one, WWOX-KO organoids display similar levels of SOX2 upregulation in precious and current papers: 69% and 74%, respectively. We would also like to point out that calculations in scRNA-seq data convey the phenotype at a much higher resolution, as it identifies radial glia populations that are not necessarily SOX2+, further strengthening the validation of the SOX2+ RG quantifications that are present in this study.

      Comment____: Data from sc-RNA-seq analysis highlighting MYC as major differentially regulated gene are very interesting and seem to be key to the molecular pathway affected as authors suggest. Authors also validate this with immunostainings in brain orgnaoids. However, in Fig.3J MYC expression in ctrl is not depicted, even though in the respective graph it seems that 20% of SOX2+ cells co-express MYC. Please choose a more representative picture.

      Response____:

      We agree with the reviewer’s comments that the current image size and resolution limits the ability to appreciate the MYC staining in the control, and plan to use a more representative figure of the phenotype.

      Comment____: One of the main findings in this study is the cell cycle changes observed in WWOX-KO and mutant organoids. Given that the major novelty of the publication is the cellular and molecular mechanism implicated in WOREE and SCAR12 syndromes, authors should perform additional experiments towards this direction. One suggestion would be to perform stainings in brain organoids using markers of the different cell cycle phases (eg. KI67, cyclin a, BrdU/EdU, ph3). Also, treatment of organoids with different BrdU/EdU chase experiments would be important so as to measure exactly the length of each cell cycle phase.

      Response____:

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestions and plan to validate the findings through staining and quantifying percentages of proliferative RGs in WT vs mutant WWOX lines.

      Comment____: Regarding the molecular cascade, is WWOX directly affecting MYC of Wnt genes? Do they have information on upstream and downstream factors in the affected molecular pathway?

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. To address this question, encouraged by our results, we will compile genes belonging to the regulon of MYC and study the upstream and downstream factors in our transcriptional data. Additionally, we will look at protein expression levels of WNT genes in our organoid samples.

      Comment____: Restoration of phenotype via reinsertion of WWOX gene has already been done in the previous publications by the same authors. But what about MYC? Is MYC manipulation able to rescue the phenotype?

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. We fully agree that understanding the role of MYC in the observed phenotype is of great interest. However, due to the essential and widespread role of MYC in both radial glia and neurons, we refrained from direct perturbation of MYC levels—either through knockdown or overexpression—as such manipulations may have broad, uncontrolled effects that could confound the interpretation of our findings. The potential deleterious consequences of MYC modulation in radial glia have been originally discussed in the Discussion section of the manuscript. In our revisions, we will further explore the role of MYC regulons in our scRNA-seq dataset to better understand their contribution to the WWOX-related phenotype.


      Comment____: Finally, MYC association to ribosome biogenesis as mentioned by the authors in discussion is very interesting. The authors should consider investigating this direction, as it will be a great addition to the mechanisms that regulate WOREE and SCAR12 syndromes which is the main focus of this study.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this point, and we agree that MYC's association with ribosome biogenesis is a fascinating topic to discuss. This could be connected to the alterations of the proliferative potential and to the anabolic state of the cell, and we plan to expand the discussion of this observation and its implication in the context of RGs and neurons*. *


      Minor comments

      Comment: - Line 115: authors say that the data they discuss are found in Fig.S2A, maybe they mean Fig.S1A?

      Response:

      We thank the reviewer for their observation, we will correct Fig.S2A to Fig.S1A and B.

      Comment: - Fig.S9 is missing, in the current version this Fig is the same with Fig.S10. Please change it.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and apologize for this oversight. We acknowledge the error and will correct the duplication by replacing Fig. S9 with the intended figure in the revised version of the manuscript.


      Significance

      This study is the continuation of a previous publication the authors have published. The topic is very interesting and novel especially in modelling neurodevelopmental disorders in a human context, however, given that the main phenotype has already been published, the authors should include more effort in the molecular cascade. Clinical interventions if the molecular cascade is described would be of great importance to the field.

      Response____:

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their thoughtful, constructive, and detailed review. We appreciate the time and effort taken to carefully read our manuscript and provide insightful suggestions, taking into consideration also our previous published work. The suggestion raised, especially regarding MYC-WNT axis and its potential link to ribosome biogenesis, will help us clarify, strengthen, and expand the scope of our study. We have carefully addressed each of the points raised and have incorporated the necessary experimental validations, clarifications, and revisions accordingly. We believe these changes have substantially improved the manuscript.

      Reviewer 3:

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Steinberg and colleagues describes cellular and molecular changes linked to mutations in WWOX, a gene implicated in rare neurodevelopmental disorders, WOREE and SCAR12 syndromes. By comparing immunofluorescene and single cell trascriptomics of unguided brain organoids from control and WWOX-knockout iPSCs, as well as 2D NSCs and in vivo fetal brain expression datasets, the authors identified radial glia as relevant cell types in which WWOX is expressed and affected by WWOX deficiency. Using immunofluorescence, single cell trascriptomics analysis and western blotting on week 16 organoids, the authors show that WWOX deficiency results in increased abundance of radial glia cells at the expenses of neuronal production. These changes are accompanied by accumulation of cells in G2/M and S phases, overexpression of c-MYC and Wnt activation. In addition to this, the authors characterize unguided brain organoids generated from iPSCs reprogrammed from patients affected by WOREE or SCARE12 syndromes. Using immunofluoresce and single cell trascriptomics, they find that, while RG abundance changes were very modest, patients's iPSC-derived neurons are enriched for signatures related to early development, suggesting delayed differentiation. Finally, the authors use patch clumping, calcium imaging and gene therapy in 16 weeks old organoids derived from control and patients-derived iPSCs, to demonstrate that WWOX restoration normalized hyperexcitability phenotypes in both WOREE and SCAR12 organoids. These results thus provide a proof-of-concept evidence that WWOX restoration in human cells is a valid strategy to correct for hyperexcitability pehnotypes in WWOX related syndromes.

      Major ____C____omments

      The study's main conclusions regarding neurodevelopmental phenotypes linked to WWOX deficiency and genotype-phenotype relationships are based on iPSC-derived brain organoid models analyzed using immunofluorescence, single-cell transcriptomics, and excitability recordings (cell-attached patch clamping, calcium imaging). While the analyses involve a diverse collection of iPSCs and two time points (7 and 16 weeks), the study falls short in providing sufficient experimental details and validation to fully support its conclusions. Additional quantification, replication, and functional validation would be necessary to solidify the study's conclusions. Some of these validations are achievable within a reasonable timeframe, while others would require a more substantial investment of time and resources as detailed below.

      Comment____:

      A key concern is the lack of experimental details and replicability. Number of individual organoids, number of images per organoid for IF, and whether multiple batches were used are only partially provided. While the authors report generating multiple WWOX knockout clones, the legends and methods do not specify whether multiple clones were used across different organoid experiments. The study states that four organoids were used for scRNA-seq, but it is unclear whether this means four organoids per genotype or one organoid per genotype was analyzed. These ambiguities make the claims appear rather preliminary.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out, and we acknowledge that the clarity of our description of the batch used in each experiment can be improved. Therefore, we will provide all these details, adding information on additional batches adopted for the different validations that were not included in the manuscript.

      Comment____:

      Another issue is the limited validation of scRNA-seq observations. Since scRNA-seq is often performed on a limited number of organoids, orthogonal validation is crucial to strengthen the findings. For example, changes in radial glia abundance and neuronal production observed in scRNA analyis (Figure 2-5) could be validated using immunofluorescence across genotypes and batches. Currently, IF stainings for Sox2 and TUBB3 are shown only at 7 weeks in Figure 1B, but no quantificative assessment is provided. Also, it is not clear if quantifications provided in Figure 1F refer to multiple organoids or batches.

      Response:

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We would like to clarify that in Figure 1B, TUBB3 staining is primarily used for visualization purposes to provide anatomical context and delineate the overall architecture of the organoids, rather than for quantitative assessment of neuronal output. As such, the focus of our quantification in Figure 1F was on SOX2+ radial glial cells. That said, we agree that clearly stating the number of organoids and batches used in the quantification is important, and we will include this information in the figure legend for clarity.

      Comment____:

      Furthermore, the observations on cell cycle arrest, DNA damage, senescence, metabolic alterations, Wnt activation obtained via scRNA-seq could be further validated on organoid tissues using specific antibodies that the lab used before (e.g. yH2AX antibody in PMID: 34268881) or assays that have been developed elsewhere (some examples are reviewed in PMID: 38759644). As for feasibility, immunofluorescence validation of existing tissues is realistic, requiring validated antibodies and procedures, some additional imaging time and analysis (estimated 1-2 months, with some budget to purchase antibodies and cover imaging time costs). Feasibility of efforts related to validation across organoids and batches depends on the number of organoids used so far and available tissues. Generating new organoids would be indeed more time-consuming (≈ 6 months) and expensive (but extact costs would depend on number of clones, organoids and batches used), but feasible.

      Response____:

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful feedback and for drawing our attention to the review by Sandoval, Soraya O., Anderson, Stewart, et al. We also thank the reviewer for their suggestions and intend to explore the proposed modifications through immunostaining, particularly to address questions related to cell cycle changes, and Wnt pathway. However, regarding DNA damage, senescence, and cell cycle arrest, we do not believe additional validation is necessary, as our current manuscript does not present findings related to these aspects.


      Comment____:

      Another limitation is the lack of functional relevance of MYC alterations. The study confirms increased MYC expression via both scRNA-seq and immunofluorescence in organoid tissues. However, these results remain correlative and demonstrating the functional requirement of MYC overexpression in mediating WWOX-deficiency-related changes would significantly strengthen the study's conclusions. This would require additional differentiation experiments, including MYC overexpression or knockout models, to assess its direct impact. These efforts would represent a major conceptual advance by linking RG effects to MYC function and highlighting MYC-related therapeutic directions. These additonal experiments would require a substantial investment to generate the necessary regents (e.g. WWOX-KO and WT iPSCs with altered MYC levels) and additional time and costs for organoid analysis, mostly by immunofluorescence (estimated 6-8 months).

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and fully agree that elucidating the functional contribution of MYC alterations in the context of WWOX deficiency would represent a major conceptual advance. We acknowledge that our current findings are correlative, based on scRNA-seq and immunostaining, and that direct manipulation of MYC could help establish causality.

      However, due to MYC’s essential and pleiotropic role in both progenitor and neuronal populations—including its regulation of cell cycle, metabolism, and apoptosis—we refrained from genetic overexpression or silencing approaches in this study. Such perturbations often lead to widespread, non-specific effects that can obscure the interpretation of lineage-specific phenotypes, particularly in a complex model like brain organoids.

      That said, we agree that further insight into the functional role of MYC is crucial. To this end, we plan to leverage our scRNA-seq dataset to analyze the activation state of MYC regulons across genotypes and cell types, and to assess how these regulons intersect with cell cycle dysregulation observed in WWOX-deficient radial glia. We also aim to integrate available transcriptomic data from primary cortical tissue to support the relevance of MYC pathway alterations in human development. While these analyses cannot replace experimental perturbation, we believe they can provide strong, hypothesis-generating evidence for MYC’s mechanistic involvement and help prioritize targeted experiments in future studies.

      Comment____:

      Another issue is the lack of patterning analysis in unguided organoids, which are known to exhibit high variability in regional identity (PMID: 28283582). While the authors acknowledge this limitation to some extent-abstaining from fine-resolution analysis (Lines 173-174)-this variability, combined with the limited number of organoids used, could be a major confounding factor in the phenotypic analyses, even at a broad resolution. Indeed, some of the reported differences across genotypes may stem from variability in organoid patterning rather than true genotype-driven effects. For example, the reduced SATB2 expression in KO and patient-derived organoids from Figure 1E-F could result from impaired cortical patterning rather than a direct effect of WWOX deficiency. Additionally, in Figure 6D and 6E, the fact that WOREE iPSC-derived organoids - but not SCAR12 organodis- show lower levels of both CTIP2 and SATB2, might reflect a shift toward a non-cortical identity rather than a direct WWOX-dependent phenotype. To rule out patterning variability as a contributing factor, the authors should analyze organoid regional identity across genotypes using immunostaining for dorsal and ventral forebrain markers. This would allow a more solid inference of genotype-specific effects on neurodevelopmental phenotypes. Patterning validation can be performed on existing organoid tissues (week 7) using validated antibodies (PMID: 28283582). As such, this analysis is expected to be relatively straightforward and feasible in a few weeks time. If the generation of new organoids is needed, such patterning validation should still be relatively feasible, as week 7 organoids are ideal for assessing regional identity. Analysis of patterning effects should also extend to 2D NSC cultures. In the 2D NSC models derived from WWOX-KO lines (Figure 3L, Figure S4A), the differentiation protocol includes patterning factors that promote ventral fates (SAG and IWP2). Interestingly, the quantification of MYC expression from unguided organoids and 2D NSCs (Figure 3K-L) reveals a major difference in the fraction of MYC-positive cells in WT conditions across the two culture models. A possible changes in the dorsal and ventral patterning of 3D and 2D cultures might explain these differences and implementing immunostaining for patterning markers in 2D would help clarify patterning contributions.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and constructive comment. We fully agree that regional identity variability in unguided cerebral organoids is a well-recognized challenge, and that systematic assessment of dorso-ventral patterning is important to confidently interpret genotype-driven phenotypes.

      We would like to clarify that the cerebral organoid protocol used here has consistently been shown to favor a dorsal forebrain identity (PMID: 23995685, 28562594, 32483384, 33328611), and in our previous work (PMID: 34268881), we demonstrated that WWOX mutations did not substantially alter dorsal identity in this model. Nevertheless, to directly address the reviewer’s concern, we plan to perform additional immunostaining for regional patterning markers on our existing week 7 organoid tissues and explore our scRNA-seq data to evaluate potential shifts in regional identity and rule out patterning-related confounders.

      Regarding the 2D NSC cultures, while the differentiation protocol included the ventralizing factor SAG, it did not include IWP2. We acknowledge the importance of validating patterning outcomes in this model as well and will do so using immunostaining.

      Comment____:

      There are also some concerns regarding WOREE and SCAR12 phenotypes. First, the genotypes of the patient-derived iPSCs are not clearly defined, making it difficult to establish clear genotype-phenotype relationships. The study uses iPSCs from four different patients (2 WOREE, 2 SCAR12), some of which were validated in a previous study (PMID: 34268881). However, it remains unclear how they were validated, and detailed genomic alterations of the four patients are not explicitly reported. Additionally, it is uncertain whether all variants result in a full loss of WWOX function, as protein loss evidence is only provided for one WOREE patient (Figure S1D). Also, the authors state that SCAR12 should have a milder phenotype (line 168), but it is unclear whether this claim is based on clinical evidence or genomic data from these specific patients. To improve genotype-phenotype comparisons, the authors should consider including a clear schematic summarizing the genomic alterations in all patient-derived lines and their expected disease severity.


      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion, and we agree that including a schematic summarizing the genomic alterations in all patient-derived lines and their severity will improve the genotype-phenotype comparison. We will include this clarification and provide additional information on how the mutations affect the protein level, and the genotype-phenotype correlations in WWOX mutants based on clinical and genetic evidence.


      Comment____:

      Second, the experimental design lacks appropriate controls for patient-derived iPSCs. All patient-derived iPSC comparisons are performed against a single reference male iPSC line, which is neither isogenic to WOREE nor SCAR12 iPSCs. This complicates the interpretation of differences between healthy and patient-derived organoids, as well as comparisons between WOREE and SCAR12 phenotypes. Given this design, it is impossible to draw solid conclusions about genotype-phenotype relationships. A more robust approach would involve including multiple healthy controls to account for genetic background variability or using isogenic parental or genetically corrected lines, which would provide a cleaner genetic comparison. A recent study (PMID: 36385170) discusses different study designs that could strengthen this aspect and might be useful for the authors to consult.


      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this and pointing us to the work of Brunner, Lammertse, van Berkel et al. While we agree that isogenic controls for each mutant line would be the ideal wild-type reference, generating these through genomic editing is particularly challenging, specifically for the compound heterozygous mutants. Instead and as suggested, we plan to include additional wild-type lines derived from healthy individuals, collected from different batches. We will use these to validate our key findings, including analyses of RG and SATB2+ cell populations, as well as MYC expression through immunofluorescence.


      Comment____:

      Third, the study presents seemingly conflicting results regarding WOREE and SCAR12 phenotypes. The authors present immunofluorescence (IF) and scRNA-seq data indicating that changes in radial glia (RG) abudance are not observed in these patient-derived organoids. However, using same methodologies, they indicate that neuronal production is affected, leading to the accumulation of early neuronal signatures in both WOREE and SCAR12 neurons. The study does not explore whether RG signatures might be altered in a way that could contribute to neuronal phenotypes. Also, Figure 1F suggests that while Sox2+ cell counts are not increased in SCAR12 organoids, SATB2 levels are still altered, indicating that Sox2 and SATB2 trends are not tightly coupled across genotypes.

      Furthermore, Figure 1 and 6 show that while both syndromes exhibit similar hyperexcitability, data in Figure 6 report that only WOREE organoids display reductions in SATB2 and CTIP2 counts and that this can be rescued by WWOX restoration. Some of these discrepancies could stem from patterning variability as discussed above. Also, neuronal firing rate across WOREE and SCAR12 iPSC-derived organoids (Figure 6B) was different at later stages, but was rather comparable at an earlier stages (Figure S1G). The reasons for these differences are not thoroughly discussed.

      To strengthen the discussion, the authors should address how RG alterations (if any) might contribute to neuronal phenotypes, provide a more detailed comparison between WOREE and SCAR12 organoids and the WWOX-KO model and elaborate on the distinct phenotypes of the two syndromes, including possible explanations for observed functional and molecular discrepancies.


      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer and agree that further investigation into the proposed link between WWOX deficiency and MYC-related alterations in radial glia would provide deeper insight into the downstream effects on neuronal populations. To this end, we will first illustrate how our model of radial glia alterations accounts for changes in neuronal production without affecting overall RG abundance. Second, we will expand our comparisons of RGs and MYC expression using patient-derived and control single-cell RNA-sequencing datasets. Third, we will address the discrepancies between neuronal hyperexcitability and SATB2/CTIP2 counts more comprehensively. Notably, while SATB2 is an early marker for several cortical neuron subtypes, it is not expressed in all neurons. In contrast, SOX2 is considered a pan-radial glia marker, which may help explain the differing expression trends observed.

      Comment:

      Lastly, the conclusions drawn about WWOX restoration via gene therapy are weakened by the lack of replication and validation (see points above).

      First, the authors claim successful WWOX restoration in neurons, but provide limited evidence that the infected population consists of neurons. NeuN staining (Figure 6A and S10) suggests some neuronal expression, but quantification of WWOX+ NeuN+ / WWOX+ total cells is missing. Given that IF data are already available, this additional quantification could be completed within a few weeks and would significantly strengthen the claim.


      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, and based on this, we will quantify the WWOX+ NeuN+ / WWOX+ total cells, incorporating data from additional batches to strengthen the analysis.


      Comment____:

      Second, the rationale for restoring WWOX in neurons is unclear, given that WT neurons do not normally express WWOX. Is WWOX being considered a functional neuronal maturation factor? If so, this should be explicitly discussed in the manuscript.

      Third, the authors propose that WWOX deficiency might lead to a delay in neuronal maturation. However, to demonstrate delayed maturation, the study should show that, given additional time, affected organoids can eventually produce late-stage neuronal signatures. Since this additional experiment may be technically challenging and time-consuming, the claim should instead be rephrased as speculative and discussed accordingly in the text.


      Response____:

      *We thank the reviewer for highlighting this point. We will discuss and re-phrase the rationale for restoring WWOX in the neurons and the WWOX deficiency-associated delayed maturation. *

      Comment____:

      Lastly, the study lacks key details necessary for reproducibility in multiple aspects. In addition to details about organoid numbers and batches discussed above, all IF images are shown as insets, making it difficult to assess broader reproducibility within the whole organoid tissue section. Also, whether distinct iPSC clones/sections/organoids were used across IF experiments - which is critical for ensuring reproducibility - is not specified.


      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for mentioning this problem. We will include the details needed for reproducibility, including the number of batches and organoids.

      Comment____:

      As for details about experimental and bioinformatics methods, the bioinformatics pipeline is not fully described, making it impossible to verify or reproduce the computational analysis. No information is provided regarding batch correction procedures for scRNA-seq data (Lines 695-697) and on how clusters were mapped (lines 695-697) for cell type identification. Legends in Figure 1F, 2K-L, 6B, S10 do not specify what the error bars represent (e.g., standard deviation or standard error). Many catalog numbers for critical cell culture reagents are not provided, which is essential for experimental replication. The Western blot methods lack crucial details.


      Response____:

      *We thank the reviewer for highlighting this point. We acknowledge that our clarity in our methods could be improved, therefore, we will expand the bioinformatics pipeline description, the reagents used, and the details for the Western Blot. *

      Minor comments:

      Comment:

      • One relevant study (PMID: 32581702) that examines WWOX function in rat models and human fetal brains from patients has not been referenced or discussed. Notably, this study characterizes molecular changes associated with WWOX knockdown in human ESC-derived NPCs. Given its direct relevance to the current study, these findings should be acknowledged and integrated into the discussion to provide a more comprehensive understanding of WWOX-related neurodevelopmental alterations. Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for suggesting the work of Iacomino et al. which we are very aware of and shall cite appropriately in our revised version.

      Comment____:

      • For WKO-1C and 2C the exact mutations in exon1 identified by Sanger sequencing are not reported. Also, validation for WWOX protein loss in all the lines used is also missing. Information about cell line genome integrity check are also missing. Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up these important points. We will provide the exact mutations identified in exon 1 of WKO-1C and WKO-2C as determined by Sanger sequencing and include this information in the revised manuscript. Additionally, we will present data additional data regarding WWOX protein loss in all the cell lines used in the study.

      Comment:

      • Line 116 and 394, reference Steinberg et al is not formatted. Response:

      We apologize for this oversight and the formatting will be fixed.

      Comment:

      • Figure S1A: Localization of WWOX seems to be cytoplasmic and/or membrane-bound in organoids, while staining in IPSCs shows cytoplasmic and nuclear signals. Perphaps an orthogonal valiation with another anti-WWOX antibody would be appropriate to confirm subcellular localization. Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. WWOX localization was previously confirmed using anti-WWOX HPA050992 (Sigma), as reported in our prior publication (PMID: 34268881). While the images were not included due to a lack of novelty, we acknowledge the importance of confirming the observed patterns. The difference in localization between organoids (cytoplasmic/membrane-bound) and iPSCs (cytoplasmic/nuclear) may be attributed to differences in cell morphology, with RGs in 3D organoid sections exhibiting distinct characteristics compared to iPSCs cultured in 2D (Supplementary Figure S1A). In fact, in 2D cultures of NSCs (Supplementary Figure S4A), WWOX also shows a nuclear localization, similar to iPSCs. We will clarify this point in the manuscript.


      Comment____:

      In Figure 1, authors use week 7 organoids and claim that they are enriched for early born preplate neurons (line 141). However the authors decide to look at SATB2, which is not an eary-born preplate neuron. So while the rationale for using Satb2 is not clear, the reported staining in Figure 1E shows an unusal overlap beetween Sox2 and Satb2 nuclear signals in wt organoids. The authors needs to recheck that the correct antibodies were used in this analysis.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer highlighting this. We will better define the rationale for the usage of SATB2 as a marker expressed in many types of young neurons (not specifically preplate neurons), and add DCX as a marker for neurogenesis.

      Comment____:

      Figure 1 Panel F: legend states that n indiactes 3 neurons. Please specifify what n referes to.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for the keen eyes and apologize for this mistake. We will correct the legend and specify that n is indeed referring to organoids and not single neurons.


      Comment____:

      Figure 3J: MYC staining appears to be nuclear in WWOX-KO organoids but more cytoplasmic in SCAR12 organoids. Also in WOREE organoids, both Sox2 and MYC staining appears different from what seen in other panels/ genotypes from the same figure panel.

      Response____:

      • *We thank the reviewer for their comment. Upon repeated staining, we consistently observe this MYC localization across organoids and more. Similarly, the differences in Sox2 and MYC staining in WOREE organoids are reproducible. While these results may seem divergent, they accurately represent the findings. We will, however, review the staining protocols and ensure that representative images are carefully selected to best reflect the data.

      Comment____:

      Figures 3 and related legend: Authors use the term w for weeks but they need to specify whether this refers to gestational weeks or post-conception weeks.

      Response____:

      *We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We will add in the legend that “w” refers to post-conceptional weeks. *

      Comment____:

      Figure 4: The UMAP in B, E and G seems to be blurred in the bottom parts. Is this an intentional choice? If so, what would be intent? Also, title and legend for E mention metabolic alterations but data presented are not related to metabolic patwhays.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for addressing this. The blurred parts of the UMAP are intentional, we will add a description of why and what it represents.

      Comment____:

      Figure 6. The same exact images from A and C are also reported in Figure S8 and S9 respectively.

      Response____:

      *We thank the reviewer for pointing this out, we will better clarify that figures S8 and S9 are an expansion of the panels shown in Figure 6, showing ROIs per cell line and rather than per genotype. *

      Comment____:

      Figure S1D: WWOX antibody seems to give an extra band at higehr molecular weight. This is also evident from S4B, where the upper band seems overrepresented in KO2. Also, are the healthy parents haploinsufficient for WWOX? what are the levels compared to wt (unrelated) controls?


      Response____:____

      • *We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We will quantify the bands in the WOREE patient samples and compare them to wild-type controls. We would like to clarify that the "upper" band is a nonspecific band, and its overrepresentation in KO2 samples is not indicative of WWOX expression. Additionally, we will address the question of WWOX haploinsufficiency in healthy parents and provide a comparison of WWOX levels to unrelated wild-type controls.

      Comment____:

      Figure S2: In B, what is the difference between top and bottom UMAPs? In C-D, what is NP? Correlation map suggests that the NP clusters 7 and 8 are different from cluster 11. What is the rational for labelling them all NP cluster?

      Response____:

      We would like to thank the reviewer, and we will add a clarification for the differences between top and bottom UMAPs and the rationale behind NP labeling.

      Comment____:

      Figure S6: In the legend, full description of cluster labels are missing. Also legends specifes A-D while the figure contains only A-C.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer and will alter the figure and its legend to clarify this.

      Comment:

      Figure S4A: The staining for TUBB3 is very different between KO1 and KO2.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer and will examine the pictures and if need be will replace them with more representative pictures.

      Comment____:

      Figure S8: The legend indicates n as 4 organoids but images are not quantified so there is no evidence that these patterns have been replicated in 4 organoids.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We will add the quantifications of NEUN+/WWOX+.

      Comment____:

      Figure S9: The title is duplicated and not corresponding to the data in the figure. The whole figure is duplicated in Figure S10 (which is wrongly labelled as Figure 10 in the legend).

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer; we will fix the figures and corresponding titles and legends.

      Comment:

      Line 330: Figure S6 F-H should be corrected in Figure 6 F-H.

      Response____:

      We thank and agree with the observation; we will correct it.

      Comment____:

      Line 353: reference needs to be added for "our earlier findings”.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer, and we will re-phrase to clarify.

      Comment____:

      Lines 383 and 392: The authors describe several possible MYC roles but which ones could relevant in this contex is not discussed.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer and agree with their observation and would like to clarify that as we are not aware of any relevant literature examining the relationship between WWOX and MYC in non-tumor settings, we refrained from drawing any conclusions in any one direction without further experimental exploration. Nonetheless, we will re-phrase the sentences to draw clearer conclusions.

      Comment____:

      Lines 402 and 403: The authors state that the study "highlights the critical role of Wnt signalling" but they fail to provide evidence that Wnt is functionally involved, as Wnt perturbation experiments are not applied.

      Response____:

      • *We thank the reviewer for their comment. We agree that further clarification is needed regarding the functional involvement of Wnt signaling. While we have previously shown that Wnt is inappropriately activated in WWOX-KO, WOREE, and SCAR12 organoids (PMID: 34268881), and demonstrated Wnt activation in RGs via our scRNA-seq data (Figure 4I), we recognize that direct perturbation experiments would strengthen this aspect. In light of this, we will examine the levels of Wnt target genes in our transcriptomic data to provide more direct evidence of Wnt signaling involvement and its functional relevance in the context of WWOX deficiency.

      Comment:

      Line 473: "at X concentration" needs to be correct to specify the concentration used.

      Response:

      We thank the reviewer for noticing this missing information and we will add the final puromycin concentration (1 mg/ml) .

      Comment____:

      Line 478: The authors state that "inform consent is under approval". Does this mean that the study was conducted before approval was obatined?


      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for raising this concern. To clarify, approval was obtained prior to the commencement of experimentation. The sentence should read: "Skin biopsies and blood samples were obtained with informed consent, under the approval of the Kaplan Medical Center Helsinki Committee," indicating that the study was conducted in full compliance with ethical requirements, with prior approval from the committee.

      Comment____:

      Line 525: which orbital shaker and which speed was used?

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer and will add orbital shaker details and speed.

      Comment____:

      Line 537: what is GC in GC/ul?

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer and clarify that this is the accepted units for viral load. GC is Genome Copies, and this is often used in qPCR assays to estimate the amount of viral genetic material in a sample. It is often used interchangeably with vg/µL (Viral Genome per microliter).

      Comment____:

      Line 629: samples were centrifgues at which speed and for how long?

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer and will fix to include details about centrifugation.

      Comment____:

      Line 639: "All primer sequence" should be plural.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer and will correct the typing mistake.

      Referees cross-commenting

      All four reviews appear fair and complementary to each other. Reviewers have consistently highlighted concerns regarding unclear genomic alterations in patients' iPSCs and experimental reproducibility in organoid cultures, emphasizing the need for further validation of the reported findings and the underlying molecular cascade. Additionally, they have noted some inconsistencies, with Reviewer #2 specifically identifying a major discrepancy in the WWOX-KO phenotypes compared to those previously described by the same team.

      General assessment:

      The strengths of this study lie in its focus on disease phenotypes in a human context and the use of patient-derived iPSC lines, which provide valuable translational relevance. Additionally, the study employs a complementary set of analyses, including functional assays, immunofluorescence (IF), and single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq), which enhance its depth. However, the study has several critical weaknesses, primarily related to suboptimal experimental design and limited reproducibility. These are discussed in section A and also indicated below:

      • Lack of isogenic controls or patient-derived lines and presence of conflicting data for patient-derived organoids, making genotype-based comparisons for patients' lines less robust; examples of studies using iPSC isogenic controls for dissecting neurodevelopmental disorders are found here (PMID: 35084981; PMID: 26186191).
      • Limited reproducibility, due to a small number of organoids used and the lack of orthogonal validation for key findings.
      • Absence of functional validation for MYC's contribution, making its proposed role unclear. Advance:

      This study builds upon and expands previous efforts by the same team to characterize brain organoid models obtained from patient-derived iPSCs, as well as to explore gene therapy restoration approaches (PMID: 34268881, PMID: 34747138). Some of the bioinformatics analyses appear to have been developed elsewhere, and technically, the study offers only a limited methodological advance.

      Instead, the key advancement of this work is more conceptual: it proposes potential underlying mechanisms of WWOX-related neurodevelopmental disorders. If the study's limitations were addressed, it could provide valuable insights into WWOX's role as a key regulator of radial glia proliferation and differentiation, as well as potential functions in neuronal maturation. These findings would be relatively novel in the context of WWOX-related neurodevelopmental disorders. WWOX has been extensively studied in rodent models, where WWOX -/- mice exhibit growth retardation and brain malformations (PMID: 32000863, PMID: 18487609, PMID: 15026124). Additionally, studies in rats and human fetal cortical tissue from patients (PMID: 32581702) have linked WWOX deficiency to migration defects and cortical cytoarchitectural alterations. Previous work in mice by the same team suggested that neurons are the key population affected, linking WWOX deficiency to hyperexcitability and intractable epilepsy (PMID: 33914858). However, the relevance of radial glia and cell-type specific molecular alterations linked to WWOX mutations have remained poorly defined. Through scRNA-seq, this study offers some insights into cell-type-specific molecular changes, especially in radial glia cells. These changes are linked to MYC fucntion, cell cycle arrest and altered differentiation trajectories. However, these insights remain preliminary due to the study's design limitations.

      Another potential advancement of this study is its exploration of syndrome-specific alterations in WOREE and SCAR12 patients and their rescue through WWOX gene therapy-an aspect that has been difficult to study in animal models and remains largely unexplored. While the brain organoid model offers a promising approach, the true conceptual advance of this study remains uncertain, as its current limitations hinder the ability to draw definitive conclusions.

      Audience: This study could be particularly relevant to a specialized audience, including basic research scientists working in developmental biology and the molecular basis of neurodevelopmental disorders, as well as those interested in translational approaches. Additionally, given WWOX's known roles beyond neurodevelopment and potential involvement of MYC, the findings may also be of interest to cancer biologists.

      Expertise: My expertise lies in iPSCs and brain organoid modeling of neurodevelopmental disorders, with a strong focus on organoid phenotypic analysis, particularly immunofluorescence and transcriptomics. However, I do not have a strong background in bioinformatics and therefore lack sufficient expertise to evaluate the bioinformatic methodologies utilized in the study.

      Response:

      We thank the reviewer for their valuable feedback and for acknowledging the strengths of our study. We agree with the reviewer that additional validation and replication are needed to strengthen our conclusions. We acknowledge the limitations in experimental design, and we are committed to enhancing the reproducibility of our findings. We also appreciate the reviewer's comments on the study's conceptual advancements, which we believe offer new insights into WWOX's role in neurodevelopmental disorders.

      We are confident that with the additional experiments outlined, our study will provide valuable contributions to understanding WWOX-related syndromes. Thank you again for your thoughtful suggestions.

      __ __


      Reviewer 4:

      Summary

      The article deals with WWOX gene deficiency related neural diseases such as WOREE and SCAR12 syndromes. While there is no available drugs for treatment, the authors used organoid approach to study the development of the potential of disease development. The authors utilized neural organoids and single-cell transcriptomics and identified radial glial cells (RGs) as preferentially affected. The RG cells have disrupted cell cycle arrests in the leading G2/M and S phases, along with MYC overexpression and concomitant reduction in neuronal generation. The study also included detecting neural hyperexcitability and restoring defective WWOX gene for functional assessment. The study is important in understanding the function of WWOX and its mutated states, especially in identifying RG in the potential disease progression.

      My concerns are:

      Comment____:

      1.Although organoids are good models for in vitro simulation of disease progression, I am not convinced that RG is the only cell type affected initially.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful comment. We would like to clarify that we do not suggest that only radial glia cells are affected. As mentioned in both the current manuscript and our previous work (Steinberg et al., EMBO Mol. Med. 2021, and Repudi et al., Brain, 2021), other cell populations, including neurons and oligodendrocytes, are also impacted by WWOX deficiency. WWOX is widely expressed in the mature brain, and we are actively investigating whether these effects are cell-autonomous. In this study, we focus on WWOX in RGs due its high expression and possible importance in maintaining RG homeostasis. We will further clarify this point in the revised manuscript.

      Comment____:

      Functional characterization of RG needs further strengthening. I suggest utilizing a proteomic approach to compare the diseased-ongoing RG versus regular RG and identify which proteins are involved for functional characterization. Finally, the functional alterations in the mitochondria due to WWOX deficiency should be checked.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion and agree that performing proteomic analysis on RG populations will strengthen our understanding of the underlying mechanism, however, the experiment itself was attempted and proved to be technically challenging at this size, and for now is beyond the scope of this paper.

      Comment____:

      WWOX-deficient radial glia cells are expected not to guide neurons' migration normally during neural development. Please note that neuronal heterotopia occurs frequently in the WWOX deficiency. Neurons tend to exhibit groups of cells coming together in the neocortex. Purified RG cells are used to run versus typical neurons or RG cells. One can expect WWOX-deficient cells to run away from the normal cells, and they may kill each other, leading to compromise. The authors should run the real-time cell migration experiments using normal neurons versus WWOX-deficient radial glia cells and see the behavior of both cell types upon encountering each other. This will provide better insight regarding the deficiency of WWOX in radial glia cells.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful suggestion regarding the validation of neuronal heterotopia in WWOX-deficient cells through real-time migration experiments. While we recognize the potential value of this approach for investigating the behavior of WWOX-deficient radial glia cells, we believe that such experiments would extend beyond the scope of the current study. However, we are considering them as part of our future research to further explore the impact of WWOX deficiency on cell migration and neuronal positioning. Thank you again for your valuable input.

      Significance

      The study is significant in our understanding the progression of syndromes associated with WWOX deficiency. My suggestions are shown in the above section.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful and constructive feedback. We especially appreciate the suggestions regarding the broader involvement of additional cell types and the importance of exploring radial glia function through real-time migration assays. These insights will help us refine the focus and interpretation of our findings, and we will address the relevant clarifications and improvements in the revised manuscript.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The manuscript "WWOX deficiency impairs neurogenesis and neuronal function in human organoids" by Aqeilan and co-workers provides impressive set of studies, mostly utilizing cerebral organoids (CO), gaining insights into the roles of the gene WWOX in neuronal development and molecular etiology of WOREE and SCAR12, two devastating rare diseases originating from mutations in WWOX. Further, therapeutic modalities through the neuron-specific gene therapy are investigated using the WWOX k/o and WOREE and SCAR12 patient-derived COs. Among the major findings of this work one can highlight the identification of the main source of WWOX-expressing cells as radial glia (RG) cells; the discovery of the massive upregulation of Myc upon loss/decrease in WWOX expression in RGs; and the strong neuronal under-differentiation induced upon WWOX k/o and mutations. Regarding the latter finding, the authors report massive increase in RGs and concomitant drop in neuronal cells in WWOX k/o COs. In contrast, in WOREE and SCAR12 patient-derived COs, a more subtle under-differentiation is seen. Specifically, while WOREE but not SCAR12 patient-derived COs also show a certain increase in the RG proportion, both types of patient-derived COs demonstrate higher proportions of "young" neuronal cells as compared to wild-type COs. Thus, a picture can be drawn whereas complete loss of WWOX leads to strong under-differentiation mostly manifested as expansion of RGs and hence under-production of neuronal cells, while hypomorphic loss-of-function of WWOX in WOREE and in missense mutations in SCAR12 lead to the later defect in neuronal cell maturation. Overall, I find the work highly interesting, but I would like the authors to address one major issue and several minor ones. The major issue is related to the overall model the authors seem to build based on their data - or at least the overall model the reader may get from the paper. This model suggests that the loss / decrease in WWOX levels in RGs leads to Myc overexpression, that in turn affects the cell cycle and prevents neuronal differentiation. This model is highly attractive, but is probably incomplete, in the sense that it does not fully recapitulate the complicated picture. Indeed, all three types of mutated WWOX COs (WWOX k/o, WOREE patient-derived organoids, and SCAR12 patient-derived organoids) demonstrate strong - but equal levels of Myc upregulation. Yet the under-differentiation in each of these three types is different, as described above, and the disease manifestations among WOREE vs. SCAR12 patients are also different. Thus, another player (in addition to Myc) must be at place, that is differentially affected by the partial null mutations in WOREE and missense mutations in SCAR12. This point - ideally to be addressed experimentally - should be at least faced directly by the authors in the Discussion. Perhaps they can already point to such additional players based on their transcriptomics analysis.

      The minor issues are as follows.

      1. It would be useful if a table (perhaps supplementary) describing the details of the WWOX mutations in all the COs models studied in this paper were presented.
      2. For the new WOREE individual with complex genetics in WWOX: it is not clear why any WWOX protein is still present in this patient in Fig. S1D (please give an explanation or speculation); it is not clear which tissue was used for the Western blot in Fig. S1D; the data in Fig. S1D need to be quantified.
      3. Western blot, quantified, should be performed on all COs under study, to compare the WWOX expression levels. Please also change the immunofluorescence shown in Fig. 1B (e.g. show WWOX in a different color), as the figure provided shows WWOX poorly in wild-type CO, and it is not clear how much it is removed in the mutant organoids. Why should there be no signal in the SCAR12 COs?

      Significance

      The manuscript "WWOX deficiency impairs neurogenesis and neuronal function in human organoids" by Aqeilan and co-workers provides impressive set of studies, mostly utilizing cerebral organoids (CO), gaining insights into the roles of the gene WWOX in neuronal development and molecular etiology of WOREE and SCAR12, two devastating rare diseases originating from mutations in WWOX. Further, therapeutic modalities through the neuron-specific gene therapy are investigated using the WWOX k/o and WOREE and SCAR12 patient-derived COs. Among the major findings of this work one can highlight the identification of the main source of WWOX-expressing cells as radial glia (RG) cells; the discovery of the massive upregulation of Myc upon loss/decrease in WWOX expression in RGs; and the strong neuronal under-differentiation induced upon WWOX k/o and mutations. Regarding the latter finding, the authors report massive increase in RGs and concomitant drop in neuronal cells in WWOX k/o COs. In contrast, in WOREE and SCAR12 patient-derived COs, a more subtle under-differentiation is seen. Specifically, while WOREE but not SCAR12 patient-derived COs also show a certain increase in the RG proportion, both types of patient-derived COs demonstrate higher proportions of "young" neuronal cells as compared to wild-type COs. Thus, a picture can be drawn whereas complete loss of WWOX leads to strong under-differentiation mostly manifested as expansion of RGs and hence under-production of neuronal cells, while hypomorphic loss-of-function of WWOX in WOREE and in missense mutations in SCAR12 lead to the later defect in neuronal cell maturation. Overall, I find the work highly interesting, but I would like the authors to address one major issue and several minor ones.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1

      __Evidence, reproducibility and clarity __

      The manuscript explores mild physiological and metabolic disturbances in patient-derived fibroblasts lacking G6Pase expression, suggesting that these cells retain a "distinctive disease phenotype" of GSD1a. The manuscript is well written with well-designed experiments. However, it remains unclear whether these phenotypes genuinely reflect the pathology of GSD1a-relevant tissues. The authors did not validate these findings in a liver-specific G6pc knockout mouse model, raising concerns about the study's relevance to GSD1a. Additionally, the lack of sufficient in vivo evidence undermines the therapeutic potential of GHF201 for this disease. Overall, the study lacks a few key pieces of evidence to completely justify its conclusions at both fundamental and experimental levels.

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for this general comment which gives us the opportunity to better explain the scope of our work. The purpose and focus of this work are not to test the pathological relevance of skin fibroblasts to GSD1a pathology. We do not claim that skin fibroblasts are involved in GSD1a pathogenesis. It is also not a developmental work claiming to uncover GSD1a pathogenic axis throughout embryonic development. As a matter of fact, since skin fibroblasts originate from the mesoderm embryonic germ layer and hepatocytes develop from the endoderm embryonic germ layer, it would even be unlikely that the pathological phenotype found in skin fibroblasts directly contributes to GSD1a pathology in model mice or in patients. Indeed, we are not aware of any dermatological contribution to GSD1a pathology in patients. However, our results suggest that in addition to the established and mutated organ (liver in the liver-specific G6pc knockout mouse model), other, relatively less studied, patho-mechanisms in distal tissues may also contribute to GSD1a pathology. Notably, this work is also not testing a therapeutic modality for GSD1a. Our work uses GSD1a disease models as a tool for demonstrating, or reviving, the concept of epigenomic landscape (Waddington, 1957): Different cell phenotypes, such as healthy and diseased, are established by innate metabolic differences between their respective cell environments, which impose epigenetic changes generating these different phenotypes. In this respect, our manuscript has a similar message to the one in the recently published paper Korenfeld et al (2024) Nucleic Acids Res 53:gkae1161. doi: 10.1093/nar/gkae1161: The Kornfeld et al paper shows that intermittent fasting generates an epigenetic footprint in PPARα-binding enhancers that is "remembered" by hepatocytes leading to stronger transcriptional response to imposed fasting by up-regulation of ketogenic pathways. In the same way, the diseased GSD1a status imposes metabolic changes, as detailed here, leading to permanent epigenetic changes, also described here, which are "remembered" by GSD1a fibroblasts and play a major role in the transcription of pathogenic genes in these patient's cells. This in turn is how the diseased state is preserved, even in cells not expressing the G6Pase mutant, which is the direct cause of the disease. We added this perspective to the Discussion to better highlight the key takeaway from our manuscript.Naturally, research such as ours with a claim on biological memory would involve ex vivo experiments where tissues are isolated from their in-situ environments and tested for preservation of the original in situ phenotype. The few in vivo experiments we performed (Fig. 5) are mainly aimed at demonstrating that not only the phenotype, but also therapy response is "remembered" ex vivo: In the same way that the G6PC-loss-of-function liver responded positively to GHF201 therapy in situ, ex vivo cells not expressing G6PC also responded positively to the same therapy. This observation only demonstrates further support for "memorization" of the disease phenotype by cell types not expressing the mutant: Both the diseased phenotype and response to therapy were preserved ex vivo.Lastly, while interesting, validation of our findings in vivo (as suggested by the reviewer) is not related to the scope of this manuscript. Such experiments, using the liver-targeted G6pc knockout mouse model, are the follow-up story, which is related to the origin of inductive signals that cause the curious and novel phenotype mechanism in GSD1a fibroblasts described in this manuscript. The scope and volume of such research constitute a novel manuscript.

      Since dietary restriction is the only management strategy for GSD1a, the authors should clarify whether the patient fibroblast donors were on a dietary regimen and for how long. Given that fibroblasts do not express G6Pase, it is possible that the observed phenotype could be influenced by the patient's diet history.

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for this important comment, we agree that it is important to note the dietary regimen assigned to the cohort of patients described in this study. We added an explanation to the manuscript on patient's diets as shown below.Briefly, all patients besides patient 6894 were treated with the recommended dietary regimen for GSD1a as explained in Genereviews (Bali et al (2021)). This dietary treatment (now added to the Methods section in the manuscript) allows to maintain normal blood glucose levels, prevent secondary metabolic derangements, and prevent long-term complications. Specifically, this dietary treatment includes- nocturnal nasogastric infusion of a high glucose formula in addition to usual frequent meals during. By constantly maintaining a nearly normal level of blood glucose, this treatment causes a remarkable decrease, although not normalization, of blood lactate, urate and triglyceride levels, as well as bleeding time values. A second layer in the treatment includes the use of uncooked starch in the dietary regimen to allow maintenance of a normal blood glucose levels for long periods of time. Patient 6894 did not tolerate well the uncooked cornstarch and therefore was treated with a tailored dietary treatment planned by metabolic disease specialists and dedicated certified dieticians highly experienced with the management of pediatric and adult patients with GSDs and other inborn errors of metabolism. The biopsies of patients were taken in the range of 3 month to several years from receiving the aforementioned dietary regimen.Importantly, the strict metabolic diet imposed on GSD1a patients might influence the observed phenotype described throughout the manuscript. This concept aligns with our claim that the GSD1a skin cells are affected by the dysregulated metabolism in patients in comparison to healthy individuals. Interestingly, while patient 0762 harbors a mutation in the SI gene in addition to the G6PC mutation and patient 6894 did not receive the same dietary regimen as other patients (as explained above), all patients do show similar disease related phenotypes, perhaps highlighting the role of an early programing process that affected these cells due to the severe metabolic aberrations presented in this disease from birth.One of the main pathological features of GSD1a is glycogen buildup. The authors should compare glycogen levels between healthy controls and GSD1a fibroblasts and provide a dot plot analysis.

      One of the main pathological features of GSD1a is glycogen buildup. The authors should compare glycogen levels between healthy controls and GSD1a fibroblasts and provide a dot plot analysis.

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We added glycogen levels of HC to Figure S2A and accordingly also edited the relevant text in the Results section.

      Figure S2A - As mentioned above, the authors should present healthy control vs. patient fibroblast glycogen data. Without this, the rationale for using GHF201 is questionable.

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We added glycogen levels of HC to Figure S2A as mentioned above.

      Figure S2B-C - If the authors propose that GHF201 reduces glycogen and increases intracellular glucose in GSD1a fibroblasts, they need direct evidence. Either directly quantifying glycogen levels or even better would be a labeling experiment to confirm that the free intracellular glucose originates from glycogen. Additionally, the reduction in sample size from N=24 in glycogen analysis to N=3 in the glucose assay needs justification.

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for this comment. To clarify, the results shown in Figure S2A left are based on PAS assay, directly quantifying glycogen in cells with and without GHF201 treatment. We have now added HC glycogen levels as requested above. Regarding N, this is explained in Methods: In imaging experiments N was determined based on wells from the experiments done in three independent plates following the rationale that each well is independent from the others and reflects a population of hundreds of cells as previously described in (Lazic SE, Clarke-Williams CJ, Munafò MR (2018) What exactly is 'N' in cell culture and animal experiments?. PLOS Biology 16(4):e2005282. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.2005282, Gharaba S, Sprecher U, Baransi A, Muchtar N, Weil M. Characterization of fission and fusion mitochondrial dynamics in HD fibroblasts according to patient's severity status. Neurobiol Dis. 2024 Oct 15;201:106667. doi: 10.1016/j.nbd.2024.106667. Epub 2024 Sep 14. PMID: 39284371.). Figure S2A right shows the glucose quantification experiment that we think the reviewer is referring to. Glucose increase is normally concomitant with glycogen reduction and we therefore show these results in support of the glycogen reduction results. These glucose results are part of our metabolomics results done on the same cells (Figure 6), where glucose is one of the metabolites analyzed. This metabolomics analysis was repeated three times; therefore, N is 3. In summary, these results show that GHF201 directly contributes to glycogen reduction in GSD1a fibroblasts and concomitantly increases glucose levels.

      Figure S2B-C- It is not shown how GHF201 increases intracellular glucose? If glycophagy is a possibility, the authors should do an experiment to confirm this.

      __Reply:__Assuming the reviewer's comment is related to Figure S2A right, glucose levels are only shown to validate the glycogen reduction results (also see point 4): When glycogen levels are reduced, especially by inhibition of glycogen synthesis, glucose levels are supposed to concomitantly rise, being spared as an indirect substrate of glycogen synthesis. There is no proof, and as a matter of fact we also do not assume, that the GHF201-mediated reduction in glycogen levels is a result of increased glycophagy: Glycophagy has been described in cell types with high glycogen turnover, e.g., muscle and liver cells, not fibroblasts. Additionally, glycophagy is a glycogen-selective process implicating STBD1 whose expression in skin fibroblasts is negligible (https://www.proteinatlas.org/ENSG00000118804-STBD1/tissue).On the other hand, glycogen in GSD1a does not accumulate in lysosomes. It is built up in the cytoplasm (Hicks et al (2011) Ultrastr Pathol 35: 183-196; Hannah et al (2023) Nat Rev Dis Primers DOI: 10.1038/s41572-023-00456-z). Therefore, we do not believe that GHF201 reduced glycogen by enhancing glycophagy. As we show, GHF201 activated several key catabolic pathways. It is more likely that activation of one of these pathways, the AMPK pathway, inhibited glycogen synthesis via phosphorylation and ensuing inhibition of glycogen synthase. Alternatively, excessive cytoplasmic glycogen might enter lysosomes by bulk autophagy, or microautophagy (not by glycophagy) and GHF201 might induce lysosomal glycogenolysis by alpha glucosidase as an established lysosomal activator (Kakhlon et al (2021)). However, since, as explained, the mechanism of action of GHF201 is not the topic of this manuscript and therefore we did not dwell more into that.

      Figure 2- How can GSD1a fibroblasts have significantly reduced OCR (Fig. 2B) but increased mitochondrial ATP production (Fig. 2H)?

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important topic. OCR, measured in Fig. 2B, is an indirect measure of ATP production. Therefore, changes in OCR only measure the capacity of the mitochondria to produce ATP, and not the direct quantity of ATP. Other factors might influence ATP production, e.g., substrate availability and the activity of other metabolic pathways. On the other hand, the ATP Rate Assay (Figure 2h), provides a real-time direct measurement of ATP levels incorporating coupling efficiency and P/O ratio assumptions. Therefore, these two measurements do not necessarily match. We will add this information to the relevant segment in the text to clarify why OCR is reduced and mitochondrial ATP production increased in GSD1a cells.

      Why do GSD1a fibroblasts show reduced glycolytic ATP (Figure 2h) despite increased glycolysis and glycolytic capacity (Fig 2J-K)?

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important topic. ECAR measures medium acidification and thus reflects the production of lactic acid, which is a byproduct of glycolysis. However, medium acidification is also influenced by other factors that can acidify the extracellular environment, especially CO2 production which can originate from the intramitochondrial Krebs cycle which produces reductive substrates for mitochondrial respiration, or OCR. Moreover, the buffering capacity of the Seahorse mito stress assay medium might mask changes in lactic acid production, leading to an underestimation of glycolytic activity. On the other hand, glycolytic ATP production measured by the ATP rate assay directly quantifies the rate of ATP production from glycolysis. Notably, there is a major difference between ECAR and the ATP rate assay: The ATP rate assay is less sensitive to variations in buffering capacity than ECAR measurements. This is because the ATP rate assay relies on inhibitor-driven changes in OCR and ECAR, rather than absolute pH values.Teleologically, as indicated, the increased ECAR in GSD1a cells represents a known compensatory response to deficient ATP production which is stimulation of glycolysis (Figure 2i). To test the success of this known compensatory attempt, we applied the real-time ATP rate assay, but as explained they do not report the same entities. We will add this information to the relevant segment in the text to clarify how reduced glycolytic ATP can be co-observed with increased glycolytic capacity.

      The authors should clarify how many healthy control and patient fibroblast lines were compared per experiment. Given the wide age range, the unexpectedly small error bars raise concerns about variability and statistical robustness.

      Reply:__We thank the reviewer for raising this topic. Number of samples per experiment is reported in the Methods section. As for the age range, patients age was matched to healthy controls to account for age differences and experiments were performed under similar passages range. This procedure allowed us to control for technical differences between samples that might arise due to different passages and ages. Importantly, the cohort of samples used in this manuscript included GSD1a patients with different ages further implying the strength of the observed disease phenotype found in patients' cells which exists regardless of the different age and gender of patients. The HC samples were chosen to match age and gender and passages were used in the recommended range (L. Hayflick,The limited in vitro lifetime of human diploid cell strains,Experimental Cell Research,Volume 37, Issue 3,1965,Pages 614-636, änzelmann S, Beier F, Gusmao EG, Koch CM, Hummel S, Charapitsa I, Joussen S, Benes V, Brümmendorf TH, Reid G, Costa IG, Wagner W. Replicative senescence is associated with nuclear reorganization and with DNA methylation at specific transcription factor binding sites. Clin Epigenetics. 2015 Mar 4;7(1):19. doi: 10.1186/s13148-015-0057-5. PMID: 25763115; PMCID: PMC4356053., Magalhães, S.; Almeida, I.; Pereira, C.D.; Rebelo, S.; Goodfellow, B.J.; Nunes, A. The Long-Term Culture of Human Fibroblasts Reveals a Spectroscopic Signature of Senescence. Int. J. Mol. Sci. __2022, 23, 5830. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms23105830). Finally, for the error bars, assuming the reviewer is addressing this for all experiments, this means that results are consistent across each compared group and reflects robustness of the results. Further, to ensure statistical robustness we used bootstrapping, 95% confidence intervals and other statistical methodologies that were designed to increase the validity of the conclusions drawn from different experiments.

      Figure 5- The study should include Tamoxifen-untreated mice as a control to properly assess the efficacy of GHF201 in regulating glucose-6-P and glycogen levels.

      __Reply:__GHF201 reduced liver glucose-6-phosphate (G6P) with p-/-* mice livers and their normalization by GHF201.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      General comments: the authors propose a very intriguing concept, that metabolic abnormalities trigger epigenetic changes in tissues distal from the disease site, even in cells in which the affected gene is not expressed. This is demonstrated in primary fibroblasts from patients with Glycogen Storage Disease type 1a (GSD1a). The authors provide a large amount of data to support the compelling concept of "Disease-Associated Programming", a term that they have coined to describe this effect. The level of novelty is very high and so is the impact of the study, since the above may apply to many different pathological conditions. Although, the study is well performed and employs multiple approaches and analyses to address the raised hypothesis, there are some limitations and concerns that need to be addressed by the authors.

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for this comment and will address each comment raised.

      The different phenotypic characteristics are only demonstrated in skin fibroblasts which is not sufficient to support the conclusions made in the Discussion about the general applicability of the proposed disease-induced, metabolite-driven epigenetic programming to all cells and tissues. The authors should discuss this as a limitation of the study and general conclusions should be formulated with more caution.

      __Reply:__We concur with this comment and accept that this is a general limitation of the study. We added a reservation clause at the beginning of the Discussion section.

      The authors describe a range of alterations in patients' fibroblasts as compared to healthy control fibroblasts. However, they draw parallels to the liver which is the organ primarily affected by GSD1a, stating that tissues other than the liver such as skin fibroblasts phenocopy the liver pathology (Discussion). Extrapolation of the findings to the liver is also made in the section "ATAC-seq, RNA-seq and EPIC methylation data integration". Here, the authors comment on the finding that identified genes are associated with tumour formation and draw parallels to hepatocellular carcinoma which is an important co-morbidity of GSD1a. These correlations, although interesting, should be presented as indications and not as "strong links". A major difference between fibroblasts and liver cells in the case of GSD1a is the massive accumulation of glycogen in the liver. This is a major metabolic feature which largely defines the disease's pathology. In addition to the similarities in the pathological features between the liver and other tissues such as fibroblasts, the authors should highlight this major difference and discuss their findings within this context.

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We have toned down the language correlating the regulation of gene expression between fibroblasts and liver in GSD1a. We have also alluded to the key metabolic difference between fibroblasts and liver - glycogen levels and turnover - in the second paragraph of the Discussion. We are aware that if our deep analyses were conducted on a different tissue with different basal metabolism the results might have been different. However, the GSD1a-pathogenic findings in fibroblasts suggest that they might also contribute to pathology in situ, perhaps by modulating the expression of functionally redundant genes.

      For basically all experiments performed in the study the authors follow the approach of culturing cells for 48 hours under serum and glucose starvation, followed be 24-hour cultivation in complete medium. This was practiced in a previous study by the authors (PMID: 34486811) to enhance the levels of glycogen in skin fibroblasts of patients with Adult Polyglucosan Body Disease. For the current study the selection of this treatment protocol is not sufficiently justified. Although, differences are described between patients' fibroblasts and controls under these conditions, it would have been interesting to address the reported parameters also at standard culturing conditions. This might be too much to ask for the purposes of this revision, but the authors may provide a better justification for the selection of the above treatment protocol and discuss whether the described phenotypic features are constitutive abnormalities present at all times or are induced by the metabolic stress imposed to the cells through this treatment.

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for pointing this important topic. Previously, we used the 72 h condition (48 h starvation followed by 24 h glucose supplementation) to attain two goals: generation of glycogen burden by excessive glucose re-uptake after glucose starvation and induction of basal autophagy by serum starvation so as to sensitize detection of the action of the autophagic activator GHF201 on a background of already induced autophagy. As stated, this 72 h condition was used previously in other GSD cell models (Kakhlon et al (2021) - GSDIV, Mishra et al (2024) - GSDIII, GSDII - in preparation), so we decided to use it in this work as well to enable cross-GSD comparison of GHF201 efficacy in GSD cell models. Moreover, as shown in Figure 1, the largest differences between HC and GSD1a fibroblasts, especially in lysosomal and mitochondrial features, were observed at the 72 h time condition. We therefore used this condition in all other fibroblasts experiments presented in this manuscript. Our ultimate aim was to test whether the metabolic reprograming induced in situ by the patients' diseased state before culturing generates stable epigenetic modifications withstanding seclusion from the original in situ environment. Thus, using the non-physiological 72 h condition, after the fibroblasts were cultured in full media remote from the in situ environment, can only confirm the stability and environment-independence of these metabolically-driven epigenetic modulations. We now provide this justification at the beginning of the Results section.

      In the Figures, the authors provide comparisons between controls and patient fibroblasts (+/- GHF201). Although the authors provide the respective p values in all figures, it is not clear which differences are considered significant and which are not. Since some of the indicated p values are > 0.0. The authors should indicate which of these changes are significant or non-significant and these should be presented and discussed accordingly in the text.

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important topic. We will add this information to the methods segment. Throughout the manuscript, p https://doi.org/10.1080/00031305.2018.1529624, Cumming, G. (2013). The New Statistics: Why and How. Psychological Science, 25(1), 7 29. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797613504966 (Original work published 2014)). Along with the p values we presented all data points in each comparison and added bootstrap mediated 95 % confidence intervals as well. Since our sample size was small, we chose to focus on effect sizes, to use a higher p value threshold and to implement various advanced methodologies that allowed us to find important biological patterns.

      In Figure S2A, the authors show a reduction of glycogen levels in GSD1a fibroblasts following treatment with GHF201. Glycogen accumulation is central to this study, since a) is considered by the authors "a disease marker which is reversed by GHF201" - this is demonstrated in the liver of L.G6pc-/- mice and, according to the authors, replicated in the fibroblasts, b) as suggested by the authors it is the biochemical aberration that drives epigenetic modifications generating "disease memory". It is therefore important to appreciate whether GSD1a cells display pathologically increased levels of glycogen. This is also pertinent to the lack of G6PC expression in fibroblasts. The authors should include in Fig. S2A glycogen measurements of HC control fibroblasts cultured under the same conditions to compare with the levels present in GSD1a cells.

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for highlighting this issue. We added glycogen levels of HC to Figure 2SA as requested. Expectedly, glycogen levels are similar between HC and GSD1a fibroblasts because neither wild type G6PC1 in HC, or mutated G6PC1 in GSD1a fibroblasts is expressed. We have now corrected the manuscript text suggesting that glycogen is accumulated in GSD1a fibroblasts and rephrased the text to express the more versatile state where epigenetic modulation could be mediated by different metabolic perturbations according to the expression profile: G6PC1 mutant expressers (notably liver and kidney cells) could inhibit p-AMPK by glycogen accumulation, while non-expressers could inhibit p-AMPK by lowering NAD+. Text changes related to this new concept are found in the Results section "Exploring epigenetics as a phenotypic driver in GSD1a fibroblasts by ATAC-seq analysis" and in the Discussion section "Metabolic-driven, disease-associated programming of cell memory."

      Comparisons between protein levels (AMPK/pAMPK, Sirt1, TFEB, p62 ane PGC1a) are made on the basis of fluorescence intensity in immunostained cells. These results need to be supported by relevant western blot images to exclude that binding of the antibodies to unspecific sites contributes to the measured fluorescence.

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for this comment allowing us to clarify the reasoning behind the selected methods for the main markers identification. Throughout the manuscript we employed both Western blot and immunofluorescence experiments. We believe that immunofluorescence present as a more robust and efficient method for the following reasons: i. It allows to focus on proteins in their native state; ii. Immunofluorescence allows to observe proteins in relation to their location in the cells (for example TFs in nuclei area); iii. Immunofluorescence allows to focus on each cell and exclude cells which are dead, stressed or with a low viability characteristic; iv. Immunofluorescence allows to generate much more data. For the following reasons, the main proteins explored in this work we used immunofluorescence, in each immunofluorescence experiment we added a control for the secondary antibody alone, verifying the signal is related to the antibodies only. This information can be added if requested. Importantly, some of the antibodies used were recommended for immunofluorescence and not for Western blot. As the reviewer requested, we now provide western blot results for proteins that produced a signal with the antibodies in Western blots, all markers mentioned except TFEB were added to Figure S3 d.

      The authors demonstrate that treatment of GSD1a fibroblasts with histone deacetylase inhibitors reverses some of the phenotypic alterations. Given that GHF201 also improves these phenotypic differences it would be interesting to address whether GHF201 has any effect on histone acetylation.

      Reply: We strongly agree with this comment and have therfore tested for the effect of GHF201 on H3K27 acetylation levels as shown in Fiugre 3f and on the deacetylase -SIRT-1 as shown in Figure 3e, Figure S3d and representative images in Figure S2b.

      The authors report reduced levels of the transcription factors PGC1α and TFEB in GSD1a fibroblasts. Does this correlate with lower levels of expression of PGC1α and TFEB target genes in the RNA-seq experiments?

      Reply:

      We thank the reviewer for raising this topic, since there were thousands of differentially expressed genes and we cannot mention all we focused on the most important ones that comprise key pathways we wanted to highlight as described in the Results section. We have now linked in the Results section examples of PGC1α and TFEB target genes that were reduced due to lower levels of these transcription factors in GSD1a, as compared to HC cells. Importantly, a full list of the genes from the RNA-seq experiment can be found in Table S3. Genes regulated by TFEB contain the CLEAR (Coordinated Lysosomal Expression and Regulation) motif. Two notable genes regulated by CLEAR binding TFs such as TFEB, which are very important biologically, are cathepsin L and S (Figure 6A right) both of which were reduced in GSD1a and are now elaborated in the Results section referring to Figure 6a right. Additionally, Table S3 shows differentially expressed genes in GSD1a cells where there are many other lysosomal related genes that are downmodulated in GSD1a, we now added another important example, ATP6V0D2 to the Discussion as the reviewer suggested. As for PGC1alpha, a notable gene whose expression is up-modulated by PGC1alpha, which is down-modulated in GSD1a, is ALDH1A1 (Figure 6a right). In addition, we have now added PPARG and its coactivators alpha and beta to the discussion as requested by the reviewer, these genes are shown in Table S3 and are downmodulated in GSD1a. Finally, the transcriptional effect of PGC1alpha and TFEB is also mentioned in the Discussion within the cell phenotyping section, where we describe the deep impact of dysregulation of NAD+/NADH-Sirt-1-TFEB regulatory axis on the cell phenotype at all the levels described in the manuscript.

      Please revise the following sentences as the statements made are not adequately supported by the provided data a. "This NAD+/NADH increase correlated with reduced cytotoxicity and increased cell confluence (Figure 3d) suggesting that NAD+ availability prevails over ATP availability as an effector of cell thriving in GSD1a cells."

      __Reply:__If one ranks treatments according to NAD+/NADH (Figure 3c) and according to cytotoxicity (Figure 3d left) and cell confluence (Figure 3d right), then the mentioned correlation can be supported. ATP availability is compromised by gramicidin, yet gramicidin, which also increased NAD+/NADH, reduced cytotoxicity and enhanced cell confluence.

      b. "....in further support that respiration-dependent NAD+ availability mediate GHF201's corrective effect in GSD1a cells."

      __Reply:__Our data (Figure 3c) show that GHF201 increased NAD+/NADH both alone and with gramicidin.

      Please indicate on the densitometry graph of Fig. 10b the treatment (HDACi), for better visibility.

      __Reply:__We agree and have corrected the Figure as requested.

      The reference list (n=160) is probably too long for a research article.

      __Reply:__The number of references reflect the length and depth of the manuscript and we believe that each reference merits its place. We agree that the number of references is large but we are not sure which criteria to use to exclude some references and to reduce them to a more acceptable number that we assume would be determined by the publishing journal.

      The study is of high novelty and impact, as it proposes a so far undescribed biological mechanism contributing to disease pathology that could apply for general pathological conditions. Although this is a compelling concept, it is only demonstrated in skin fibroblasts which limits its applicability at an organismal level.

      __Reply:__We thank the reviewer for this comment and for raising the important comments that allowed us to improve our manuscript, please see our reply to point 1.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      1. General Statements [optional]

      We* thank all three Reviewers for appreciating our work and for sharing constructive feedback to further enhance the quality of our work. It is really gratifying to read that the Reviewers believe that this work will be of interest to broad audience and will be suitable for a high profile journal. Further, the experiments suggested by the reviewers will add value to the work and will substantiate our findings. It is important to highlight that we have already performed most of the suggested experiments except a couple of experiments that we have plan to carry out during full revision. Please find below the details of experiments performed and planned to address the reviewers comments. *

      2. Description of the planned revisions

      Reviewer #1

      Comment 6. In Figure 6A, B, does the Orai3 western blot show any of the heavier bands seen in the ubiquitination IP if you show the whole blot? It should.

      Reviewer #2

      Comment 5. Fig. 6A and 6B. Show the full Orai3 and Ubiquitin WBs. As presented the figure current just shows that there are ubiquitin proteins in Orai3 pull down, not that Orai3 is ubiquitinated.

      Reviewer #3

      Comment 3. In the scheme in Fig. 10, the authors highlight that Orai3 is ubiquitinated. Do they have any idea where the site of action of ubiquitination in Orai3 is located?

      Response: We thank the Reviewer 1, 2 and 3 regarding their query on the co-immunoprecipitation assays performed for studying Orai3 ubiquitination. The reviewers are asking for ubiquitination status of Orai3 and the potential sites for Orai3 ubiquitination. To address these comments, we are planning to perform co-immunoprecipitation assays with mutated Orai3 with mutations of potential ubiquitination sites. We have already performed bioinformatic analysis and it revealed presence of three potential ubiquitination sites on Orai3: K2 (present on N-terminal region), K274 and K279 (present on C-terminal region). We would mutate these lysine residues on Orai3 protein via site-directed mutagenesis and check the Orai3 ubiquitination status. These experiments will answer the question raised by Reviewers and strengthen the Orai3 ubiquitination data.

      Please refer to below diagrammatic illustration showing potential ubiquitination sites on Orai3:

      Reviewer #2

      Comment 7. Also, all the imaging and pull down do not prove conclusively direct interaction between MARCH8 and Orai3, they rather show that the proteins are in the same complex. Although it is unlikely best for the text to be moderated accordingly.

      Response: We understand the concern raised by Reviewer 2 regarding direct or indirect interaction of MARCH8 and Orai3. Hence, we are planning to perform co-immunoprecipitation assays in which we delete the MARCH8 interacting domain in Orai3 protein and check the for direct interaction of these proteins. Bioinformatic analysis and literature survey have highlighted two possible MARCH8 interacting domains in Orai3. The first domain is present in 2nd loop region, present between the 2nd and 3rd transmembrane domains at the LMVXXXL (AA113-120) motif and the second domain is present at the GXXXG (AA235-239) motif, present in the 3rd loop region of Orai3. We will remove these domains from Orai3 protein individually and check its effect on MARCH8 interaction. These experiments will provide conclusive evidence of direct interaction between Orai3 and MARCH8.

      Please refer to below diagrammatic illustration displaying potential MARCH8 binding sites on Orai3:

      3. Description of the revisions that have already been incorporated in the transferred manuscript


      Reviewer #1

      Comment 1. The observation that both transcriptional regulation and protein degradation of Orai3 is regulated downstream of one transcription factor is not, in and of itself, entirely surprising. All proteolytic components are transcriptionally regulated and this phenomenon is likely relatively common. However, what I do think is both impressive and important is that the authors have characterized both components of the pathway within a disease context. While I am not going to search the literature for how often transcription and proteolysis are co-regulated for other proteins, it is the case for many short-lived proteins and perhaps many others. As such, discussion throughout the abstract and introduction that co-regulation of these processes is unprecedented should be removed.

      Response: We thank the Reviewer for thinking that our work is both impressive and important. Further, we understand the Reviewer’s point that transcription and proteolysis may be co-regulated for other proteins. However, our extensive literature search did not resulted in such scenarios. Therefore, to best of our knowledge, we are revealing for the first time that same transcription factor regulates both transcription and protein degradation of the same target in a context dependent manner in a single study. In case, Reviewer would still recommend to modify the text in abstract and introduction, we would do it.

      Comment 2. In discussing figure 1, the authors switch from claiming to be studying NFATc binding to studying NFAT expression. This use of 2 different naming conventions is certain to confuse readers; the authors should use the approved current naming system in referring to NFAT isoforms. In which case NFAT2 is NFATc1.

      Response: We would like to thank the Reviewer for highlighting this point. We have effectively addressed this comment by changing the nomenclature of NFAT2 to NFATc1 throughout the manuscript text and figures.

      Comment 3. The ChIP analyses in figures 1H and 7D are important findings, however, there is missing information. Typically, ChIP is used to validate putative binding sites; as such, one would expect 3 separate qPCR reactions for Orai3, not one. It is also important to note that qPCR products should be uniform in size and under 100 bp; here, the product size is not stated. Finally, demonstrating that an antibody targeting ANY other NFAT isoform fails to pull down whatever product this is would increase confidence considerably.

      Also, the gold standard for validating ChIP is to mutate the sites and eliminate binding. The "silver" standard would be to mutate them in your luciferase vector and demonstrate that NFATc1 no longer stimulates luciferase expression. Since neither of these was done, the ChIP data provided should not be considered formally validated.

      Response: We thank the Reviewer for raising this highly relevant concern. In this revised manuscript, we have addressed this comment by performing several additional experiments. The new data provided in the revised manuscript corroborates our earlier results. Indeed, this data has notably strengthen our work.

      In the revised manuscript, we performed ChIP assay where we increased the number of sonication cycles to 35 so as to make sheared chromatin of around 100 bp. Next, we designed primers to amplify individual NFATc1 binding sites on Orai3 promoter, but due to close proximity of the NFATc1 binding sites, we could design two primer sets. The primer first set to amplify the -1017 bp binding site and the second set to amplify the -990 and -920 bp. Further, as suggested by the Reviewer, we performed immunoprecipitation with the four isoforms of NFAT. Our results show that only NFATc1 pulldown shows significant enrichment of Orai3 promoter with both the primer sets as compared to the IP mock samples and other NFAT isoforms (Figure 1J). Hence, our data reveals that only NFATc1 binds to these predicted sites on the Orai3 promoter and it doesn’t show a preference among these binding sites.

      Further, as suggested by the Reviewer, we mutated the Orai3 promoter in luciferase vector with deletions of the individual NFATc1 binding sites and also cloned a truncated Orai3 promoter with no NFATc1 binding sites into the luciferase vector. The luciferase assays with these mutant and truncated promoters show that upon co-expression of NFATc1, the luciferase activity of the mutant Orai3 promoter with deletion of individual NFATc1 binding site is significantly reduced in comparison to wild type Orai3 promoter. Furthermore, the maximum decrease in luciferase activity was seen with the truncated Orai3 promoter with no NFATc1 binding sites (Figure 1I). These results show that NFATc1 binds to the predicted binding sites on Orai3 promoter. Taken together, the additional ChIP assays with the four isoforms of NFAT and luciferase assays with mutated & truncated Orai3 promoters validates the transcriptional regulation of Orai3 by NFATc1.

      Comment 4. In figures 2 and 3, only one cell line is used to represent each of 3 conditions of pancreatic cancer. That is insufficient to make generalized conclusions; some aspects of this figure (expression and stability, not function) should be extended to 2 to 3 cell lines/condition. TCGA data validating this point would also be helpful.

      Response: We really appreciate the feedback given by Reviewer 1. To strengthen our manuscript, we have addressed this comment by performing experiments in 2 cell lines/condition of pancreatic cancer. This new data in the revised manuscript provides substantial evidence for the dichotomous regulation of Orai3 by NFATc1.

      In the revised manuscript, we carried out NFATc1 overexpression and NFAT inhibition via VIVIT studies in three additional cell lines: BXPC-3 (non-metastatic), ASPC-1 (invasive) and SW1990 (metastatic). The results in these cell-lines support our earlier findings as both overexpression of NFATc1 and VIVIT mediated NFAT inhibition leads to transcriptional upregulation of Orai3 in BXPC-3 (non-metastatic) (Figure S3A, D), ASPC-1 (invasive) (Figure S3G, J) and SW1990 (metastatic) (Figure S3M, P). These results are similar to our earlier data from MiaPaCa-2 (non-metastatic), PANC-1 (invasive) and CFPAC-1 (metastatic) cells. Further, NFATc1 overexpression leads to an increase in Orai3 protein levels in BXPC-3 (non-metastatic) (Figure S3B, C) and a decrease in Orai3 protein levels in ASPC-1 (invasive) (Figure S3H, I) and SW1990 (metastatic) (Figure S3N, O). Moreover, VIVIT transfection leads to a decrease in Orai3 protein levels in BXPC-3 (non-metastatic) (Figure S3E, F) and an increase in Orai3 protein levels in ASPC-1 (invasive) (Figure S3K, L) and SW1990 (metastatic) (Figure S3Q, R). The findings in these cell lines recapitulates the data obtained earlier from MiaPaCa-2 (non-metastatic), PANC-1 (invasive) and CFPAC-1 (metastatic) cell lines. Therefore, this new data supports our conclusion regarding the dichotomous regulation of Orai3 by NFATc1 across the three conditions of pancreatic cancer.

      Comment 5. Upon finding that NFAT inhibition stimulates Orai3 transcription (same as O/E), the authors essentially conclude that this confirms regulation of Orai3 by NFAT and that there must be compensation. This is not supported by any data; the use of siRNA validates that Orai3 has some dependence on NFATc1 for transcription, but the nature of this relationship is not adequately explained.

      Response: We thank the Reviewer for asking this question. In our manuscript, we performed NFATc1 inhibition studies using VIVIT and siRNA-mediated NFATc1 knockdown. Both of these assays show increase in Orai3 mRNA levels in all non-metastatic, invasive and metastatic pancreatic cancer cell lines. To understand if the increase in Orai3 mRNA levels is via transcriptional regulation, we performed luciferase assay which showed that VIVIT mediated NFAT inhibition leads to increase in luciferase activity suggesting the binding of other transcription factors on the Orai3 promoter. To corroborate this hypothesis, in our revised manuscript, we performed luciferase assay in wild type Orai3 promoter and truncated Orai3 promoter with no NFATc1 binding sites. NFAT inhibition via VIVIT transfection led to an increase in luciferase activity in both wild type and truncated Orai3 promoter (Figure S2A). Hence, removal of NFATc1 binding sites had no significant effect on luciferase activity suggesting that apart from NFATc1, other endogenous transcription factors are involved in regulating Orai3 transcription. We have not identified all the transcription factors that can modulate Orai3 upon NFAT inhibition as it is beyond the scope of this study. We sincerely hope the Reviewer 1 would be satisfied with this additional data.

      Reviewer #2

      Comment 1. Figure 1 all overexpression no evidence of endogenous NFAT2 regulating Orai3. I realize there may be limitations on available NFAT isoform specific antibodies so it is not essential to directly show this but a comment to that effect in the paper would be useful.

      Response: We apologize to the Reviewer for not highlighting the NFAT2 (NFATc1) loss of function data effectively. Actually, in the __Figure 3 __and __Supplementary Figure 2 __of the original manuscript, we showed VIVIT mediated NFAT inhibition and siRNA induced NFATc1 silencing data to provide the evidence that endogenous NFATc1 regulates Orai3.

      Comment 2. Figure 1F. Show RNA levels of Orai3 following overexpression of the other NFAT isoforms.

      Response: As suggested by the Reviewer, in the revised manuscript, we overexpressed the four NFAT isoforms: NFATc2, NFATc1, NFATc4 & NFATc3 and checked Orai3 mRNA levels. qRT-PCR analysis shows that overexpression of NFATc1 results in the highest and significant increase in Orai3 mRNA levels compared to the empty vector and other NFAT isoforms (Figure 1F). This data corroborates the western blot data of NFAT isoforms overexpression highlighting the transcriptional regulation of Orai3 by NFATc1.

      Comment 3. Fig. S3D, E. For both MARCH3 and 8 higher expression levels correlate with better survival whereas in the text it is stated that this is the case only for MARCH8. Please correct.

      Response: The survival analysis of pancreatic cancer patients with low MARCH3 and MARCH8 levels shows that around 30% of patients with low MARCH3 levels survived for 5.5 years, whereas in case of MARCH8 30% of patients with high MARCH8 levels survived for >7.5 years. Hence high MARCH8 expression in pancreatic cancer patients provided significant survival advantage compared to high MARCH3 levels. Therefore, in the text, we meant that compared to MARCH3, higher MARCH8 levels correlate with better survival. As suggested by the Reviewer, we have modified the text to make this point clearer.

      Comment 4. For the 2APB stimulation experiments there is a large variation in the level of the response between experiments even for the same cell type. For example, compare the level of the 2APB-stimulated Orai3 influx between Fig. 4H and 5C on the MiaPaCa-2 cells. Also there doesn't seem to be a correlation between the levels of Orai3 protein from WB and the 2APB stimulated entry among the different cell lines. This needs to be addressed and differences explained.

      Response: We understand the concern raised by Reviewer 2 regarding calcium imaging experiments in MiaPaCa-2 cell line. Therefore, in the revised manuscript, we repeated calcium imaging experiments in MiaPaCa-2 and updated the representative traces as well as quantitative analysis (Figure 2D, E, 3D, E, 4H, I, S2L, M). Further, we have discussed this point in the text of the manuscript.

      Comment 6. Fig. 6C and 6D. Show the line in 6C from which the intensity profile in 6D was generated. Also give the details of the imaging setup in methods: size of the pinhole, imaging mode, etc. The colocalization is not very convincing.

      Response: As recommended by the Reviewer, in the revised manuscript, we have indicated the region used for intensity profile generation by drawing a line in the representative image (Figure 6D). Further, we have updated the methodology of colocalization microscopy with details of the size of the pinhole and imaging mode.

      Comment 8. May be worth showing that overexpression of MARCH8 in the metastatic cell lines decreases their migration and metastasis as the argument is that these cells need high Orai3 but not too high. So, it would be predicted that overexpression of MARCH8 should lower Orai3 levels enough to prevent their metastasis.

      Response: We would like to thank the Reviewer for this highly relevant suggestion. In our revised manuscript, we carried out transwell migration assays with MARCH8 overexpression as well as MARCH8 knockdown in CFPAC-1 (metastatic) cells. Our data shows that stable lentiviral knockdown of MARCH8 increased the number of migrated CFPAC-1 cells compared to shNT CFPAC-1 cells while MARCH8 overexpression decreased the number of migrated CFPAC-1 cells compared to empty vector control cells (Figure 9F, G). Therefore, as pointed out by the Reviewer, MARCH8 overexpression lowers Orai3 levels in metastatic pancreatic cancer cells and hinders their metastatic potential.

      Comment 9. Fig. 10. Show higher levels of Orai3 protein in the metastatic side.

      Response: As suggested, we have updated the summary figure (Figure 10) showing higher Orai3 protein levels in the metastatic side.

      Comment 10. Please show all full WBs in the supplementary data.

      Response: As recommended by the Reviewer, we have provided all full western blots in a supplementary file (Supplementary File 1).

      Reviewer #3


      Comment 1. The authors show that MARCH8 physically associates with Orai3 using Co-IP and Co-localization studies. For the co-localization studies the authors should still provide a quantitative analysis. Furthermore, can the authors detect FRET between March and Orai3? Can you please state the labels used in the co-localization experiments also in the figure legend.

      Response: As suggested by Reviewer 3, in the revised manuscript, we have provided quantitative analysis of Orai3 and MARCH8 co-localization. Further, we have stated the labels used in the co-localization experiment in the figure legend of the revised manuscript. Unfortunately, we could not perform FRET assay between Orai3 and MARCH8 due to limited resources. Instead, as discussed in the planned revisions section, we are planning to perform co-immunoprecipitation assay with mutated Orai3 protein in which the MARCH8 interacting domains are deleted to investigate direct interaction of Orai3 and MARCH8. We believe that Reviewer 3 will be satisfied with this experiment.

      Comment 2. In the abstract it is only getting clear at the end that pancreatic cancer cells are used. It would be great if the authors could introduce this fact already more at the beginning of the abstract.

      Response: As recommended by the Reviewer, in the revised manuscript, we have introduced the use of pancreatic cancer cells at the beginning of the abstract.

      Comment 4. In other cancer types recent reports suggest a co-expression of Orai1 and Orai3 and even the formation of heteromers. Does only Orai3 or also Orai1 play a role in pancreatic cancer cells? Could there we difference in degradation when Orai3 forms homomers or heteromers with Orai1.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for asking this interesting question. There is only one report on Orai1’s role in pancreatic cancer. It was suggested that Orai1 can contribute to apoptotic resistance of pancreatic cancer cells (Kondratska et al. BBA-Molecular Cell Research, 2014). However, only one cell line i.e. PANC-1 was used in this study. While our earlier work and other studies have demonstrated that Orai3 drives pancreatic cancer metastasis (Arora et al. Cancers, 2021) and proliferation (Dubois et al. BBA-Molecular Cell Research, 2021) respectively. Therefore, emerging literature suggests that both Orai1 and Orai3 can contribute to different aspects of pancreatic cancer progression. But whether Orai1 and Orai3 form heteromers in pancreatic cancer cells remains unexplored. Further, we believe that the degradation machinery and the underlying molecular mechanisms would be analogous for both Orai3 homomers and heteromers. Nonetheless, the rate of degradation may differ for Orai3 homomers and heteromers as literature suggests that usually proteins are more stable in large heteromeric protein complexes.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The manuscript entitled, "NFAT2 drives both Orai3 transcription and protein degradation by harnessing the differences in epigenetic landscape of MARCH8 E3 ligase" offers an extensive study of how Orai3 levels are controlled during pancreatic cancer progression. The central hypothesis is that NFAT2 stimulates both Orai3 and MARCH8 transcription, resulting in both Orai3 transcription and degradation. They further establish that MARCH8 expression/Orai3 degradation is epigenetically regulated in PDAC, with a progressive loss of methylation during cancer progression leading to increased Orai3 transcription, stability and Ca2+ entry.

      Overall, I'm certain that there is new information to be learned here. However, as detailed below, the manuscript makes a number of general claims about what happens during PDAC progression, but this is based on only one cell line per disease state. While they should not be expected to do a complete analysis in more cell lines, a demonstration that Orai3 and MARCH8 expression are correlated with disease progression in a panel of cell lines and/or on the TCGA database would increase enthusiasm considerably. In addition, although I found the work with MARCH8 to be highly convincing, the fact that NFAT2 knockdown increased rather than reduced Orai3 transcription does not support the central hypothesis. The explanation that this results from compensation is not very meaningful; that NFAT2 drives Orai3 transcription is in the title of the paper. These observations clearly demonstrate that this relationship is more complicated than suggested. Finally, there are a number of missing controls and unclear aspects to the authors' ChIP data that could help explain some of these discrepancies.

      Specific Comments:

      1. The observation that both transcriptional regulation and protein degradation of Orai3 is regulated downstream of one transcription factor is not, in and of itself, entirely surprising. All proteolytic components are transcriptionally regulated and this phenomenon is likely relatively common. However, what I do think is both impressive and important is that the authors have characterized both components of the pathway within a disease context. While I am not going to search the literature for how often transcription and proteolysis are co-regulated for other proteins, it is the case for many short-lived proteins and perhaps many others. As such, discussion throughout the abstract and introduction that co-regulation of these processes is unprecedented should be removed.
      2. In discussing figure 1, the authors switch from claiming to be studying NFATc binding to studying NFAT expression. This use of 2 different naming conventions is certain to confuse readers; the authors should use the approved current naming system in referring to NFAT isoforms. In which case NFAT2 is NFATc1.
      3. The ChIP analyses in figures 1H and 7D are important findings, however, there is missing information. Typically, ChIP is used to validate putative binding sites; as such, one would expect 3 separate qPCR reactions for Orai3, not one. It is also important to note that qPCR products should be uniform in size and under 100 bp; here, the product size is not stated. Finally, demonstrating that an antibody targeting ANY other NFAT isoform fails to pull down whatever product this is would increase confidence considerably.

      Also, the gold standard for validating ChIP is to mutate the sites and eliminate binding. The "silver" standard would be to mutate them in your luciferase vector and demonstrate that NFATc1 no longer stimulates luciferase expression. Since neither of these was done, the ChIP data provided should not be considered formally validated. 4. In figures 2 and 3, only one cell line is used to represent each of 3 conditions of pancreatic cancer. That is insufficient to make generalized conclusions; some aspects of this figure (expression and stability, not function) should be extended to 2 to 3 cell lines/condition. TCGA data validating this point would also be helpful. 5. Upon finding that NFAT inhibition stimulates Orai3 transcription (same as O/E), the authors essentially conclude that this confirms regulation of Orai3 by NFAT and that there must be compensation. This is not supported by any data; the use of siRNA validates that Orai3 has some dependence on NFATc1 for transcription, but the nature of this relationship is not adequately explained. 6. In Figure 6A,B, does the Orai3 western blot show any of the heavier bands seen in the ubiquitinization IP if you show the whole blot? It should.

      Significance

      My expertise is in calcium signaling, particularly within the context of disease states. I currently have a PDAC study in its late stages, but I have worked more with melanoma.

      Issues about significance were raised in my comments above; generalization of these observations requires the appropriate use of a panel of cell lines and/or TCGA usage. In addition, some observations require additional investigation for confidence; necessary to achieve significance.

      The extent of the advance is quite reasonable for a high profile paper in this field, should the issues I and the other reviewers raise be formally and thoroughly addressed.

      Given that the study crosses lines between signaling, cancer, epigenetics, transcription and ubiquitination, I think that it is of potential interest to a general audience.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate single-neuron activity in rhesus macaques during model-based (MB) and model-free (MF) reinforcement learning (RL). Using a well-established two-step choice task, they analyze neural correlates of MB and MF learning across four brain regions: the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC), dorsolateral PFC (DLPFC), caudate, and putamen. The study provides strong evidence that these regions encode distinct RL-related signals, with ACC playing a dominant role in MB learning and caudate updating value representations after rare transitions. The authors apply rigorous statistical analyses to characterize neural encoding at both population and single-neuron levels.

      Strengths:

      (1) The research fills a gap in the literature, which has been limited in directly dissociating MB vs. MF learning at the single unit level and across brain areas known to be involved in reinforcement learning. This study advances our understanding of how different brain regions are involved in RL computations.

      (2) The study used a two-step choice task Miranda et al., (2020), which was previously established for distinguishing MB and MF reinforcement learning strategies.

      (3) The use of multiple brain regions (ACC, DLPFC, caudate, and putamen) in the study enabled comparisons across cortical and subcortical structures.

      (4) The study used multiple GLMs, population-level encoding analyses, and decoding approaches. With each analysis, they conducted the appropriate controls for multiple comparisons and described their methods clearly.

      (5) They implemented control regressors to account for neural drift and temporal autocorrelation.

      (6) The authors showed evidence for three main findings:<br /> a) ACC as the strongest encoder of MB variables from the four areas, which emphasizes its role in tracking transition structures and reward-based learning. The ACC also showed sustained representation of feedback that went into the next trial.<br /> b) ACC was the only area to represent both MB and MF value representations.<br /> c) The caudate selectively updates value representations when rare transitions occur, supporting its role in MB updating.

      (7) The findings support the idea that MB and MF reinforcement learning operate in parallel rather than strictly competing.

      (8) The paper also discusses how MB computations could be an extension of sophisticated MF strategies.

      Weaknesses: o

      (1) There is limited evidence for a causal relationship between neural activity and behavior. The authors cite previous lesion studies, but causality between neural encoding in ACC, caudate, and putamen and behavioral reliance on MB or MF learning is not established.

      (2) There is a heavy emphasis on ACC versus other areas, but it is unclear how much of this signal drives behavior relative to the caudate.

      (3) The role of the putamen is somewhat underexplored here.

      (4) The authors mention the monkeys were overtrained before recording, which might have led to a bias in the MB versus MF strategy.

      (5) The GLM3 model combines MB and MF value estimates but does not clearly mention how hyperparameters were optimized to prevent overfitting. While the hybrid model explains behavior well, it does not clarify whether MB/MF weighting changes dynamically over time.

      (6) It was unclear from the task description whether the images used changed periodically or how the transition effect (e.g., in Figure 3) could be disambiguated from a visual response to the pair of cues.

    1. O, then unfold the passion of my love. 0276  Surprise her with discourse of my dear faith. 0277  It shall become thee well to act my woes. 0278  She will attend it better in thy youth 0279 30 Than in a nuncio’s of more grave aspect. VIOLA  0280  I think not so, my lord. ORSINO  0281   var _____WB$wombat$assign$function_____ = function(name) {return (self._wb_wombat && self._wb_wombat.local_init && self._wb_wombat.local_init(name)) || self[name]; }; if (!self.__WB_pmw) { self.__WB_pmw = function(obj) { this.__WB_source = obj; return this; } } { let window = _____WB$wombat$assign$function_____("window"); let self = _____WB$wombat$assign$function_____("self"); let document = _____WB$wombat$assign$function_____("document"); let location = _____WB$wombat$assign$function_____("location"); let top = _____WB$wombat$assign$function_____("top"); let parent = _____WB$wombat$assign$function_____("parent"); let frames = _____WB$wombat$assign$function_____("frames"); let opener = _____WB$wombat$assign$function_____("opener"); let arguments; {window.addEventListener('load', alignSplitLines.bind(null,'sftln-0281','ftln-0280','E')); }}Dear lad, believe it; 0282  For they shall yet belie thy happy years 0283  That say thou art a man. Diana’s lip 0284 35 Is not more smooth and rubious, thy small pipe 0285  Is as the maiden’s organ, shrill and sound, 0286  And all is semblative a womans part.

      Orsino thinks that Cesario’s youthful, feminine looks render him an excellent love messenger—this perspective mirrors Elizabethan attitudes towards gender and emotional expression. Ironically, Viola is female, meaning the qualities Orsino admires as “boyish” are truly feminine. This statement highlights Shakespeare’s skillful application of dramatic irony and illustrates how Viola challenges gender norms by adopting both male and female identities.

    1. dynamic throughout the cell cycle, under glucose starvation, RNA pol I inhibition, and TOR activation

      Major finding 1:

      Normal twisting versus overtwisting of rDNA (aka rDNA array morphology aka spatial organization of rDNA arrays) is variable throughout different cellular processes.

      Some of the processes they looked at include: * Cell cycle events

      Different parts of the cell cycle will require more or less ribosomes which will in turn affect how much rDNA is being transcribed into rRNA.

      • Glucose starvation

      Ribosome biogenesis requires significant energy. In glucose starvation, less ribosome biogenesis is expected to occur, thus less overtristing of rDNA will occur due to reduced rDNA transcription.

      • RNA polymerase inhibition

      Reduced RNA transcription aka reduced rDNA --> rRNA. If transcription cannot occur, then rDNA will not be overtwisted.

      • TOR activation:

      TOR is a Target Of Rapamycin protein kinase that regulates cell growth and metabolism. When active, cells are in "grow-mode" meaning that they have high energy reserves. Thus, we can assume that there will be more rDNA overtwisting due to increased ribosome biogenesis.

      Question:

      Can we use the morphology of rDNA as a readout of how much ribosome production is happening? How do cells adjusts it to ribosome production in real time?

    1. She did everything musically and was an excellent performer and dancer. She deserves to have more recognition rather than only being known for her career-ending mishap.

      Janet was so influential for the blueprint of pop stars as we know them today. Beyonce, Britney Spears, tinashe, etc. all pulling inspiration from her. Specifically her genre bending, experimental album, "The Velvet Rope." She's now seeing a resurgence via TikTok due to a 20+ y/o song of her's, "Someone to Call My Lover"

    1. because of the continued growth in the number of independent UHF broadcast television stations, the big three American networks have suffered a precipitous decline in their audience figures.

      This showcased that even though the United States played a huge role in developing all of these aspects of cable. They were behind different part of the world due to the significant degree of cable distribution. This show the negative effects o having competitive business broadcasting. Instead of uniting under a few networks the opposite occurred with the continued growth of independent networks.

    1. . In intervocalic position short consonants were prone to extensive lenition, involving voicing, fricativization, and sometimes total loss, with significant variation between and sometimes within regions: i. -[p]- > -[b]- > -[v]- > Ø, e.g. Rmg. [ʃaˈvoŋ], Mil. [saˈũ],Ven. [saˈoŋ] < saponem ‘soap’;ii. -[t]- > -[d]- > -[ð]- > Ø (although in the absence of apocope of the following vowel, restoration as [d] is common, especially in Lombard and Venetan, or as a glide in Piedmont), e.g. Gen. [veˈɲyu], [veˈɲya] ‘come.pst.ptcp.m/fsg’ < *veˈnutu/-a, Mil. [senˈti], [senˈtida] ‘heard.pst.ptcp.m/fsg’ < *senˈtitu/-a, Vnz. [maˈɲa], [maˈɲada] ‘eaten.pst.ptcp.m/fsg’< *manduˈkatu/-a, but the nearby dialect of Burano has msg [maˈɲao] ~ fsg [maˈɲa], while urban Veronese has [maˈɲado] ~ [maˈɲada] (Marcato and Ursini 1998:306);iii. [k] > [ɡ] > [ɣ] > Ø in Piedmont, if in the vicinity of the front vowels, [i], [y], [ø], e.g. Lmb. [furˈmiɡa], Ven. [forˈmiɡa], Pie. [fyrˈmia] < formicam ‘ant’. As mentioned above, Latin intervocalic geminates were shortened over the whole area, usually remaining distinct from the original short consonants. Significantly,

      ?

    1. In Tuscan, lenition primarily operates as the spirantization known as gorgia toscana (cf. §§14.2.2.1, 40.2.2.1.2): postvocalic /p t k/ are realized as voiceless fricatives [ɸ θ h], as in la pipa [la ˈɸiɸa] ‘the pipe’, dito [ˈdiθo] ‘finger’, and oca [ˈɔha] ‘goose’ (cf. Giannelli and Cravens 1997); in western Tuscany [h] may even be deleted ([voˈaːle] ‘vowel’: Rohlfs 1966:266).

      extreme example of lenition gorgia toscana

    1. Welcome back, and in this lesson, I'm going to be covering the architecture of the Amazon Aurora managed database product from AWS. I mentioned earlier that Aurora is officially part of RDS, but from my perspective, I've always viewed it as its own distinct product. The features that it provides and the architecture it uses to deliver those features are so radically different than normal RDS that it needs to be treated as its own product. So, we've got a lot to cover, so let's jump in and get started.

      As I just mentioned, the Aurora architecture is very different from normal RDS. At its very foundation, it uses the base entity of a cluster, which is something that other engines within RDS don’t have. A cluster is made up of a number of important things. Firstly, from a compute perspective, it's made up of a single primary instance and then zero or more replicas. Now, this might seem similar to how RDS works with the primary and the standby replica, but it’s actually very different. The replicas within Aurora can be used for reads during normal operations, so it’s not like the standby replica inside RDS. The replicas inside Aurora can actually provide the benefits of both RDS multi-AZ and RDS read replicas. So, they can be inside a cluster and can be used to improve availability, but they can also be used for read operations during the normal operation of a cluster.

      Now, that alone would be worth the move to Aurora since you don’t have to choose between read scaling and availability. Replicas inside Aurora can provide both of those benefits. Now, the second major difference in the Aurora architecture is its storage. Aurora doesn’t use local storage for the compute instances. Instead, an Aurora cluster has a shared cluster volume. This is storage that is shared and available to all compute instances within a cluster. This provides a few benefits, such as faster provisioning, improved availability, and better performance.

      A typical Aurora cluster looks something like this. It functions across a number of availability zones—in this example, A, B, and C. Inside the cluster is a primary instance and optionally a number of replicas. Again, these function as failover options if the primary instance fails, but they can also be used during the normal functioning of the cluster for read operations from applications. Now, the cluster has shared storage, which is SSD-based, and it has a maximum size of 128TIB. It also has six replicas across multiple availability zones. When data is written to the primary DB instance, Aurora synchronously replicates that data across all of these six storage nodes spread across the availability zones, which are associated with your cluster. All instances inside your cluster, so the primary and all of the replicas, have access to all of these storage nodes.

      The important thing to understand, though, from a storage perspective, is that this replication happens at the storage level. So, no extra resources are consumed on the instances or the replicas during this replication process. By default, the primary instance is the only instance able to write to the storage, and the replicas and the primary can perform read operations. Because Aurora maintains multiple copies of your data in three availability zones, the chances of losing data as a result of any disk-related failure are greatly minimized. Aurora automatically detects failures in the disk volumes that make up the cluster shared storage. When a segment or a part of a disk volume fails, Aurora immediately repairs that area of the disk. When Aurora repairs that area of disk, it uses the data inside the other storage nodes that make up the cluster volume and it automatically recreates that data. It ensures that the data is brought back into an operational state with no corruption. As a result, Aurora avoids data loss and reduces any need to perform point-in-time restores or snapshot restores to recover from disk failures.

      So, the storage subsystem inside Aurora is much more resilient than that which is used by the normal RDS database engines. Another powerful difference between Aurora and the normal RDS database engines is that with Aurora, you can have up to 15 replicas, and any of them can be the failover target for a failover operation. So, rather than just having the one primary instance and the one standby replica of the non-Aurora engines, with Aurora, you’ve got 15 different replicas that you can choose to fail over to. And that failover operation will be much quicker because it doesn’t have to make any storage modifications.

      Now, as well as the resiliency that the cluster volume provides, there are a few other key elements that you should be aware of. The cluster shared volume is based on SSD storage by default, so it provides high IOPS and low latency. It's high-performance storage by default. You don't get the option of using magnetic storage. Now, the billing for that storage is very different than with the normal RDS engines. With Aurora, you don't have to allocate the storage that the cluster uses. When you create an Aurora cluster, you don't specify the amount of storage that's needed. Storage is simply based on what you consume. As you store data up to the 128 TIB limit, you'll bill on consumption.

      Now, the way that this consumption works is that it's based on a high watermark. So, if you consume 50 GIB of storage, you'll bill for 50 GIB of storage. If you free up 10 GIB of data (so move down to 40 GIB of consumed data), you'll still bill for that high watermark of 50 GIB, but you can reuse any storage that you free up. What you'll bill for is a high watermark—the maximum storage that you've consumed in a cluster. And if you go through a process of significantly reducing storage and you need to reduce storage costs, then you need to create a brand new cluster and migrate data from the old cluster to the new cluster.

      Now, it is worth mentioning that this high watermark architecture is being changed by AWS, and this no longer is applicable for the more recent versions of Aurora. I’m going to update this lesson once this feature becomes more widespread, but for now, you do still need to assume that this high watermark architecture is being used. Now, because the storage is for the cluster and not for the instances, it means replicas can be added and removed without requiring storage provisioning or removal, which massively improves the speed and efficiency of any replica changes within the cluster. Having this cluster architecture also changes the access method versus RDS.

      Aurora clusters, like RDS clusters, use endpoints. These are DNS addresses that are used to connect to the cluster. Unlike RDS, Aurora clusters have multiple endpoints that are available for an application. As a minimum, you have the cluster endpoint and the reader endpoint. The cluster endpoint always points at the primary instance, and that's the endpoint that can be used for read and write operations. The reader endpoint will also point at the primary instance if that's all that there is, but if there are replicas, then the reader endpoint will load balance across all of the available replicas, and this can be used for read operations.

      Now, this makes it much easier to manage read scaling using Aurora versus RDS because as you add additional replicas, which can be used for reads, this reader endpoint is automatically updated to load balance across these new replicas. You can also create custom endpoints, and in addition to that, each instance, so the primary and any of the replicas, has their own unique endpoint. So, Aurora allows for a much more custom and complex architecture versus RDS.

      So, let’s move on and talk about costs. With Aurora, one of the biggest downsides is that there isn’t actually a free tier option. You can’t use Aurora within the free tier, and that’s because Aurora doesn’t support the micro instances that are available inside the free tier. But for any instances beyond an RDS single AZ micro-sized instance, Aurora offers much better value. For any compute that you use, there's an hourly charge, and you'll bill per second with a 10-minute minimum. For storage, you’ll bill based on a gigabyte month consumed metric, of course taking into account the high watermark. So, this is based on the maximum amount of storage that you've consumed during the lifetime of that cluster, and as well, there is an I/O cost per request made to the cluster shared storage.

      Now, in terms of backups, you're given 100% of the storage consumption for the cluster in free backup allocation. So, if your database cluster is 100GIB, then you're given 100GIB of storage for backups as part of what you pay for that cluster. So, for most situations, for anything low usage or medium usage, unless you've got high turnover in data or unless you keep the data for long retention periods, in most cases, you'll find that the backup costs are often included in the charge that you pay for the database cluster itself.

      Now, Aurora provides some other really exciting features. In general, though, backups in Aurora work in much the same way as they do in RDS. So, for normal backup features, for automatic backups, for manual snapshot backups, this all works in the same way as any other RDS engine, and restores will create a brand-new cluster. So, you've experienced this in the previous demo lesson where you created a brand-new RDS instance from a snapshot, and this architecture by default doesn't change when you use Aurora.

      But you've also got some advanced features, which can change the way that you do things. One of those is backtrack, and this is something that needs to be enabled on a per-cluster basis. It will allow you to roll back your database to a previous point in time. So, consider the scenario where you've got major corruption inside an Aurora cluster, and you can identify the point at which that corruption occurred. Well, rather than having to do a restore to a brand-new database at a point in time before that corruption, if you enable backtrack, you can simply roll back in place your existing Aurora cluster to a point before that corruption occurred. And that means you don’t have to reconfigure your applications; you simply allow them to carry on using the same cluster—it's just the data is rolled back to a previous state before the corruption occurred.

      You need to enable this on a per-cluster basis, and you can adjust the window that backtrack will work for, but this is a really powerful feature that's exclusive, at the time of creating this lesson, to Aurora. You also have the ability to create what's known as a fast clone, and a fast clone allows you to create a brand-new database from an existing database. But crucially, it doesn't make a one-for-one copy of the storage for that database. What it does is it references the original storage, and it only stores any differences between those two.

      Now, differences can be either that you update the storage in your cloned database, or it can also be that data is updated in the original database, which means that your clone needs a copy of that data before it was changed on the source. So, essentially, your cloned database only uses a tiny amount of storage—it only stores data that's changed in the clone or changed in the original after you make the clone, and that means that you can create clones much faster than if you had to copy all of the data bit by bit. It also means that these clones don’t consume anywhere near the full amount of data—they only store the changes between the source data and the clone.

      So, I know that’s a lot of architecture to remember. I’ve tried to quickly step through all of the differences between Aurora and the other RDS engines. You’ll have lessons upcoming later in this section, which deep dive into a little bit more depth of specific Aurora features that I think you will need for the exam, but in this lesson, I just wanted to provide a broad-level overview of the differences between Aurora and the other RDS engines.

      So, in the next demo lesson, you're going to get the opportunity to migrate the data for our WordPress application stack from the RDS MariaDB engine into the Aurora engine. So, you'll get some experience of creating an Aurora cluster and interacting with it with some data that you've migrated, but at this point, that's all of the theory that I wanted to cover. So, go ahead, complete this video, and when you're ready, I'll look forward to you joining me in the next.

    1. Welcome back, and in this video, I want to talk about how RDS can be backed up and restored, as well as covering the different methods of backup that we have available. Now we do have a lot to cover, so let's jump in and get started. Within RDS, there are two types of backup-like functionality: automated backups and snapshots. Both of these are stored in S3, but they use AWS-managed buckets, so they won't be visible to you within your AWS console. You can see backups in the RDS console, but you can't move to S3 and see any form of RDS bucket, which exists for backups. Keep this in mind because I've seen questions on it in the exam.

      Now, the benefits of using S3 is that any data contained in backups is now regionally resilient, because it's stored in S3, which replicates data across multiple AWS availability zones within that region. RDS backups, when they do occur, are taken in most cases from the standby instance if you have multi-AZ enabled. So, while they do cause an I/O pause, this occurs from the standby instance, and so there won't be any application performance issues. If you don't use multi-AZ, for example, with test and development instances, then the backups are taken from the only available instance, so you may have pauses in performance.

      Now, I want to step through how backups work in a little bit more detail, and I'm going to start with snapshots. Snapshots aren't automatic; they're things that you run explicitly or via a script or custom application. You have to run them against an RDS database instance. They're stored in S3, which is managed by AWS, and they function like the EBS snapshots that you've covered elsewhere in the course. Snapshots and automated backups are taken of the instance, which means all the databases within it, rather than just a single database. The first snapshot is a full copy of the data stored within the instance, and from then on, snapshots only store data which has changed since the last snapshot.

      When any snapshot occurs, there is a brief interruption to the flow of data between the compute resource and the storage. If you're using single AZ, this can impact your application. If you're using multi-AZ, this occurs on the standby, and so won't have any noticeable effect. Time-wise, the initial snapshot might take a while; after all, it's a full copy of the data. From then on, snapshots will be much quicker because only changed data is being stored. Now, the exception to this are instances where there's a lot of data change. In this type of scenario, snapshots after the initial one can also take significant amounts of time. Snapshots don't expire; you have to clear them up yourself. It means that snapshots live on past when you delete the RDS instance. Again, they're only deleted when you delete them manually or via some external process. Remember that one because it matters for the exam.

      Now you can run one snapshot per month, one per week, one per day, or one per hour. The choice is yours because they're manual. And one way that lower recovery point objectives can be met is by taking more frequent snapshots. The lower the time frame between snapshots, the lower the maximum data loss that can occur when you have a failure. Now, this is assuming we only have snapshots available, but there is another part to RDS backups, and that's automated backups. These occur once per day, but the architecture is the same. The first one is a full, and any ones which follow only store changed data. So far, you can think of them as though they're automated snapshots, because that's what they are. They occur during a backup window which is defined on the instance. You can allow AWS to pick one at random or use a window which fits your business. If you're using single AZ, you should make sure that this happens during periods of little to no use, as again there will be an I/O pause. If you're using multi-AZ, this isn't a concern, as the backup occurs from the standby.

      In addition to this automated snapshot, every five minutes, database transaction logs are also written to S3. Transaction logs store the actual operations which change the data, so operations which are executed on the database. And together with the snapshots created from the automated backups, this means a database can be restored to a point in time with a five-minute granularity. In theory, this means a five-minute recovery point objective can be reached. Now automated backups aren't retained indefinitely; they're automatically cleared up by AWS, and for a given RDS instance, you can set a retention period from zero to 35 days. Zero means automated backups are disabled, and the maximum is 35 days. If you use a value of 35 days, it means that you can restore to any point in time over that 35-day period using the snapshots and transaction logs, but it means that any data older than 35 days is automatically removed.

      When you delete the database, you can choose to retain any automated backups, but, and this is critical, they still expire based on the retention period. The way to maintain the contents of an RDS instance past this 35-day max retention period is that if you delete an RDS instance, you need to create a final snapshot, and this snapshot is fully under your control and has to be manually deleted as required. Now, RDS also allows you to replicate backups to another AWS region, and by backups, I mean both snapshots and transaction logs. Now, charges apply for both the cross-region data copy and any storage used in the destination region, and I want to stress this really strongly. This is not the default. This has to be configured within automated backups. You have to explicitly enable it.

      Now let's talk a little bit about restores. The way RDS handles restores is really important, and it's not immediately intuitive. It creates a new RDS instance when you restore an automated backup or a manual snapshot. Why this matters is that you will need to update applications to use the new database endpoint address because it will be different than the existing one. When you restore a manual snapshot, you're restoring the database to a single point in time. It's fixed to the time that the snapshot was created, which means it influences the RPO. Unless you created a snapshot right before a failure, then chances are the RPO is going to be suboptimal. Automated backups are different. With these, you can choose a specific point to restore the database to, and this offers substantial improvements to RPO. You can choose to restore to a time which was minutes before a failure.

      The way that it works is that backups are restored from the closest snapshot, and then transaction logs are replayed from that point onwards, all the way through to your chosen time. What's important to understand though is that restoring snapshots isn't a fast process. If appropriate for the exam that you're studying, I'm going to include a demo where you'll get the chance to experience this yourself practically. It can take a significant amount of time to restore a large database, so keep this in mind when you think about disaster recovery and business continuity. The RDS restore time has to be taken into consideration.

      Now in another video elsewhere in this course, I'm going to be covering read replicas, and these offer a way to significantly improve RPO if you want to recover from failure. So, RDS automated backups are great as a recovery to failure, or as a restoration method for any data corruption, but they take time to perform a restore, so account for this within your RTO planning. Now once again, if appropriate for the exam that you're studying, you're going to get the chance to experience a restore in a demo lesson elsewhere in the course, which should reinforce the knowledge that you've gained within this theory video. If you don't see this then don't worry, it's not required for the exam that you're studying.

      At this point though, that is everything I wanted to cover in this video, so go ahead and complete the video, and when you're ready, I'll look forward to you joining me in the next.

    1. Welcome back. This section will be focusing on another type of compute, container computing. To understand the benefits of the AWS products and services which relate to containers, you'll need to understand what containers are and what benefits container computing provides. In this lesson, I aim to teach you just that. It's all theory in this lesson, but immediately following this is a demo lesson where you'll have the chance to make a container yourself. We've got a lot to get through though, so let's jump in and get started.

      Before we start talking about containers, let's set the scene. What we refer to as virtualization should really be called operating system or OS virtualization. It's the process of running multiple operating systems on the same physical hardware. I've already covered the architecture earlier in the course, but as a refresher, we've got an AWS EC2 host running the Nitro hypervisor, and running on this hypervisor, we have a number of virtual machines.

      Part of this lesson's objectives is to understand the difference between operating system virtualization and containers, and so the important thing to realize about these virtual machines is that each of them is an operating system with associated resources. What's often misunderstood is just how much of a virtual machine is taken up by the operating system alone. If you run a virtual machine with say 4GB of RAM and a 40GB disk, the operating system can easily consume 60 to 70% of the disk and much of the available memory, leaving relatively little for the applications which run in those virtual machines as well as the associated runtime environments.

      So with the example on screen now, it's obvious that the guest operating system consumes a large percentage of the amount of resource allocated to each virtual machine. Now what's the likelihood with the example on screen that many of the operating systems are actually the same? Think about your own business servers, how many run Windows, how many run Linux, how many do you think share the same major operating system version. This is duplication. On this example, if all of these guest operating systems used the same or similar operating system, it's wasting resources, it's duplication.

      And what's more, with these virtual machines, the operating system consumes a lot of system resources, so every operation that relates to these virtual machines, every restart, every stop, every start is having to manipulate the entire operating system. If you think about it, what we really want to do with this example is to run applications one through to six in separate isolated protected environments. To do this, do we really need six copies of the same operating system taking up disk space and host resources? Well, the answer is no, not when we use containers.

      Containerization handles things much differently. We still have the host hardware, but instead of virtualization, we have an operating system running on this hardware. Running on top of this is a container engine, and you might have heard of a popular one of these called Docker. A container in some ways is similar to a virtual machine in that it provides an isolated environment which an application can run within, but where virtual machines run a whole isolated operating system on top of a hypervisor, a container runs as a process within the host operating system.

      It's isolated from all of the other processors, but it can use the host operating system for a lot of things like networking and file I/O. For example, if the host operating system was Linux, it could run Docker as a container engine. Linux plus the Docker container engine can run a container. That container would run as a single process within that operating system, potentially one of many. But inside that process, it's like an isolated operating system. It has its own file systems isolated from everything else and it can run child processors inside it, which are also isolated from everything else.

      So a container could run a web server or an application server and do so in a completely isolated way. What this means is that architecturally, a container would look something like this, something which runs on top of the base OS and container engine, but consumes very little memory. In fact, the only consumption of memory or disk is for the application and any runtime environment elements that it needs—so libraries and dependencies. The operating system could run lots of other containers as well, each running an individual application.

      So using containers, we achieve this architecture, which looks very much like the architecture used on the previous example, which use virtualization. We're still running the same six applications, but the difference is that because we don't need to run a full operating system for each application, the containers are much lighter than the virtual machines. And this means that we can run many more containers on the same hardware versus using virtualization. This density, the ability to run more applications on a single piece of hardware is one of the many benefits of containers.

      Let's move on and look at how containers are architected. I want you to start off by thinking about what an EC2 instance actually is, and what it is is a running copy of its EBS volumes, its virtual disks. An EC2 instance's boot volume is used, it's booted and using this, you end up with a running copy of an operating system running in a virtualized environment. A container is no different in this regard. A container is a running copy of what's known as a Docker image.

      Docker images are really special, though. One of the reasons why they're really cool technology-wise is they're actually made up of multiple independent layers. So Docker images are stacks of these layers and not a single monolithic disk image, and you'll see why this matters very shortly. Docker images are created initially by using a Docker file, and this is an example of a simple Docker file which creates an image with a web server inside it ready to run.

      So this Docker file creates this Docker image. Each line in a Docker file is processed one by one and each line creates a new file system layer inside the Docker image that it creates. Let's explore what this means and it might help to look at it visually. All Docker images start off being created either from scratch or they use a base image, and this is what this top line controls. In this case, the Docker image we're making uses CentOS 7 as its base image.

      Now this base image is a minimal file system containing just enough to run an isolated copy of CentOS. All this is is a super thin image of a disk—it just has the basic minimal CentOS 7 base distribution. And so that's what the first line of the Docker file does—it instructs Docker to create our Docker image using as a basis this base image. So the first layer of our Docker image, the first file system layer is this basic CentOS 7 distribution.

      The next line performs some software updates and it installs our web server, Apache in this case, and this adds another layer to the Docker image. So now our image is two layers—the base CentOS 7 image and a layer which just contains the software that we've just installed. This is critical in Docker—the file system layers that make up a Docker image are normally read only. So every change you make is layered on top as another layer, and each layer contains the differences made when creating that layer.

      So then we move on in our Docker file and we have some slight adjustments made at the bottom. It's adding a script which creates another file system layer for a total of three. And this is how a Docker image is made—it starts off either from scratch or using a base layer and then each set of changes in the Docker file adds another layer with just those changes in, and the end result is a Docker image that we can use which consists of individual file system layers.

      Now strictly speaking, the layers in this diagram are upside down—a Docker image consists of layers stacked on each other starting with the base layer. So the layer in red at the bottom and then the blue layer which includes the system updates and the web server should be in the middle and the final layer of customizations in green should be at the top. It was just easier to diagram it in this way but in actuality it should be reversed.

      Now let's look at what images are actually used for—a Docker image is how we create a Docker container. In fact, a Docker container is just a running copy of a Docker image with one crucial difference—a Docker container has an additional read write file system layer. File system layers—so the layers that make up a Docker image by default, they're read only. They never change after they're created, and so this special read write layer is added which allows containers to run anything which happens in the container.

      If log files are generated or if an application generates or reads data, that's all stored in the read write layer of the container. Each layer is differential and so it stores only the changes made against it versus the layers below. Together all stacked up they make what the container sees as a file system. But here is where containers become really cool—because we could use this image to create another container, container two.

      This container is almost identical—it uses the same three base layers. So the CentOS 7 layer in red beginning AB, the web server and updates that are installed in the middle blue layer beginning 8-1 and the final customization layer in green beginning 5-7. They're both the same in both containers—the same layers are used so we don't have any duplication. They're read only layers anyway and so there's no potential for any overwrites.

      The only difference is the read write layer which is different in both of these containers. That's what makes the container separate and keeps things isolated. Now in this particular case if we're running two containers using the same base image then the difference between these containers could be tiny. So rather than virtual machines which have separate disk images which could be tens or hundreds of gigs, containers might only differ by a few meg in each of their read write layers—the rest is reused between both of these containers.

      Now this example has two containers but what if it had 200? The reuse architecture that's offered by the way that containers do their disk images scales really well. Disk usage when you have lots of containers is minimized because of this layered architecture, and the base layers, the operating systems, they're generally made available by the operating system vendors generally via something called a container registry and a popular one of these is known as Docker Hub.

      The function of a container registry is almost revealed in the name—it's a registry or a hub of container images. As a developer or architect you make or use a Docker file to create a container image and then you upload that image to a private repository or a public one such as the Docker Hub, and for public hubs other people will likely do the same including vendors of the base operating system images such as the CentOS example I was just talking about.

      From there these container images can be deployed to Docker hosts which are just servers running a container engine—in this case Docker. Docker hosts can run many containers based on one or more images and a single image can be used to generate containers on many different Docker hosts. Remember a container is a single thing—your eye could take a container image and both use that to generate a container, so that's one container image which can generate many containers, and each of these are completely unique because of this read write layer that a container gets the solo use of.

      Now you can use the Docker Hub to download container images but also upload your own. Private registries can require authentication but public ones are generally open to the world. Now I have to admit I have a bad habit when it comes to containers—I'm usually all about precision in the words that I use but I've started to use Docker and containerization almost interchangeably. In theory, a Docker container is one type of container, a Docker host is one type of container host, and the Docker Hub is a type of container hub or a type of container registry operated by the company Docker.

      Now even I start to use these terms interchangeably I'll try not to, but because of the popularity of Docker and Docker containers you will tend to find that people say Docker when they actually mean containers—so keep an eye out for that one. Now the last thing before we finish up and go to the demo I just want to cover some container key concepts just as a refresher.

      You've learned that Docker files are used to build Docker images and Docker images are these multi-layer file system images which are used to run containers. Containers are a great tool for any solutions architect because they're portable and they always run as expected. If you're a developer and you have an application, if you put that application and all of its libraries into a container, you know that anywhere that there is a compatible container host that that application can run exactly as you intended with the same software versions.

      Portability and consistency are two of the main benefits of using containerized computing. Containers and images are super lightweight—they use the host operating system for the heavy lifting but are otherwise isolated. Layers used within images can be shared and images can be based off other images. Layers are read only and so an image is basically a collection of layers grouped together which can be shared and reused.

      If you have a large container environment, you could have hundreds or thousands of containers which are using a smaller set of container images, and each of those images could be sharing these base file system layers to really save on capacity—so if you've got larger environments, you could significantly save on capacity and resource usage by moving to containers.

      Containers only run what's needed—so the application and whatever the application itself needs. Containers run as a process in the host operating system and so they don't need to be a full operating system. Containers use very little memory and as you will see, they're super fast to start and stop, and yet they provide much of the same level of isolation as virtual machines—so if you don't really need a full and isolated operating system, you should give serious thought to using containerization because it has a lot of benefits, not least is the density that you can achieve using containers.

      Containers are isolated and so anything running in them needs to be exposed to the outside world—so containers can expose ports such as TCP port 80 which is used for HTTP, and so when you expose a container port, the services that that container provides can be accessed from the host and the outside world. It's important to understand that some more complex application stacks can consist of multiple containers—you can use multiple containers in a single architecture either to scale a specific part of the application or when you're using multiple tiers, so you might have a database container, you might have an application container, and these might work together to provide the functionality of the application.

      Okay so that's been a lot of foundational theory and now it's time for a demo. In order to understand AWS's container compute services, you need to understand how containers work. This lesson has been the theory, and the following demo lesson is where you will get some hands-on time by creating your own container image and container. It's a fun way to give you some experience, so I can't wait to step you through it. At this point they'll go ahead and finish this video and when you're ready you can join me in the demo lesson.

    1. Brak ruchu skraca życie o kilka lat! Tadeusz Oleszczuk [Sekrety Długowieczności]
      • 🦶 10,000 steps a day is the minimum<br /> Regular physical activity, even in the form of a 15–30 minute walk daily, can extend life by 3–5 years. The exact number of steps doesn't matter—what counts is consistent movement.

      • 🔁 Day of effort, day of rest<br /> Daily intense exercise, such as running 10 km, can lead to physiological stress. A recommended rhythm is one day of activity followed by one day of recovery, which supports the creation of new mitochondria.

      • 🌬️ What happens during the break<br /> On the rest day, the body prepares for the next activity: it creates mitochondria, replenishes energy, and regenerates cellular structures.

      • 🧠 Physical activity affects the brain and hormones<br /> Movement reduces cortisol, which increases levels of testosterone and estrogen. This influences libido and overall mood.

      • 💧 Hydration is essential<br /> Activity increases water loss—you should drink at least 1.5–2.5 liters of water daily. Avoid dehydration caused by coffee, alcohol, and tea.

      • 🌲 Best activity is outdoors<br /> Walking in the forest is more beneficial than exercising in the city—better microbiota, fewer toxins, and cleaner air.

      📊 Insights Based on Numbers

      • 🚶‍♀️ 15-minute walk daily = +3 years of life
      • 🏃‍♂️ 30 minutes daily = +5 years of life
      • 💧 Body loses about 2.5 liters of water daily through sweat, breath, and urine
      • 🏃‍♂️ 4 km walk to and from work = full daily dose of activity
    1. 死锁检测以及相应开销

      由于事务之间可能产生死锁,因此要么设置最大等待超时时间,要么设置死锁检测。

      死锁检测

      1. 维护等待图(Wait-for Graph)

      InnoDB 内部维护一个有向图,图中的节点表示事务(Transaction),边表示锁的等待关系。

      例如:事务A持有行X的锁,事务B请求行X的锁并被阻塞,则图中有一条边从B指向A(B→A,表示B在等待A释放锁)。

      当某个事务请求锁时,如果锁已被其他事务持有,InnoDB 会更新等待图,添加一条新的边。

      2. 检测环(Cycle)

      每次有事务请求锁失败(进入等待状态)时,InnoDB 会触发死锁检测。

      深度优先搜索(DFS):InnoDB 通过DFS遍历等待图,检查是否存在环。如果发现环,则判定为死锁。

      优化:为了减少性能开销,InnoDB 不会每次都全图遍历,而是从新加入的边出发,仅检查可能形成环的路径。

      3. 选择牺牲者(Victim)

      如果检测到死锁,InnoDB 会选择一个事务作为牺牲者(通常选择回滚成本更低的事务,例如修改数据量较小的事务),强制回滚该事务,并释放其持有的锁。

      回滚后,等待图中对应的边被移除,其他被阻塞的事务可以继续执行。

      死锁的开销

      问题

      因此由于事务的不断加入,图会变得越来越大,进行环检测是O(n)的操作,若n很大则cpu大量消耗。

      解决

      可以通过中间件对操作相同key的事务限流,这样事务虽然也在等待,但是没有增加死锁检测的负担。

    1. En los documentos nacionales de política científicay en la bibliografíasobretaxonomía de la ciencia abierta (p.ej. Silveira et al., 2023)los preprints se contemplan como un componente esencial tanto de la ruta verde delacceso abierto como de una ciencia más transparente, ágil y participativa, e

      Aquí hay dos cuestiones: 1) que actualmente el movimiento de ciencia abierta se está concentrando más en el tema de los datos de investigación y se está dejando de lado (o no dándole la importancia debida) a otras tareas que pueden hacer a las revistas de acceso abierto más abiertas. 2) Por otro lado, si bien no se pone en duda la utilidad del preprint para comunicar de manera rápida los resultados de investigación hay una contradicción que debería discutirse. Si la ciencia abierta busca que dicha ciencia sea más democrática y participativa, esto es, que la sociedad civil pueda participar de sus procesos (p.e. la ciencia ciudadana) cabría preguntarse si los preprints son la mejor herramienta disponible. Y aquí vuelvo al tema de la capacidad que tienen para llegar a los lectores. Si los preprints pueden llegar a lectores no especializados (que buscamos involucrar en la producción científica), pero éstos no tienen las herramientas necesarias para distinguir un trabajo que ha pasado el proceso de filtrado (ergo, ya ha sido validado por la comunidad científica y ha pasado por un proceso de curado) de uno que sólo ha sido "colgado" y que, en un proceso de revisión por pares, podría ser rechazado por tener información errónea, incompleta o, incluso falsa ¿cómo dotar a esos lectores no especializados que buscamos involucrar de habilidades para discriminar información? Quizás ésta sea una razón para que las revistas sí deberían aceptar preprints para el proceso de evaluación, no obstante, cabría también preguntarnos sobre las ventajas de su proliferación cuando la producción supera con mucho la capacidad de la comunidad científica para dialogar y revisar estos preprints. Me parece que hacernos estas preguntas es especialmente importante en una época donde el terraplanismo vuelve a encontrar espacios de difusión, no para rechazar los preprints, sino para pensar cómo nos hacemos cargo de los efectos adversos que pudieran traer consigo. También para preguntarnos sobre la capacidad que tienen los repositorios para encontrar a los lectores. No es el objetivo de este artículo, claro está, pero se trata de un texto estimulante que alienta muchas preguntas y discusiones en torno a qué políticas asumimos o no en las revistas.

    2. o que a partes iguales sería imputable al déficit de las plantillas y a su aplicación por parte de las revistas sinla necesaria reflexión sobre la necesidad de adaptación a sus decisiones editoriales sobre el tema de los preprints.

      ¡!

    3. ya que se justifica la prohibición del autoarchivo de la versión enviada, o de la versión evaluada previa a la versión editorial, como solución para evitar que la revista pierda citas en determinadas bases de datos como resultado de la dispersión de versiones circulantes en los repositorios institucionales y de investigación que no se citan identificando correctamente el vínculo con la revista.

      Creo que el argumento principal para que las políticas de autoarchivo consideren la versión final publicada por la revista debería ser porque ésta ya pasó el proceso de filtrado y curación del contenido (marcos y modelos) en el que se han corregido o eliminado los errores y ambigüedades que pudo haber tenido el texto (sea por el proceso de revisión por pares, sea por el proceso de cuidado editorial). ¿Vale leer un texto que tiene errores e inconsistencias? Recordemos también que las políticas de autoarchivo se generaron también como respuesta a las editoriales comerciales que mantenían bajo muros de pago los contenidos, de manera que sugerir que sea la versión editada la que se guarde en los repositorios debería ser también un criterio de acceso abierto.

    4. stos resultados son consistentes con una mayor tradición de los preprints en los ámbitos de las ciencias experimentales, en los que la cultura de comunicación científica valora la necesidad de una mayor agilidad en la presentación de resultados (Ni & Waltman, 2024)y en los que la incorporación de prácticas de ciencia abierta es más palpable (Klebel et al., 2020)

      Si bien la evidencia al respecto es abundante (incluido este artículo), cabría también problematizar este tema pues una de las razones por las que se ha popularizado el preprint no es sólo la búsqueda de mayor agilidad en la comunicación científica, sino que se vincula también con la productividad ligada al sistema de evaluación. Y el resultado de ésta es que tenemos más textos que lectores posibles. Ello nos trae de vuelta la importancia que tiene, en la publicación y edición, el proceso de amplificación y éste de vuelta al papel y función real que tienen los preprints (¿son una herramienta de la ciencia abierta o un resultado del "publish or perish" y, en ese sentido, sí son una forma de publicación? ¿son ambas? ¿Ninguna?)

    5. en el trabajo de campo se pudo observar que el papel de las plantillas de OJS es muy relevante en la forma en la que los editores formulan sus instrucciones a los autores y sus políticas, pues se constató que un buen número de revistas de editoriales muy diferentes presentan textos idénticos o muy similares.

      Este hallazgo es muy importante y pone de manifiesto los "inconvenientes" de ciertas formas de estandarizar los procesos de gestión editorial. En todo caso, abre todo un camino de trabajo posible con editores pues no debería dejarse al uso de ciertas herramientas las decisiones de política editorial (eso sin mencionar el problema de falta de identidad que trae a las revistas)

    6. as menciones confusas y la falta de menciones a los preprints en los sitios web de las revistas son ampliamente mayoritarios, por lo tanto, se reproducen abundantemente cualesquiera que sean los datos consignados en OPF y Dulcinea

      Quizás sería conveniente explicar por qué se decidió acudir a esas bases de datos para consultar las políticas de autoarchivo y no sólo verificarlas en las páginas web de las revisas como se hizo con el análisis de preprints, sobre todo porque esta parte resulta un poco confusa al tener que considerar las discrepancias tanto entre las dos bases como entre las bases y las páginas web. Se entiende que dichas bases están hechas para consignar esa información, pero quizás la razón de las discrepancias está más vinculada con la utilidad de esas bases de datos. En todo caso, habría que analizar si esas consideraciones ayudan al argumento central sobre la falta de claridad o explicitación (o de toma de decisiones) sobre las políticas de autoarchivo.

    7. se consideró como muestra representativa de la edición académica española el conjunto de los títulos presentes en los cuartiles Q1 y Q2 de la edición 2022 del Scimago Journal & Country Rank (SJ&CR)

      Faltaría argumentar por qué esa muestra es representativa o por qué se consideró ideónea para el análisis propuesto (si esa selección es más comprehensiva que otras bases de datos, por ejemplo). También por qué sólo considerar los Q1 y Q2 (¿se considera que a mayor cuartil mayor cuidado editorial?, sería una hipótesis arriesgada)

    8. del Committee on Publication Ethics (COPE)se ha fijado un consenso sobre la consideración de lospreprints como documentos no-publicados, aunque estén en acceso público

      Si bien no es el objetivo del artículo pues éste plantea "Más allá de la legítima decisión editorial de aceptar o no aceptar preprints, lo que está en juego en este proceso de transformación del ciclo de la comunicación científica es la claridad con la que las revistas definen su posición", sí me parece importante problematizar, desde el ámbito de la edición, qué se entiende por publicar. La idea que subyace a la distinción de COPE y Crossref es entender la edición en su acepción más tradicional: un texto es público, pero no publicado, en tanto no ha pasado por el proceso de edición, esto es, revisión por pares (principalmente) y cuidado editorial (corrección, formación). No obstante, si atendemos a la teoría de la edición que propone Michael Bhaskar el trabajo de edición consiste en dotar al contenido de: marcos, modelos (entre éstos dos se encontrarían las tareas de cuidado editorial, pero no sólo), filtrado y amplificación, es decir, publicar está estrechamente vinculado a la tarea de dar a conocer, de difundir. Efectivamente, en los preprints no hay un trabajo de filtrado (que en edición académica es, principalmente, la tarea de revisión por pares sea ciega o abierta, aunque también el cuidado editorial), pero la propia configuración de los repositorios permiten tareas de amplificación (además de proporcionar marcos, es decir, formas de experimentar el contenido) pues los metadatos y la interoperabilidad hacen que el contenido sea visible y encontrable (trazabilidad y persistencia, mencionan ustedes). En síntesis, para hablar de publicación debe considerarse siempre las tareas de difusión y apropiación del contenido (con ello, se considera la edición no sólo desde quien emite, sino también a quien recibe el contenido: los lectores), ello vuelve más problemático cómo clasificar un material que "sólo es colgado" por el autor, pero que encuentra lectores. En todo caso, más que una reflexión teórica sobre el tema, más adelante plantearé cómo esta característica sí tiene implicaciones en el paradigma de la ciencia abierta, así como preguntas que los editores debemos plantearnos cómo resolver.

    1. Existen muchas líneas de comunicación y los expertos tienen muchas oportunidades no sólo de ser escuchados sino de influir directamente en la administración de políticas educativas. Digamos que son los expertos, universitarios o escolares que, trascendiendo a los vaivenes políticos de los partidos en el poder, hacen valer su opinión.

      Si hacen valer su opinión y además trascienden los cambios gubernamentales, tienes planes y programas de transformación educativa de larga duración y largo alcance.

    2. lo que el famoso Informe Coleman del sociólogo del mismo nombre halló en 1966: la familia es más importante que la escuela; la pobreza y la segregación, racial o económica, son cruciales para explicar la diferencia en el desempeño de los estudiantes y las escuelas.

      Bueno, me acabo de enterar que no es una condición específica de mi país.

  6. pressbooks.library.torontomu.ca pressbooks.library.torontomu.ca
    1. Walking has never fazed me. I just set out in the right direction, counting the blocks under my breath, and when I walked into the lobby of the hotel I was perfectly sober and my feet only slightly swollen, but that was my own fault because I hadn’t bothered to wear any stockings.

      are we surpised she was able to get home safe w/o issue....

    1. REPRESENTING ALTERITY IN A POST-COLONIALCONTEXT: LÍDIA JORGE’S A COSTA DOS MURMÚRIOSAND ITS ENGLISH AND FRENCH TRANSLATIONS

      Leia o artigo e faça os comentários que lhe parecerem mais relevantes. Pretende-se que reflita sobre a aplicabilidade da teoria à análise de traduções

    1. 核物理:原子核中质子和中子的排列也受泡利原理限制,影响核稳定性。

      好的,我们来详细解释一下泡利不相容原理如何在原子核内部应用于质子和中子,并深刻影响原子核的稳定性

      (当前时间:2025年4月12日 16:06,地点:新加坡)

      1. 原子核的组成与核子的费米子特性

      • 原子核主要由两种粒子构成:带正电的质子(protons, p⁺)和不带电的中子(neutrons, n)。它们统称为核子(nucleons)
      • 质子和中子都是费米子,它们的自旋量子数都是 1/2。

      2. 泡利原理在原子核内的应用

      • 由于核子是费米子,它们在原子核这个有限的空间内排布时,必须严格遵守泡利不相容原理。这意味着:
        • 任意两个质子不能处于完全相同的量子态。
        • 任意两个中子也不能处于完全相同的量子态。
        • 但是,一个质子和一个中子可以处于相同的空间和自旋状态,因为它们不是全同粒子(电荷不同)。泡利原理只限制全同费米子。

      3. 核壳层模型(Nuclear Shell Model)

      • 为了理解核子在原子核内的排布及其能量状态,物理学家发展了核壳层模型,这与原子物理中电子占据原子壳层的图像非常相似。
      • 核能级: 该模型认为,每个核子在原子核内并不是随意运动的,而是在由其他所有核子共同产生的平均势场中运动,并占据着分立的能量状态(能级)。这些能级可以像电子壳层一样,组合成不同的“核壳层”。
      • 质子与中子的独立壳层: 由于质子之间存在库仑排斥力,而中子之间没有,并且核力(强相互作用)对质子和中子的作用也略有不同,因此在模型中,质子和中子分别填充各自独立的势阱和能级系统。可以想象成原子核内有两套并行的“阶梯”,一套给质子爬,一套给中子爬。
      • 填充规则:
        • 质子按照泡利不相容原理,从最低能级开始,逐个填充可用的质子能级,每个能级最多容纳两个自旋相反的质子。
        • 中子同样按照泡利不相容原理,独立地从最低能级开始,逐个填充可用的中子能级,每个能级最多容纳两个自旋相反的中子。

      4. 泡利原理对核稳定性的影响

      泡利原理通过上述方式主导核子的填充,直接并深刻地影响了原子核的许多性质,尤其是稳定性:

      • 幻数(Magic Numbers):

        • 类似于原子物理中,电子填满壳层时惰性气体元素特别稳定,当原子核中的质子数(Z)或中子数(N)等于某些特定数值(2, 8, 20, 28, 50, 82, 126)时,对应的核壳层被填满,原子核会表现出异常的稳定性。这些数值被称为幻数
        • 幻数核通常具有更高的结合能(更难被拆开)、更高的第一激发态能量(更难被激发)、更小的中子俘获截面以及在自然界中更高的丰度。
        • 如果 Z 和 N 同时为幻数,则称为双幻核(如 ⁴He, ¹⁶O, ⁴⁰Ca, ²⁰⁸Pb),它们是所有原子核中最稳定的一类。幻数的存在是核壳层模型和泡利原理在原子核内有效性的强有力证据。
      • 中子-质子比(N/Z 比):

        • 轻核(A较小): 对于较轻的原子核,最稳定的同位素往往具有接近相等的中子数和质子数(N ≈ Z)。这是因为质子和中子的能级结构在低能级时非常相似。如果一个轻核有过多中子(N >> Z),根据泡利原理,这些多余的中子会被迫填充到能量非常高的中子能级上。此时,一个高能量的中子通过β⁻衰变(n → p⁺ + e⁻ + ν̄<0xE2><0x82><0x91>)转变为一个质子,并占据一个能量更低且未被占据的质子能级,对整个原子核来说在能量上是更有利的。反之亦然(如果质子过多,可能发生β⁺衰变或电子俘获)。这驱动原子核向 N ≈ Z 的稳定线靠近。
        • 重核(A较大): 对于重原子核,质子间的库仑排斥力变得越来越重要,它会抬高质子能级的能量。为了维持稳定,需要更多的中子(N > Z)来提供额外的核力吸引(核力对n-n, p-p, n-p都起作用)以平衡库仑斥力。同时,由于质子能级相对较高,填充更多中子到较低的中子能级比填充质子到更高的质子能级在能量上更优。如果强行让N=Z,许多质子会被泡利原理推到非常高的能级,导致不稳定。
        • 对称能/不对称能: 原子核的结合能中有一项称为对称能(或不对称能),它描述了当中子数和质子数偏离最佳比例时(对轻核是N≈Z,对重核是某个N>Z的比例)原子核能量的增加。这种能量惩罚的根源之一就是泡利原理:将多余的同种核子强行塞入更高的能级会增加系统的总能量。
      • 核内核子衰变的抑制: 如前所述,泡利原理阻止了核内中子(或质子)轻易地发生β衰变,因为衰变产物需要占据的低能级状态通常已被填满。

      • 核物质的不可压缩性: 泡利阻塞效应与核力的短程排斥特性一起,使得核物质具有一定的不可压缩性。即使在巨大压力下(如中子星内部),核子也因为无法挤入已被占据的低动量状态而产生巨大的简并压力,维持了核物质大致恒定的密度。

      总结:

      泡利不相容原理是核物理中的基本法则。它规定了作为费米子的质子和中子如何在原子核内填充由核力产生的有效能级(核壳层模型)。这种填充规则直接导致了核物理中许多关键现象:解释了为何存在特别稳定的“幻数核”;决定了不同质量原子核稳定存在的最佳中子-质子比例;抑制了核内粒子的衰变;并对核物质的密度和状态方程产生重要影响。简而言らず,泡利原理是塑造原子核结构和决定其稳定性的基石之一。

    1. Welcome back and in this lesson I want to talk about two volume types available within AWS GP2 and GP3. Now GP2 is the default general purpose SSD based storage provided by EBS, and GP3 is a newer storage type which I want to include because I expect it to feature on all of the exams very soon. Now let's just jump in and get started.

      General Purpose SSD storage provided by EBS was a game changer when it was first introduced; it's high performance storage for a fairly low price. Now GP2 was the first iteration and it's what I'm going to be covering first because it has a simple but initially difficult to understand architecture, so I want to get this out of the way first because it will help you understand the different storage types.

      When you first create a GP2 volume it can be as small as 1 GB or as large as 16 TB, and when you create it the volume is created with an I/O credit allocation. Think of this like a bucket. So an I/O is one input output operation, and an I/O credit is a 16 kb chunk of data. So an I/O is one chunk of 16 kilobytes in one second; if you're transferring a 160 kb file that represents 10 I/O blocks of data—so 10 blocks of 16 kb—and if you do that all in one second that's 10 credits in one second, so 10 I/Ops.

      When you aren't using the volume much you aren't using many I/Ops and you aren't using many credits, but during periods of high disc load you're going to be pushing a volume hard and because of that it's consuming more credits—for example during system boots or backups or heavy database work. Now if you have no credits in this I/O bucket you can't perform any I/O on the disc.

      The I/O bucket has a capacity of 5.4 million I/O credits, and it fills at the baseline performance rate of the volume. So what does this mean? Well, every volume has a baseline performance based on its size with a minimum—so streaming into the bucket at all times is a 100 I/O credits per second refill rate. This means as an absolute minimum regardless of anything else you can consume 100 I/O credits per second which is 100 I/Ops.

      Now the actual baseline rate which you get with GP2 is based on the volume size—you get 3 I/O credits per second per GB of volume size. This means that a 100 GB volume gets 300 I/O credits per second refilling the bucket. Anything below 33.33 recurring GB gets this 100 I/O minimum, and anything above 33.33 recurring gets 3 times the size of the volume as a baseline performance rate.

      Now you aren't limited to only consuming at this baseline rate—by default GP2 can burst up to 3000 I/Ops so you can do up to 3000 input output operations of 16 kb in one second, and that's referred to as your burst rate. It means that if you have heavy workloads which aren't constant you aren't limited by your baseline performance rate of 3 times the GB size of the volume, so you can have a small volume which has periodic heavy workloads and that's OK.

      What's even better is that the credit bucket it starts off full—so 5.4 million I/O credits—and this means that you could run it at 3000 I/Ops, so 3000 I/O per second for a full 30 minutes, and that assumes that your bucket isn't filling up with new credits which it always is. So in reality you can run at full burst for much longer, and this is great if your volumes are used initially for any really heavy workloads because this initial allocation is a great buffer.

      The key takeaway at this point is if you're consuming more I/O credits than the rate at which your bucket is refilling then you're depleting the bucket—so if you burst up to 3000 I/Ops and your baseline performance is lower then over time you're decreasing your credit bucket. If you're consuming less than your baseline performance then your bucket is replenishing, and one of the key factors of this type of storage is the requirement that you manage all of the credit buckets of all of your volumes, so you need to ensure that they're staying replenished and not depleting down to zero.

      Now because every volume is credited with 3 I/O credits per second for every GB in size, volumes which are up to 1 TB in size they'll use this I/O credit architecture, but for volumes larger than 1 TB they will have a baseline equal to or exceeding the burst rate of 3000—and so they will always achieve their baseline performance as standard; they don't use this credit system. The maximum I/O per second for GP2 is currently 16000, so any volumes above 5.33 recurring TB in size achieves this maximum rate constantly.

      GP2 is a really flexible type of storage which is good for general usage—at the time of creating this lesson it's the default but I expect that to change over time to GP3 which I'm going to be talking about next. GP2 is great for boot volumes, for low latency interactive applications or for dev and test environments—anything where you don't have a reason to pick something else. It can be used for boot volumes and as I've mentioned previously it is currently the default; again over time I expect GP3 to replace this as it's actually cheaper in most cases but more on this in a second.

      You can also use the elastic volume feature to change the storage type between GP2 and all of the others, and I'll be showing you how that works in an upcoming lesson if you're doing the CIS Ops or developer associate courses. If you're doing the architecture stream then this architecture theory is enough.

      At this point I want to move on and explain exactly how GP3 is different. GP3 is also SSD based but it removes the credit bucket architecture of GP2 for something much simpler. Every GP3 volume regardless of size starts with a standard 3000 IOPS—so 3000 16 kB operations per second—and it can transfer 125 MB per second. That’s standard regardless of volume size, and just like GP2 volumes can range from 1 GB through to 16 TB.

      Now the base price for GP3 at the time of creating this lesson is 20% cheaper than GP2, so if you only intend to use up to 3000 IOPS then it's a no brainer—you should pick GP3 rather than GP2. If you need more performance then you can pay for up to 16000 IOPS and up to 1000 MB per second of throughput, and even with those extras generally it works out to be more economical than GP2.

      GP3 offers a higher max throughput as well so you can get up to 1000 MB per second versus the 250 MB per second maximum of GP2—so GP3 is just simpler to understand for most people versus GP2 and I think over time it's going to be the default. For now though at the time of creating this lesson GP2 is still the default.

      In summary GP3 is like GP2 and IO1—which I'll cover soon—had a baby; you get some of the benefits of both in a new type of general purpose SSD storage. Now the usage scenarios for GP3 are also much the same as GP2—so virtual desktops, medium sized databases, low latency applications, dev and test environments and boot volumes.

      You can safely swap GP2 to GP3 at any point but just be aware that for anything above 3000 IOPS the performance doesn't get added automatically like with GP2 which scales on size. With GP3 you would need to add these extra IOPS which come at an extra cost and that's the same with any additional throughput—beyond the 125 MB per second standard it's an additional extra, but still even including those extras for most things this storage type is more economical than GP2.

      At this point that's everything that I wanted to cover about the general purpose SSD volume types in this lesson—go ahead, complete the lesson and then when you're ready, I'll look forward to you joining me in the next.

    1. Welcome back—this is part two of this lesson, and we're going to continue immediately from the end of part one, so let's get started.

      Now, this is an overview of all of the different categories of instances, and then for each category, the most popular or current generation types that are available; I created this with the hope that it will help you retain this information.

      This is the type of thing that I would generally print out or keep an electronic copy of and refer to constantly as we go through the course—by doing so, whenever we talk about particular size and type and generation of instance, if you refer to the details in the notes column, you'll be able to start making a mental association between the type and then what additional features you get.

      So, for example, if we look at the general purpose category, we've got three main entries in that category: we've got the A1 and M6G types, and these are a specific type of instance that are based on ARM processors—so the A1 uses the AWS-designed Graviton ARM processor, and the M6G uses the generation 2, so Graviton 2 ARM-based processor.

      And using ARM-based processors, as long as you've got operating systems and applications that can run under the architecture, they can be very efficient—so you can use smaller instances with lower cost and achieve really great levels of performance.

      The T3 and T3A instance types are burstable instances, so the assumption with those types of instances is that your normal CPU load will be fairly low, and you have an allocation of burst credits that allows you to burst up to higher levels occasionally but then return to that normally low CPU level.

      So this type of instance—T3 and T3A—are really good for machines which have low normal loads with occasional bursts, and they're a lot cheaper than the other types of general purpose instances.

      Then we've got M5, M5A, and M5N—so M5 is your starting point, M5A uses the AMD architecture whereas normal M5s just use Intel, and these are your steady-state general instances.

      So if you don't have a burst requirement and you're running a certain type of application server which requires consistent steady-state CPU, then you might use the M5 type—maybe a heavily used Exchange email server that runs normally at 60% CPU utilization might be a good candidate for M5.

      But if you've got a domain controller or an email relay server that normally runs maybe at 2%, 3% with occasional bursts up to 20%, 30%, or 40%, then you might want to run a T-type instance.

      Now, not to go through all of these in detail, we've got the compute optimized category with the C5 and C5N, and they go for media encoding, scientific modeling, gaming servers, general machine learning.

      For memory optimized, we start off with R5 and R5A; if you want to use really large in-memory applications, you've got the X1 and the X1E; if you want the highest memory of all A-to-the-U instances, you've got the high memory series; and you've got the Z1D, which comes with large memory and NVMe storage.

      Then, Accelerated Computing—these are the ones that come with these additional capabilities, so the P3 type and G4 type come with different types of GPUs: the P type is great for parallel processing and machine learning, while the G type is kind of okay for machine learning and much better for graphics-intensive requirements.

      You've got the F1 type, which comes with field programmable gate arrays, which is great for genomics, financial analysis, and big data—anything where you want to program the hardware to do specific tasks.

      You've got the Inf1 type, which is relatively new, custom-designed for machine learning—so recommendation forecasting, analysis, voice conversation, anything machine learning-related, look at using that type.

      And then, storage-optimized instances—these come with high-speed local storage, and depending on the type you pick, you can get high throughput or maximum I/O or somewhere in between.

      So, keep this somewhere safe, print it out, keep it electronically, and as we go through the course and use the different types of instances, refer to this and start making the mental association between what a category is, what instance types are in that category, and then what benefits they provide.

      Now again, don't worry about memorizing all of this for the exam—you don't need it—I'll draw out anything specific that you need as we go through the course, but just try to get a feel for which letters are in which categories.

      If that's the minimum that you can do—if I can give you a letter like the T type, or the C type, or the R type—and you can try and understand the mental association with which category that goes into, that will be a great step.

      And there are ways we can do this—we can make these associations—so C stands for compute, R stands for RAM (which is a way for describing memory), we've got I which stands for I/O, D which stands for dense storage, G which stands for GPU, P which stands for parallel processing; there's lots of different mind tricks and mental associations that we can do, and as we go through the course, I'll try and help you with that.

      But as a minimum, either print this out or store it somewhere safe and refer to it as we go through the course.

      The key thing to understand though is how picking an instance type is specific to a particular type of computing scenario—so if you've got an application that requires maximum CPU, look at compute optimized; if you need memory, look at memory optimized; if you've got a specific type of acceleration, look at accelerated computing; start off in the general purpose instance types and then go out from there as you've got a particular requirement to.

      Now before we finish up, I did want to demonstrate two really useful sites that I refer to constantly—I'll include links to both of these in the lesson text.

      The first one is the Amazon documentation site for Amazon EC2 instance types—this gives you a follow-up view of all the different categories of EC2 instances.

      You can look in a category, a particular family and generation of instance—so T3—and then in there you can see the use cases that this is suited to, any particular features, and then a list of each instance size and exactly what allocation of resources that you get and then any particular notes that you need to be aware of.

      So this is definitely something you should refer to constantly, especially if you're selecting instances to use for production usage.

      This other website is something similar—it’s EC2instances.info—and it provides a really great sortable list which can be filtered and adjusted with different attributes and columns, which give you an overview of exactly what each instance provides.

      So you can either search for a particular type of instance—maybe a T3—and then see all the different sizes and capabilities of T3; as well as that, you can see the different costings for those instance types—so Linux on-demand, Linux reserved, Windows on-demand, Windows reserved—and we’ll talk about what this reserved column is later in the course.

      You can also click on columns and show different data for these different instance types, so if I scroll down, you can see which offer EBS optimization, you can see which operating systems these different instances are compatible with, and you've got a lot of options to manipulate this data.

      I find this to be one of the most useful third-party sites—I always refer back to this when I’m doing any consultancy—so this is a really great site.

      And again, it will go into the lesson text, so definitely as you’re going through the course, experiment and have a play around with this data, and just start to get familiar with the different capabilities of the different types of EC2 instances.

      With that being said, that’s everything I wanted to cover in this lesson—you’ve done really well, and there’s been a lot of theory, but it will come in handy in the exam and real-world usage.

      So go ahead, complete this video, and when you’re ready, you can join me in the next.

    1. Welcome back and in this first lesson of the EC2 section of the course, I want to cover the basics of virtualization as briefly as possible. EC2 provides virtualization as a service. It's an infrastructure as a service or I/O product. To understand all the value it provides and why some of the features work the way that they do, understanding the fundamentals of virtualization is essential. So that's what this lesson aims to do.

      Now, I want to be super clear about one thing. This is an introduction level lesson. There's a lot more to virtualization than I can talk about in this brief lesson. This lesson is just enough to get you started, but I will include a lot of links in the lesson description if you want to learn more. So let's get started.

      We do have a fair amount of theory to get through, but I promise when it comes to understanding how EC2 actually works, this lesson will be really beneficial. Virtualization is the process of running more than one operating system on a piece of physical hardware, a server. Before virtualization, the architecture looked something like this. A server had a collection of physical resources, so CPU and memory, network cards and maybe other logical devices such as storage. And on top of this runs a special piece of software known as an operating system.

      That operating system runs with a special level of access to the hardware. It runs in privilege mode, or more specifically, a small part of the operating system runs in privilege mode, known as the kernel. The kernel is the only part of the operating system, the only piece of software on the server that's able to directly interact with the hardware. Some of the operating system doesn't need this privilege level of access, but some of it does. Now, the operating system can allow other software to run such as applications, but these run in user mode or unprivileged mode. They cannot directly interact with the hardware, they have to go through the operating system.

      So if Bob or Julie are attempting to do something with an application, which needs to use the system hardware, that application needs to go through the operating system. It needs to make a system call. If anything but the operating system attempts to make a privileged call, so tries to interact with the hardware directly, the system will detect it and cause a system-wide error, generally crashing the whole system or at minimum the application. This is how it works without virtualization.

      Virtualization is how this is changed into this. A single piece of hardware running multiple operating systems. Each operating system is separate, each runs its own applications. But there's a problem, CPU at least at this point in time, could only have one thing running as privileged. A privileged process member has direct access to the hardware. And all of these operating systems, if they're running in their unmodified state, they expect to be running on their own in a privileged state. They contain privileged instructions. And so trying to run three or four or more different operating systems in this way will cause system crashes.

      Virtualization was created as a solution to this problem, allowing multiple different privileged applications to run on the same hardware. But initially, virtualization was really inefficient, because the hardware wasn't aware of it. Virtualization had to be done in software, and it was done in one of two ways. The first type was known as emulated virtualization or software virtualization. With this method, a host operating system still ran on the hardware and included additional capability known as a hypervisor. The software ran in privileged mode, and so it had full access to the hardware on the host server.

      Now, around the multiple other operating systems, which we'll now refer to as guest operating systems, were wrapped a container of sorts called a virtual machine. Each virtual machine was an unmodified operating system, such as Windows or Linux, with a virtual allocation of resources such as CPU, memory and local disk space. Virtual machines also had devices mapped into them, such as network cards, graphics cards and other local devices such as storage. The guest operating systems believed these to be real. They had drivers installed, just like physical devices, but they weren't real hardware. They were all emulated, fake information provided by the hypervisor to make the guest operating systems believe that they were real.

      The crucial thing to understand about emulator virtualization is that the guest operating systems still believe that they were running on real hardware, and so they still attempt to make privileged calls. They tried to take control of the CPU, they tried to directly read and write to what they think of as their memory and their disk, which are actually not real, they're just areas of physical memory and disk that have been allocated to them by the hypervisor. Without special arrangements, the system would at best crash, and at worst, all of the guests would be overriding each other's memory and disk areas.

      So the hypervisor, it performs a process known as binary translation. Any privileged operations which the guests attempt to make, they're intercepted and translated on the fly in software by the hypervisor. Now, the binary translation in software is the key part of this. It means that the guest operating systems need no modification, but it's really, really slow. It can actually halve the speed of the guest operating systems or even worse. Emulated virtualization was a cool set of features for its time, but it never achieved widespread adoption for demanding workloads because of this performance penalty.

      But there was another way that virtualization was initially handled, and this is called para-virtualization. With para-virtualization, the guest operating systems are still running in the same virtual machine containers with virtual resources allocated to them, but instead of the slow binary translation which is done by the hypervisor, another approach is used. Para-virtualization only works on a small subset of operating systems, operating systems which can be modified. Because with para-virtualization, there are areas of the guest operating systems which attempt to make privileged calls, and these are modified. They're modified to make them user calls, but instead of directly calling on the hardware, they're calls to the hypervisor called hypercalls.

      So areas of the operating systems which would traditionally make privileged calls directly to the hardware, they're actually modified. So the source code of the operating system is modified to call the hypervisor rather than the hardware. So the operating systems now need to be modified specifically for the particular hypervisor that's in use. It's no longer just generic virtualization, the operating systems are modified for the particular vendor performing this para-virtualization. By modifying the operating system this way, and using para-virtual drivers in the operating system for network cards and storage, it means that the operating system became almost virtualization aware, and this massively improved performance. But it was still a set of software processors designed to trick the operating system and/or the hardware into believing that nothing had changed.

      The major improvement in virtualization came when the physical hardware started to become virtualization aware. This allows for hardware virtualization, also known as hardware assisted virtualization. With hardware assisted virtualization, hardware itself has become virtualization aware. The CPU contains specific instructions and capabilities so that the hypervisor can directly control and configure this support, so the CPU itself is aware that it's performing virtualization. Essentially, the CPU knows that virtualization exists.

      What this means is that when guest operating systems attempt to run any privileged instructions, they're trapped by the CPU, which knows to expect them from these guest operating systems, so the system as a whole doesn't halt. But these instructions can't be executed as is because the guest operating system still thinks that it's running directly on the hardware, and so they're redirected to the hypervisor by the hardware. The hypervisor handles how these are executed. And this means very little performance degradation over running the operating system directly on the hardware.

      The problem, though, is while this method does help a lot, what actually matters about a virtual machine tends to be the input/output operation, so network transfer and disk I/O. The virtual machines, they have what they think is physical hardware, for example, a network card. But these cards are just logical devices using a driver, which actually connect back to a single physical piece of hardware which sits in the host. The hardware, everything is running on.

      Unless you have a physical network card per virtual machine, there's always going to be some level of software getting in the way, and when you're performing highly transactional activities such as network I/O or disk I/O, this really impacts performance, and it consumes a lot of CPU cycles on the host.

      The final iteration that I want to talk about is where the hardware devices themselves become virtualization aware, such as network cards. This process is called S-R-I-O-V, single root I/O virtualization. Now, I could talk about this process for hours about exactly what it does and how it works, because it's a very complex and feature-rich set of standards. But at a very high level, it allows a network card or any other add-on card to present itself, not just one single card, but almost a several mini-cards.

      Because this is supported in hardware, these are fully unique cards, as far as the hardware is concerned, and these are directly presented to the guest operating system as real cards dedicated for its use. And this means no translation has to happen by the hypervisor. The guest operating system can directly use its card whenever it wants. Now, the physical card which supports S-R-I-O-V, it handles this process end-to-end. It makes sure that when the guest operating system is used, there are logical mini-network cards that they have physical access to the physical network connection when required.

      In EC2, this feature is called enhanced networking, and it means that the network performance is massively improved. It means faster speeds. It means lower latency. And more importantly, it means consistent lower latency, even at high loads. It means less CPU usage for the host CPU, even when all of the guest operating systems are consuming high amounts of consistent I/O.

      Many of the features that you'll see EC2 using are actually based on AWS implementing some of the more advanced virtualization techniques that have been developed across the industry. AWS do have their own hypervisor stack now called Nitro, and I'll be talking about that in much more detail in an upcoming lesson, because that's what enables a lot of the higher-end EC2 features.

      But that's all the theory I wanted to cover. I just wanted to introduce virtualization at a high level and get you to the point where you understand what S-R-I-O-V is, because S-R-I-O-V is used for enhanced networking right now, but it's also a feature that can be used outside of just network cards. It can help hardware manufacturers design cards, which, whilst they're a physical single card, can be split up into logical cards that can be presented to guest operating systems. It essentially makes any hardware virtualization aware, and any of the advanced EC2 features that you'll come across within this course will be taking advantage of S-R-I-O-V.

      At this point, though, we've completed all of the theory I wanted to cover, so go ahead, complete the slicing when you're ready. You can join me in the next.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      Examination of (a)periodic brain activity has gained particular interest in the last few years in the neuroscience fields relating to cognition, disorders, and brain states. Using large EEG/MEG datasets from younger and older adults, the current study provides compelling evidence that age-related differences in aperiodic EEG/MEG signals can be driven by cardiac rather than brain activity. Their findings have important implications for all future research that aims to assess aperiodic neural activity, suggesting control for the influence of cardiac signals is essential.

      We want to thank the editors for their assessment of our work and highlighting its importance for the understanding of aperiodic neural activity. Additionally, we want to thank the three present and four former reviewers (at a different journal) whose comments and ideas were critical in shaping this manuscript to its current form. We hope that this paper opens up many more questions that will guide us - as a field - to an improved understanding of how “cortical” and “cardiac” changes in aperiodic activity are linked and want to invite readers to engage with our work through eLife’s comment function.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present study addresses whether physiological signals influence aperiodic brain activity with a focus on age-related changes. The authors report age effects on aperiodic cardiac activity derived from ECG in low and high-frequency ranges in roughly 2300 participants from four different sites. Slopes of the ECGs were associated with common heart variability measures, which, according to the authors, shows that ECG, even at higher frequencies, conveys meaningful information. Using temporal response functions on concurrent ECG and M/EEG time series, the authors demonstrate that cardiac activity is instantaneously reflected in neural recordings, even after applying ICA analysis to remove cardiac activity. This was more strongly the case for EEG than MEG data. Finally, spectral parameterization was done in large-scale resting-state MEG and ECG data in individuals between 18 and 88 years, and age effects were tested. A steepening of spectral slopes with age was observed particularly for ECG and, to a lesser extent, in cleaned MEG data in most frequency ranges and sensors investigated. The authors conclude that commonly observed age effects on neural aperiodic activity can mainly be explained by cardiac activity.

      Strengths:

      Compared to previous investigations, the authors demonstrate the effects of aging on the spectral slope in the currently largest MEG dataset with equal age distribution available. Their efforts of replicating observed effects in another large MEG dataset and considering potential confounding by ocular activity, head movements, or preprocessing methods are commendable and valuable to the community. This study also employs a wide range of fitting ranges and two commonly used algorithms for spectral parameterization of neural and cardiac activity, hence providing a comprehensive overview of the impact of methodological choices. Based on their findings, the authors give recommendations for the separation of physiological and neural sources of aperiodic activity.

      Weaknesses:

      While the aim of the study is well-motivated and analyses rigorously conducted, the overall structure of the manuscript, as it stands now, is partially misleading. Some of the described results are not well-embedded and lack discussion.

      We want to thank the reviewer for their comments focussed on improving the overall structure of the manuscript. We agree with their suggestions that some results could be more clearly contextualized and restructured the manuscript accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      I previously reviewed this important and timely manuscript at a previous journal where, after two rounds of review, I recommended publication. Because eLife practices an open reviewing format, I will recapitulate some of my previous comments here, for the scientific record.

      In that previous review, I revealed my identity to help reassure the authors that I was doing my best to remain unbiased because I work in this area and some of the authors' results directly impact my prior research. I was genuinely excited to see the earlier preprint version of this paper when it first appeared. I get a lot of joy out of trying to - collectively, as a field - really understand the nature of our data, and I continue to commend the authors here for pushing at the sources of aperiodic activity!

      In their manuscript, Schmidt and colleagues provide a very compelling, convincing, thorough, and measured set of analyses. Previously I recommended that the push even further, and they added the current Figure 5 analysis of event-related changes in the ECG during working memory. In my opinion this result practically warrants a separate paper its own!

      The literature analysis is very clever, and expanded upon from any other prior version I've seen.

      In my previous review, the broadest, most high-level comment I wanted to make was that authors are correct. We (in my lab) have tried to be measured in our approach to talking about aperiodic analyses - including adopting measuring ECG when possible now - because there are so many sources of aperiodic activity: neural, ECG, respiration, skin conductance, muscle activity, electrode impedances, room noise, electronics noise, etc. The authors discuss this all very clearly, and I commend them on that. We, as a field, should move more toward a model where we can account for all of those sources of noise together. (This was less of an action item, and more of an inclusion of a comment for the record.)

      I also very much appreciate the authors' excellent commentary regarding the physiological effects that pharmacological challenges such as propofol and ketamine also have on non-neural (autonomic) functions such as ECG. Previously I also asked them to discuss the possibility that, while their manuscript focuses on aperiodic activity, it is possible that the wealth of literature regarding age-related changes in "oscillatory" activity might be driven partly by age-related changes in neural (or non-neural, ECG-related) changes in aperiodic activity. They have included a nice discussion on this, and I'm excited about the possibilities for cognitive neuroscience as we move more in this direction.

      Finally, I previously asked for recommendations on how to proceed. The authors convinced me that we should care about how the ECG might impact our field potential measures, but how do I, as a relative novice, proceed. They now include three strong recommendations at the end of their manuscript that I find to be very helpful.

      As was obvious from previous review, I consider this to be an important and impactful cautionary report, that is incredibly well supported by multiple thorough analyses. The authors have done an excellent job responding to all my previous comments and concerns and, in my estimation, those of the previous reviewers as well.

      We want to thank the reviewer for agreeing to review our manuscript again and for recapitulating on their previous comments and the progress the manuscript has made over the course of the last ~2 years. The reviewer's comments have been essential in shaping the manuscript into its current form. Their feedback has made the review process truly feel like a collaborative effort, focused on strengthening the manuscript and refining its conclusions and resulting recommendations.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Schmidt et al., aimed to provide an extremely comprehensive demonstration of the influence cardiac electromagnetic fields have on the relationship between age and the aperiodic slope measured from electroencephalographic (EEG) and magnetoencephalographic (MEG) data.

      Strengths:

      Schmidt et al., used a multiverse approach to show that the cardiac influence on this relationship is considerable, by testing a wide range of different analysis parameters (including extensive testing of different frequency ranges assessed to determine the aperiodic fit), algorithms (including different artifact reduction approaches and different aperiodic fitting algorithms), and multiple large datasets to provide conclusions that are robust to the vast majority of potential experimental variations.

      The study showed that across these different analytical variations, the cardiac contribution to aperiodic activity measured using EEG and MEG is considerable, and likely influences the relationship between aperiodic activity and age to a greater extent than the influence of neural activity.

      Their findings have significant implications for all future research that aims to assess aperiodic neural activity, suggesting control for the influence of cardiac fields is essential.

      We want to thank the reviewer for their thorough engagement with our work and the resultant substantive amount of great ideas both mentioned in the section of Weaknesses and Authors Recommendations below. Their suggestions have sparked many ideas in us on how to move forward in better separating peripheral- from neuro-physiological signals that are likely to greatly influence our future attempts to better extract both cardiac and muscle activity from M/EEG recordings. So we want to thank them for their input, time and effort!

      Weaknesses:

      Figure 4I: The regressions explained here seem to contain a very large number of potential predictors. Based on the way it is currently written, I'm assuming it includes all sensors for both the ECG component and ECG rejected conditions?

      I'm not sure about the logic of taking a complete signal, decomposing it with ICA to separate out the ECG and non-ECG signals, then including these latent contributions to the full signal back into the same regression model. It seems that there could be some circularity or redundancy in doing so. Can the authors provide a justification for why this is a valid approach?

      After observing significant effects both in the MEG<sub>ECG component</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> conditions in similar frequency bands we wanted to understand whether or not these age-related changes are statistically independent. To test this we added both variables as predictors in a regression model (thereby accounting for the influence of the other in relation to age). The regression models we performed were therefore actually not very complex. They were built using only two predictors, namely the data (in a specific frequency range) averaged over channels on which we noticed significant effects in the ECG rejected and ECG components data respectively (Wilkinson notation: age ~ 1 + ECG rejected + ECG components). This was also described in the results section stating that: “To see if MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG component</sub> explain unique variance in aging at frequency ranges where we noticed shared effects, we averaged the spectral slope across significant channels and calculated a multiple regression model with MEG<sub>ECG component</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> as predictors for age (to statistically control for the effect of MEG<sub>ECG component</sub>s and MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> on age). This analysis was performed to understand whether the observed shared age-related effects (MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG component</sub>) are in(dependent).”  

      We hope this explanation solves the previous misunderstanding.

      I'm not sure whether there is good evidence or rationale to support the statement in the discussion that the presence of the ECG signal in reference electrodes makes it more difficult to isolate independent ECG components. The ICA algorithm will still function to detect common voltage shifts from the ECG as statistically independent from other voltage shifts, even if they're spread across all electrodes due to the referencing montage. I would suggest there are other reasons why the ICA might lead to imperfect separation of the ECG component (assumption of the same number of source components as sensors, non-Gaussian assumption, assumption of independence of source activities).

      The inclusion of only 32 channels in the EEG data might also have reduced the performance of ICA, increasing the chances of imperfect component separation and the mixing of cardiac artifacts into the neural components, whereas the higher number of sensors in the MEG data would enable better component separation. This could explain the difference between EEG and MEG in the ability to clean the ECG artifact (and perhaps higher-density EEG recordings would not show the same issue).

      The reviewer is making a good argument suggesting that our initial assumption that the presence of cardiac activity on the reference electrode influences the performance of the ICA may be wrong. After rereading and rethinking upon the matter we think that the reviewer is correct and that their assumptions for why the ECG signal was not so easily separable from our EEG recordings are more plausible and better grounded in the literature than our initial suggestion. We therefore now highlight their view as a main reason for why the ECG rejection was more challenging in EEG data. However, we also note that understanding the exact reason probably ends up being an empirical question that demands further research stating that:

      “Difficulties in removing ECG related components from EEG signals via ICA might be attributable to various reasons such as the number of available sensors or assumptions related to the non-gaussianity of the underlying sources. Further understanding of this matter is highly important given that ICA is the most widely used procedure to separate neural from peripheral physiological sources. ”

      In addition to the inability to effectively clean the ECG artifact from EEG data, ICA and other component subtraction methods have also all been shown to distort neural activity in periods that aren't affected by the artifact due to the ubiquitous issue of imperfect component separation (https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.06.06.597688). As such, component subtraction-based (as well as regression-based) removal of the cardiac artifact might also distort the neural contributions to the aperiodic signal, so even methods to adequately address the cardiac artifact might not solve the problem explained in the study. This poses an additional potential confound to the "M/EEG without ECG" conditions.

      The reviewer is correct in stating that, if an “artifactual” signal is not always present but appears and disappears (like e.g. eye-blinks) neural activity may be distorted in periods where the “artifactual” signal is absent. However, while this plausibly presents a problem for ocular activity, there is no obvious reason to believe that this applies to cardiac activity. While the ECG signal is non-stationary in nature, it is remarkably more stable than eye-movements in the healthy populations we analyzed (especially at rest). Therefore, the presence of the cardiac “artifact” was consistently present across the entirety of the MEG recordings we visually inspected.

      Literature Analysis, Page 23: was there a method applied to address studies that report reducing artifacts in general, but are not specific to a single type of artifact? For example, there are automated methods for cleaning EEG data that use ICLabel (a machine learning algorithm) to delete "artifact" components. Within these studies, the cardiac artifact will not be mentioned specifically, but is included under "artifacts".

      The literature analysis was largely performed automatically and solely focussed on ECG related activity as described in the methods section under Literature Analysis, if no ECG related terms were used in the context of artifact rejection a study was flagged as not having removed cardiac activity. This could have been indeed better highlighted by us and we apologize for the oversight on our behalf. We now additionally link to these details stating that:

      “However, an analysis of openly accessible M/EEG articles (N<sub>Articles</sub>=279; see Methods - Literature Analysis for further details) that investigate aperiodic activity revealed that only 17.1% of EEG studies explicitly mention that cardiac activity was removed and only 16.5% measure ECG (45.9% of MEG studies removed cardiac activity and 31.1% of MEG studies mention that ECG was measured; see Figure 1EF).”

      The reviewer makes a fair point that there is some uncertainty here and our results probably present a lower bound of ECG handling in M/EEG research as, when I manually rechecked the studies that were not initially flagged in studies it was often solely mentioned that “artifacts” were rejected. However, this information seemed too ambiguous to assume that cardiac activity was in fact accounted for. However, again this could have been mentioned more clearly in writing and we apologize for this oversight. Now this is included as part of the methods section Literature Analysis stating that:

      “All valid word contexts were then manually inspected by scanning the respective word context to ensure that the removal of “artifacts” was related specifically to cardiac and not e.g. ocular activity or the rejection of artifacts in general (without specifying which “artifactual” source was rejected in which case the manuscript was marked as invalid). This means that the results of our literature analysis likely present a lower bound for the rejection of cardiac activity in the M/EEG literature investigating aperiodic activity.”

      Statistical inferences, page 23: as far as I can tell, no methods to control for multiple comparisons were implemented. Many of the statistical comparisons were not independent (or even overlapped with similar analyses in the full analysis space to a large extent), so I wouldn't expect strong multiple comparison controls. But addressing this point to some extent would be useful (or clarifying how it has already been addressed if I've missed something).

      In the present study we tried to minimize the risk of type 1 errors by several means, such as A) weakly informative priors, B) robust regression models and C) by specifying a region of practical equivalence (ROPE, see Methods Statistical Inference for further Information) to define meaningful effects.

      Weakly informative priors can lower the risk of type 1 errors arising from multiple testing by shrinking parameter estimates towards zero (see e.g. Lemoine, 2019). Robust regression models use a Student T distribution to describe the distribution of the data. This distribution features heavier tails, meaning it allocates more probability to extreme values, which in turn minimizes the influence of outliers. The ROPE criterion ensures that only effects exceeding a negligible size are considered meaningful, representing a strict and conservative approach to interpreting our findings (see Kruschke 2018, Cohen, 1988).

      Furthermore, and more generally we do not selectively report “significant” effects in the situations in which multiple analyses were conducted on the same family of data (e.g. Figure 2 & 4). Instead we provide joint inference across several plausible analysis options (akin to a specification curve analysis, Simonsohn, Simmons & Nelson 2020) to provide other researchers with an overview of how different analysis choices impact the association between cardiac and neural aperiodic activity.

      Lemoine, N. P. (2019). Moving beyond noninformative priors: why and how to choose weakly informative priors in Bayesian analyses. Oikos, 128(7), 912-928.

      Simonsohn, U., Simmons, J. P., & Nelson, L. D. (2020). Specification curve analysis. Nature Human Behaviour, 4(11), 1208-1214.

      Methods:

      Applying ICA components from 1Hz high pass filtered data back to the 0.1Hz filtered data leads to worse artifact cleaning performance, as the contribution of the artifact in the 0.1Hz to 1Hz frequency band is not addressed (see Bailey, N. W., Hill, A. T., Biabani, M., Murphy, O. W., Rogasch, N. C., McQueen, B., ... & Fitzgerald, P. B. (2023). RELAX part 2: A fully automated EEG data cleaning algorithm that is applicable to Event-Related-Potentials. Clinical Neurophysiology, result reported in the supplementary materials). This might explain some of the lower frequency slope results (which include a lower frequency limit <1Hz) in the EEG data - the EEG cleaning method is just not addressing the cardiac artifact in that frequency range (although it certainly wouldn't explain all of the results).

      We want to thank the reviewer for suggesting this interesting paper, showing that lower high-pass filters may be preferable to the more commonly used >1Hz high-pass filters for detection of ICA components that largely contain peripheral physiological activity. However, the results presented by Bailey et al. contradict the more commonly reported findings by other researchers that >1Hz high-pass filter is actually preferable (e.g. Winkler et al. 2015; Dimingen, 2020 or Klug & Gramann, 2021) and recommendations in widely used packages for M/EEG analysis (e.g. https://mne.tools/1.8/generated/mne.preprocessing.ICA.html). Yet, the fact that there seems to be a discrepancy suggests that further research is needed to better understand which type of high-pass filtering is preferable in which situation. Furthermore, it is notable that all the findings for high-pass filtering in ICA component detection and removal that we are aware of relate to ocular activity. Given that ocular and cardiac activity have very different temporal and spectral patterns it is probably worth further investigating whether the classic 1Hz high-pass filter is really also the best option for the detection and removal of cardiac activity. However, in our opinion this requires a dedicated investigation on its own..

      We therefore highlight this now in our manuscript stating that:

      “Additionally, it is worth noting that the effectiveness of an ICA crucially depends on the quality of the extracted components(63,64) and even widely suggested settings e.g. high-pass filtering at 1Hz before fitting an ICA may not be universally applicable (see supplementary material of (64)).

      Winkler, S. Debener, K. -R. Müller and M. Tangermann, "On the influence of high-pass filtering on ICA-based artifact reduction in EEG-ERP," 2015 37th Annual International Conference of the IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society (EMBC), Milan, Italy, 2015, pp. 4101-4105, doi: 10.1109/EMBC.2015.7319296.

      Dimigen, O. (2020). Optimizing the ICA-based removal of ocular EEG artifacts from free viewing experiments. NeuroImage, 207, 116117.

      Klug, M., & Gramann, K. (2021). Identifying key factors for improving ICA‐based decomposition of EEG data in mobile and stationary experiments. European Journal of Neuroscience, 54(12), 8406-8420.

      It looks like no methods were implemented to address muscle artifacts. These can affect the slope of EEG activity at higher frequencies. Perhaps the Riemannian Potato addressed these artifacts, but I suspect it wouldn't eliminate all muscle activity. As such, I would be concerned that remaining muscle artifacts affected some of the results, particularly those that included high frequency ranges in the aperiodic estimate. Perhaps if muscle activity were left in the EEG data, it could have disrupted the ability to detect a relationship between age and 1/f slope in a way that didn't disrupt the same relationship in the cardiac data (although I suspect it wouldn't reverse the overall conclusions given the number of converging results including in lower frequency bands). Is there a quick validity analysis the authors can implement to confirm muscle artifacts haven't negatively affected their results?

      I note that an analysis of head movement in the MEG is provided on page 32, but it would be more robust to show that removing ICA components reflecting muscle doesn't change the results. The results/conclusions of the following study might be useful for objectively detecting probable muscle artifact components: Fitzgibbon, S. P., DeLosAngeles, D., Lewis, T. W., Powers, D. M. W., Grummett, T. S., Whitham, E. M., ... & Pope, K. J. (2016). Automatic determination of EMG-contaminated components and validation of independent component analysis using EEG during pharmacologic paralysis. Clinical neurophysiology, 127(3), 1781-1793.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. Muscle activity can indeed be a potential concern, for the estimation of the spectral slope. This is precisely why we used head movements (as also noted by the reviewer) as a proxy for muscle activity. We also agree with the reviewer that this is not a perfect estimate. Additionally, also the riemannian potato would probably only capture epochs that contain transient, but not persistent patterns of muscle activity.

      The paper recommended by the reviewer contains a clever approach of using the steepness of the spectral slope (or lack thereof) as an indicator whether or not an independent component (IC) is driven by muscle activity. In order to determine an optimal threshold Fitzgibbon et al. compared paralyzed to temporarily non paralyzed subjects. They determined an expected “EMG-free” threshold for their spectral slope on paralyzed subjects and used this as a benchmark to detect IC’s that were contaminated by muscle activity in non paralyzed subjects.

      This is a great idea, but unfortunately would go way beyond what we are able to sensibly estimate with our data for the following reasons. The authors estimated their optimal threshold on paralyzed subjects for EEG data and show that this is a feasible threshold to be applied across different recordings. So for EEG data it might be feasible, at least as a first shot, to use their threshold on our data. However, we are measuring MEG and as alluded to in our discussion section under “Differences in aperiodic activity between magnetic and electric field recordings” the spectral slope differs greatly between MEG and EEG recordings for non-trivial reasons. Furthermore, the spectral slope even seems to also differ across different MEG devices. We noticed this when we initially tried to pool the data recorded in Salzburg with the Cambridge dataset. This means we would need to do a complete validation of this procedure for the MEG data recorded in Cambridge and in Salzburg, which is not feasible considering that we A) don’t have direct access to one of the recording sites and B) would even if we had access face substantial hurdles to get ethical approval for the experiment performed by Fitzgibbon et al..

      However, we think the approach brought forward by Fitzgibbon and colleagues is a clever way to remove muscle activity from EEG recordings, whenever EMG was not directly recorded. We therefore suggested in the Discussion section that ideally also EMG should be recorded stating that:

      “It is worth noting that, apart from cardiac activity, muscle activity can also be captured in (non-)invasive recordings and may drastically influence measures of the spectral slope(72). To ensure that persistent muscle activity does not bias our results we used changes in head movement velocity as a control analysis (see Supplementary Figure S9). However, it should be noted that this is only a proxy for the presence of persistent muscle activity. Ideally, studies investigating aperiodic activity should also be complemented by measurements of EMG. Whenever such measurements are not available creative approaches that use the steepness of the spectral slope (or the lack thereof) as an indicator to detect whether or not e.g. an independent component is driven by muscle activity are promising(72,73). However, these approaches may require further validation to determine how well myographic aperiodic thresholds are transferable across the wide variety of different M/EEG devices.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) As outlined above, I recommend rephrasing the last section of the introduction to briefly summarize/introduce all main analysis steps undertaken in the study and why these were done (for example, it is only mentioned that the Cam-CAN dataset was used to study the impact of cardiac on MEG activity although the author used a variety of different datasets). Similarly, I am missing an overview of all main findings in the context of the study goals in the discussion. I believe clarifying the structure of the paper would not only provide a red thread to the reader but also highlight the efforts/strength of the study as described above.

      This is a good call! As suggested by the reviewer we now try to give a clearer overview of what was investigated why. We do that both at the end of the introduction stating that: “Using the publicly available Cam-CAN dataset(28,29), we find that the aperiodic signal measured using M/EEG originates from multiple physiological sources. In particular, significant portions of age-related changes in aperiodic activity –normally attributed to neural processes– can be better explained by cardiac activity. This observation holds across a wide range of processing options and control analyses (see Supplementary S1), and was replicable on a separate MEG dataset. However, the extent to which cardiac activity accounts for age-related changes in aperiodic activity varies with the investigated frequency range and recording site. Importantly, in some frequency ranges and sensor locations, age-related changes in neural aperiodic activity still prevail. But does the influence of cardiac activity on the aperiodic spectrum extend beyond age? In a preliminary analysis, we demonstrate that working memory load modulates the aperiodic spectrum of “pure” ECG recordings. The direction of this working memory effect mirrors previous findings on EEG data(5) suggesting that the impact of cardiac activity goes well beyond aging. In sum, our results highlight the complexity of aperiodic activity while cautioning against interpreting it as solely “neural“ without considering physiological influences.”

      and at the beginning of the discussion section:

      “Difficulties in removing ECG related components from EEG signals via ICA might be attributable to various reasons such as the number of available sensors or assumptions related to the non-gaussianity of the underlying sources. Further understanding of this matter is highly important given that ICA is the most widely used procedure to separate neural from peripheral physiological sources (see Figure 1EF). Additionally, it is worth noting that the effectiveness of an ICA crucially depends on the quality of the extracted components(63,64) and even widely suggested settings e.g. high-pass filtering at 1Hz before fitting an ICA may not be universally applicable (see supplementary material of (64)). “

      (2) I found it interesting that the spectral slopes of ECG activity at higher frequency ranges (> 10 Hz) seem mostly related to HRV measures such as fractal and time domain indices and less so with frequency-domain indices. Do the authors have an explanation for why this is the case? Also, the analysis of the HRV measures and their association with aperiodic ECG activity is not explained in any of the method sections.

      We apologize for the oversight in not mentioning the HRV analysis in more detail in our methods section. We added a subsection to the Methods section entitled ECG Processing - Heart rate variability analysis to further describe the HRV analyses.

      “ECG Processing - Heart rate variability analysis

      Heart rate variability (HRV) was computed using the NeuroKit2 toolbox, a high level tool for the analysis of physiological signals. First, the raw electrocardiogram (ECG) data were preprocessed, by highpass filtering the signal at 0.5Hz using an infinite impulse response (IIR) butterworth filter(order=5) and by smoothing the signal with a moving average kernel with the width of one period of 50Hz to remove the powerline noise (default settings of neurokit.ecg.ecg_clean). Afterwards, QRS complexes were detected based on the steepness of the absolute gradient of the ECG signal. Subsequently, R-Peaks were detected as local maxima in the QRS complexes (default settings of neurokit.ecg.ecg_peaks; see (98) for a validation of the algorithm). From the cleaned R-R intervals, 90 HRV indices were derived, encompassing time-domain, frequency-domain, and non-linear measures. Time-domain indices included standard metrics such as the mean and standard deviation of the normalized R-R intervals , the root mean square of successive differences, and other statistical descriptors of interbeat interval variability. Frequency-domain analyses were performed using power spectral density estimation, yielding for instance low frequency (0.04-0.15Hz) and high frequency (0.15-0.4Hz) power components. Additionally, non-linear dynamics were characterized through measures such as sample entropy, detrended fluctuation analysis and various Poincaré plot descriptors. All these measures were then related to the slopes of the low frequency (0.25 – 20 Hz) and high frequency (10 – 145 Hz) aperiodic spectrum of the raw ECG.”

      With regards to association of the ECG’s spectral slopes at high frequencies and frequency domain indices of heart rate variability. Common frequency domain indices of heart rate variability fall in the range of 0.01-.4Hz. Which probably explains why we didn’t notice any association at higher frequency ranges (>10Hz).

      This is also stated in the related part of the results section:

      “In the higher frequency ranges (10 - 145 Hz) spectral slopes were most consistently related to fractal and time domain indices of heart rate variability, but not so much to frequency-domain indices assessing spectral power in frequency ranges < 0.4 Hz.”

      (3) Related to the previous point - what is being reflected in the ECG at higher frequency ranges, with regard to biological mechanisms? Results are being mentioned, but not further discussed. However, this point seems crucial because the age effects across the four datasets differ between low and high-frequency slope limits (Figure 2C).

      This is a great question that definitely also requires further attention and investigation in general (see also Tereshchenko & Josephson, 2015). We investigated the change of the slope across frequency ranges that are typically captured in common ECG setups for adults (0.05 - 150Hz, Tereshchenko & Josephson, 2015; Kusayama, Wong, Liu et al. 2020). While most of the physiological significant spectral information of an ECG recording rests between 1-50Hz (Clifford & Azuaje, 2006), meaningful information can be extracted at much higher frequencies. For instance, ventricular late potentials have a broader frequency band (~40-250Hz) that falls straight in our spectral analysis window. However, that’s not all, as further meaningful information can be extracted at even higher frequencies (>100Hz). Yet, the exact physiological mechanisms underlying so-called high-frequency QRS remain unclear (HF-QRS; see Tereshchenko & Josephson, 2015; Qiu et al. 2024 for a review discussing possible mechanisms). Yet, at the same time the HF-QRS seems to be highly informative for the early detection of myocardial ischemia and other cardiac abnormalities that may not yet be evident in the standard frequency range (Schlegel et al. 2004; Qiu et al. 2024). All optimism aside, it is also worth noting that ECG recordings at higher frequencies can capture skeletal muscle activity with an overlapping frequency range up to 400Hz (Kusayama, Wong, Liu et al. 2020). We highlight all of this now when introducing this analysis in the results sections as outstanding research question stating that:

      “However, substantially less is known about aperiodic activity above 0.4Hz in the ECG. Yet, common ECG setups for adults capture activity at a broad bandwidth of 0.05 - 150Hz(33,34).

      Importantly, a lot of the physiological meaningful spectral information rests between 1-50Hz(35), similarly to M/EEG recordings. Furthermore, meaningful information can be extracted at much higher frequencies. For instance, ventricular late potentials have a broader frequency band (~40-250Hz(35)). However, that’s not all, as further meaningful information can be extracted at even higher frequencies (>100Hz). For instance, the so-called high-frequency QRS seems to be highly informative for the early detection of myocardial ischemia and other cardiac abnormalities that may not yet be evident in the standard frequency range(36,37). Yet, the exact physiological mechanisms underlying the high-frequency QRS remain unclear (see (37) for a review discussing possible mechanisms). ”

      Tereshchenko, L. G., & Josephson, M. E. (2015). Frequency content and characteristics of ventricular conduction. Journal of electrocardiology, 48(6), 933-937.

      Kusayama, T., Wong, J., Liu, X. et al. Simultaneous noninvasive recording of electrocardiogram and skin sympathetic nerve activity (neuECG). Nat Protoc 15, 1853–1877 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41596-020-0316-6

      Clifford, G. D., & Azuaje, F. (2006). Advanced methods and tools for ECG data analysis (Vol. 10). P. McSharry (Ed.). Boston: Artech house.

      Qiu, S., Liu, T., Zhan, Z., Li, X., Liu, X., Xin, X., ... & Xiu, J. (2024). Revisiting the diagnostic and prognostic significance of high-frequency QRS analysis in cardiovascular diseases: a comprehensive review. Postgraduate Medical Journal, qgae064.

      Schlegel, T. T., Kulecz, W. B., DePalma, J. L., Feiveson, A. H., Wilson, J. S., Rahman, M. A., & Bungo, M. W. (2004, March). Real-time 12-lead high-frequency QRS electrocardiography for enhanced detection of myocardial ischemia and coronary artery disease. In Mayo Clinic Proceedings (Vol. 79, No. 3, pp. 339-350). Elsevier.

      (4) Page 10: At first glance, it is not quite clear what is meant by "processing option" in the text. Please clarify.

      Thank you for catching this! Upon re-reading this is indeed a bit oblivious. We now swapped “processing options” with “slope fits” to make it clearer that we are talking about the percentage of effects based on the different slope fits.

      (5) The authors mention previous findings on age effects on neural 1/f activity (References Nr 5,8,27,39) that seem contrary to their own findings such as e.g., the mostly steepening of the slopes with age. Also, the authors discuss thoroughly why spectral slopes derived from MEG signals may differ from EEG signals. I encourage the authors to have a closer look at these studies and elaborate a bit more on why these studies differ in their conclusions on the age effects. For example, Tröndle et al. (2022, Ref. 39) investigated neural activity in children and young adults, hence, focused on brain maturation, whereas the CamCAN set only considers the adult lifespan. In a similar vein, others report age effects on 1/f activity in much smaller samples as reported here (e.g., Voytek et al., 2015).

      I believe taking these points into account by briefly discussing them, would strengthen the authors' claims and provide a more fine-grained perspective on aging effects on 1/f.

      The reviewer is making a very important point. As age-related differences in (neuro-)physiological activity are not necessarily strictly comparable and entirely linear across different age-cohorts (e.g. age-related changes in alpha center frequency). We therefore, added the suggested discussion points to the discussion section.

      “Differences in electric and magnetic field recordings aside, aperiodic activity may not change strictly linearly as we are ageing and studies looking at younger age groups (e.g. <22; (44) may capture different aspects of aging (e.g. brain maturation), than those looking at older subjects (>18 years; our sample). A recent report even shows some first evidence of an interesting putatively non-linear relationship with age in the sensorimotor cortex for resting recordings(59)”

      (6) The analysis of the working memory paradigm as described in the outlook-section of the discussion comes as a bit of a surprise as it has not been introduced before. If the authors want to convey with this study that, in general, aperiodic neural activity could be influenced by aperiodic cardiac activity, I recommend introducing this analysis and the results earlier in the manuscript than only in the discussion to strengthen their message.

      The reviewer is correct. This analysis really comes a bit out of the blue. However, this was also exactly the intention for placing this analysis in the discussion. As the reviewer correctly noted, the aim was to suggest “that, in general, aperiodic neural activity could be influenced by aperiodic cardiac activity”. We placed this outlook directly after the discussion of “(neuro-)physiological origins of aperiodic activity”, where we highlight the potential challenges of interpreting drug induced changes to M/EEG recordings. So the aim was to get the reader to think about whether age is the only feature affected by cardiac activity and then directly present some evidence that this might go beyond age.

      However, we have been rethinking this approach based on the reviewers comments and moved that paragraph to the end of the results section accordingly and introduce it already at the end of the introduction stating that:

      “But does the influence of cardiac activity on the aperiodic spectrum extend beyond age? In a preliminary analysis, we demonstrate that working memory load modulates the aperiodic spectrum of “pure” ECG recordings. The direction of this working memory effect mirrors previous findings on EEG data(5) suggesting that the impact of cardiac activity goes well beyond aging.”

      (7) The font in Figure 2 is a bit hard to read (especially in D). I recommend increasing the font sizes where necessary for better readability.

      We agree with the Reviewer and increased the font sizes accordingly.

      (8) Text in the discussion: Figure 3B on page 10 => shouldn't it be Figure 4?

      Thank you for catching this oversight. We have now corrected this mistake.

      (9) In the third section on page 10, the Figure labels seem to be confused. For example, Figure 4 E is supposed to show "steepening effects", which should be Figure 4B I believe.

      Please check the figure labels in this section to avoid confusion.

      Thank you for catching this oversight. We have now corrected this mistake.

      (10) Figure Legend 4 I), please check the figure labels in the text

      Thank you for catching this oversight. We have now corrected this mistake.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have a number of suggestions for improving the manuscript, which I have divided by section in the following:

      ABSTRACT:

      I would suggest re-writing the first sentences to make it easier to read for non-expert readers: "The power of electrophysiologically measured cortical activity decays with an approximately 1/fX function. The slope of this decay (i.e. the spectral exponent, X) is modulated..."

      Thank you for the suggestion. We adjusted the sentence as suggested to make it easier for less technical readers to understand that “X” refers to the exponent.

      Including the age range that was studied in the abstract could be informative.

      Done as suggested.

      As an optional recommendation, I think it would increase the impact of the article if the authors note in the abstract that the current most commonly applied cardiac artifact reduction approaches don't resolve the issue for EEG data, likely due to an imperfect ability to separate the cardiac artifact from the neural activity with independent component analysis. This would highlight to the reader that they can't just expect to address these concerns by cleaning their data with typical cleaning methods.

      I think it would also be useful to convey in the abstract just how comprehensive the included analyses were (in terms of artifact reduction methods tested, different aperiodic algorithms and frequency ranges, and both MEG and EEG). Doing so would let the reader know just how robust the conclusions are likely to be.

      This is a brilliant idea! As suggested we added a sentence highlighting that simply performing an ICA may not be sufficient to separate cardiac contributions to M/EEG recordings and refer to the comprehensiveness of the performed analyses.

      INTRODUCTION:

      I would suggest re-writing the following sentence for readability: "In the past, aperiodic neural activity, other than periodic neural activity (local peaks that rise above the "power-law" distribution), was often treated as noise and simply removed from the signal"

      To something like: "In the past, aperiodic neural activity was often treated as noise and simply removed from the signal e.g. via pre-whitening, so that analyses could focus on periodic neural activity (local peaks that rise above the "power-law" distribution, which are typically thought to reflect neural oscillations).

      We are happy to follow that suggestion.

      Page 3: please provide the number of articles that were included in the examination of the percentage that remove cardiac activity, and note whether the included articles could be considered a comprehensive or nearly comprehensive list, or just a representative sample.

      We stated the exact number of articles in the methods section under Literature Analysis. However, we added it to the Introduction on page 3 as suggested by the reviewer. The selection of articles was done automatically, dependent on a list of pre-specified terms and exclusively focussed on articles that had terms related to aperiodic activity in their title (see Literature Analysis). Therefore, I would personally be hesitant in calling it a comprehensive or nearly comprehensive list of the general M/EEG literature as the analysis of aperiodic activity is still relatively niche compared to the more commonly investigated evoked potentials or oscillations. I think whether or not a reader perceives our analysis as comprehensive should be up to them to decide and does not reflect something I want to impose on them. This is exacerbated by the fact that the analysis of neural aperiodic activity has rapidly gained traction over the last years (see Figure 1D orange) and the literature analysis was performed almost 2 years ago and therefore, in my eyes, only represents a glimpse in the rapidly evolving field related to the analysis of aperiodic activity.

      Figure 1E-F: It's not completely clear that the "Cleaning Methods" part of the figure indicates just methods to clean the cardiac artifact (rather than any artifact). It also seems that ~40% of EEG studies do not apply any cleaning methods even from within the studies that do clean the cardiac artifact (if I've read the details correctly). This seems unlikely. Perhaps there should be a bar for "other methods", or "unspecified"? Having said that, I'm quite familiar with the EEG artifact reduction literature, and I would be very surprised if ~40% of studies cleaned the cardiac artifact using a different method to the methods listed in the bar graph, so I'm wondering if I've misunderstood the figure, or whether the data capture is incomplete / inaccurate (even though the conclusion that ICA is the most common method is almost certainly accurate).

      The cleaning is indeed only focussed on cardiac activity specifically. This was however also mentioned in the caption of Figure 1: “We were further interested in determining which artifact rejection approaches were most commonly used to remove cardiac activity, such as independent component analysis (ICA(22)), singular value decomposition (SVD(23)), signal space separation (SSS(24)), signal space projections (SSP(25)) and denoising source separation (DSS(26)).” and in the methods section under Literature Analysis. However, we adjusted figure 1EF to make it more obvious that the described cleaning methods were only related to the ECG. Aside from using blind source separation techniques such as ICA a good amount of studies mentioned that they cleaned their data based on visual inspection (which was not further considered). Furthermore, it has to be noted that only studies were marked as having separated cardiac from neural activity, when this was mentioned explicitly.

      RESULTS:

      Page 6: I would delete the "from a neurophysiological perspective" clause, which makes the sentence more difficult to read and isn't so accurate (frequencies 13-25Hz would probably more commonly be considered mid-range rather than low or high). Additionally, both frequency ranges include 15Hz, but the next sentence states that the ranges were selected to avoid the knee at 15Hz, which seems to be a contradiction. Could the authors explain in more detail how the split addresses the 15Hz knee?

      We removed the “from a neurophysiological perspective” clause as suggested. With regards to the “knee” at ~15Hz I would like to defer the reviewer to Supplementary Figure S1. The Knee Frequency varies substantially across subjects so splitting the data at only 1 exact Frequency did not seem appropriate. Additionally, we found only spurious significant age-related variations in Knee Frequency (i.e. only one out of the 4 datasets; not shown).

      Furthermore, we wanted to better connect our findings to our MEG results in Figure 4 and also give the readers a holistic overview of how different frequency ranges in the aperiodic ECG would be affected by age. So to fulfill all of these objectives we decided to fit slopes with respective upper/lower bounds around a range of 5Hz above and below the average 15Hz Knee Frequency across datasets.

      The later parts of this same paragraph refer to a vast amount of different frequency ranges, but only the "low" and "high" frequency ranges were previously mentioned. Perhaps the explanation could be expanded to note that multiple lower and upper bounds were tested within each of these low and high frequency windows?

      This is a good catch we adjusted the sentence as suggested. We now write: “.. slopes were fitted individually to each subject's power spectrum in several lower (0.25 – 20 Hz) and higher (10-145 Hz) frequency ranges.”

      The following two sentences seem to contradict each other: "Overall, spectral slopes in lower frequency ranges were more consistently related to heart rate variability indices(> 39.4% percent of all investigated indices)" and: "In the lower frequency range (0.25 - 20Hz), spectral slopes were consistently related to most measures of heart rate variability; i.e. significant effects were detected in all 4 datasets (see Figure 2D)." (39.4% is not "most").

      The reviewer is correct in stating that 39.4% is not most. However, the 39.4% is the lowest bound and only refers to 1 dataset. In the other 3 datasets the percentage of effects was above 64% which can be categorized as “most” i.e. above 50%. We agree that this was a bit ambiguous in the sentence so we added the other percentages as well as a reference to Figure 2D to make this point clearer.

      Figure 2D: it isn't clear what the percentages in the semi-circles reflect, nor why some semi-circles are more full circles while others are only quarter circles.

      The percentages in the semi-circles reflect the amount of effects (marked in red) and null effects (marked in green) per dataset, when viewed as average across the different measures of HRV. Sometimes less effects were found for some frequency ranges resulting in quarters instead of semi circles.

      Page 8: I think the authors could make it more clear that one of the conditions they were testing was the ECG component of the EEG data (extracted by ICA then projected back into the scalp space for the temporal response function analysis).

      As suggested by the reviewer we adjusted our wording and replaced the arguably a bit ambiguous “... projected back separately” with “... projected back into the sensor space”. We thank the reviewer for this recommendation, as it does indeed make it easier to understand the procedure.

      “After pre-processing (see Methods) the data was split in three conditions using an ICA(22). Independent components that were correlated (at r > 0.4; see Methods: MEG/EEG Processing - pre-processing) with the ECG electrode were either not removed from the data (Figure 3ABCD - blue), removed from the data (Figure 2ABCD - orange) or projected back into the sensor space (Figure 3ABCD - green).”

      Figure 4A: standardized beta coefficients for the relationship between age and spectral slope could be noted to provide improved clarity (if I'm correct in assuming that is what they reflect).

      This was indeed shown in Figure 4A and noted in the color bar as “average beta (standardized)”. We do not specifically highlight this in the text, because the exact coefficients would depend on both on the analyzed frequency range and the selected electrodes.

      Figure 4I: The regressions explained at this point seems to contain a very large number of potential predictors, as I'm assuming it includes all sensors for both the ECG component and ECG rejected conditions? (if that is not the case, it could be explained in greater detail). I'm also not sure about the logic of taking a complete signal, decomposing it with ICA to separate out the ECG and non-ECG signals, then including them back into the same regression model. It seems that there could be some circularity or redundancy in doing so. However, I'm not confident that this is an issue, so would appreciate the authors explaining why it this is a valid approach (if that is the case).

      After observing significant effects both in the MEG<sub>ECG component</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> conditions in similar frequency bands we wanted to understand whether or not these age-related changes are statistically independent. To test this we added both variables as predictors in a regression model (thereby accounting for the influence of the other in relation to age). The regression models we performed were therefore actually not very complex. They were built using only two predictors, namely the data (in a specific frequency range) averaged over channels on which we noticed significant effects in the ECG rejected and ECG components data respectively (Wilkinson notation: age ~ 1 + ECG rejected + ECG components). This was also described in the results section stating that: “To see if MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG component</sub> explain unique variance in aging at frequency ranges where we noticed shared effects, we averaged the spectral slope across significant channels and calculated a multiple regression model with MEG<sub>ECG component</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> as predictors for age (to statistically control for the effect of MEG<sub>ECG component</sub>s and MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> on age). This analysis was performed to understand whether the observed shared age-related effects (MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG component</sub>) are in(dependent).”  

      We hope this explanation solves the previous misunderstanding.

      The explanation of results for relationships between spectral slopes and aging reported in Figure 4 refers to clusters of effects, but the statistical inference methods section doesn't explain how these clusters were determined.

      The wording of “cluster” was used to describe a “category” of effects e.g. null effects. We changed the wording from “cluster” to “category” to make this clearer stating now that: “This analysis, which is depicted in Figure 4, shows that over a broad amount of individual fitting ranges and sensors, aging resulted in a steepening of spectral slopes across conditions (see Figure 4E) with “steepening effects” observed in 25% of the processing options in MEG<sub>ECG not rejected</sub> , 0.5% in MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub>, and 60% for MEG<sub>ECG components</sub>. The second largest category of effects were “null effects” in 13% of the options for MEG<sub>ECG not rejected</sub> , 30% in MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub>, and 7% for MEG<sub>ECG components</sub>. ”

      Page 12: can the authors clarify whether these age related steepenings of the spectral slope in the MEG are when the data include the ECG contribution, or when the data exclude the ECG? (clarifying this seems critical to the message the authors are presenting).

      We apologize for not making this clearer. We now write: “This analysis also indicates that a vast majority of observed effects irrespective of condition (ECG components, ECG not rejected, ECG rejected) show a steepening of the spectral slope with age across sensors and frequency ranges.”

      Page 13: I think it would be useful to describe how much variance was explained by the MEG-ECG rejected vs MEG-ECG component conditions for a range of these analyses, so the reader also has an understanding of how much aperiodic neural activity might be influenced by age (vs if the effects are really driven mostly by changes in the ECG).

      With regards to the explained variance I think that the very important question of how strong age influences changes in aperiodic activity is a topic better suited for a meta analysis. As the effect sizes seems to vary largely depending on the sample e.g. for EEG in the literature results were reported at r=-0.08 (Cesnaite et al. 2023), r=-0.26 (Cellier et al. 2021), r=-0.24/r=-0.28/r=-0.35 (Hill et al. 2022) and r=0.5/r=0.7 (Voytek et al. 2015). I would defer the reader/reviewer to the standardized beta coefficients as a measure of effect size in the current study that is depicted in Figure 4A.

      Cellier, D., Riddle, J., Petersen, I., & Hwang, K. (2021). The development of theta and alpha neural oscillations from ages 3 to 24 years. Developmental cognitive neuroscience, 50, 100969.

      Cesnaite, E., Steinfath, P., Idaji, M. J., Stephani, T., Kumral, D., Haufe, S., ... & Nikulin, V. V. (2023). Alterations in rhythmic and non‐rhythmic resting‐state EEG activity and their link to cognition in older age. NeuroImage, 268, 119810.

      Hill, A. T., Clark, G. M., Bigelow, F. J., Lum, J. A., & Enticott, P. G. (2022). Periodic and aperiodic neural activity displays age-dependent changes across early-to-middle childhood. Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience, 54, 101076.

      Voytek, B., Kramer, M. A., Case, J., Lepage, K. Q., Tempesta, Z. R., Knight, R. T., & Gazzaley, A. (2015). Age-related changes in 1/f neural electrophysiological noise. Journal of Neuroscience, 35(38), 13257-13265.

      Also, if there are specific M/EEG sensors where the 1/f activity does relate strongly to age, it would be worth noting these, so future research could explore those sensors in more detail.

      I think it is difficult to make a clear claim about this for MEG data, as the exact location or type of the sensor may differ across manufacturers. Such a statement could be easier made for source projected data or in case EEG electrodes were available, where the location would be normed eg. according to the 10-20 system.

      DISCUSSION:

      Page 15: Please change the wording of the following sentence, as the way it is currently worded seems to suggest that the authors of the current manuscript have demonstrated this point (which I think is not the case): "The authors demonstrate that EEG typically integrates activity over larger volumes than MEG, resulting in differently shaped spectra across both recording methods."

      Apologies for the oversight! The reviewer is correct we in fact did not show this, but the authors of the cited manuscript. We correct the sentence as suggested stating now that:

      “Bénar et al. demonstrate that EEG typically integrates activity over larger volumes than MEG, resulting in differently shaped spectra across both recording methods.”

      Page 16: The authors mention the results can be sensitive to the application of SSS to clean the MEG data, but not ICA. I think it would be sensitive to the application of either SSS or ICA?

      This is correct and actually also supported by Figure S7, as differences in ICA thresholds affect also the detection of age-related effects. We therefore adjusted the related sentences stating now that:

      “ In case of the MEG signal this may include the application of Signal-Space-Separation algorithms (SSS(24,55)), different thresholds for ICA component detection (see Figure S7), high and low pass filtering, choices during spectral density estimation (window length/type etc.), different parametrization algorithms (e.g. IRASA vs FOOOF) and selection of frequency ranges for the aperiodic slope estimation.”

      It would be worth clarifying that the linked mastoid re-reference alone has been proposed to cancel out the ECG signal, rather than that a linked-mastoid re-reference improves the performance of the ICA separation (which could be inferred by the explanation as it's currently written).

      This is correct and we adjusted the sentence accordingly! Stating now that:

      “ Previous work(12,56) has shown that a linked mastoid reference alone was particularly effective in reducing the impact of ECG related activity on aperiodic activity measured using EEG. “

      The issue of the number of EEG channels could probably just be noted as a potential limitation, as could the issue of neural activity being mixed into the ECG component (although this does pose a potential confound to the M/EEG without ECG condition, I suspect it wouldn't be critical).

      This is indeed a very fair point as a higher amount of electrodes would probably make it easier to better isolate ECG components in the EEG, which may be the reason why the separation did not work so well in our case. However, this is ultimately an empirical question so we highlighted it in the discussion section stating that: “Difficulties in removing ECG related components from EEG signals via ICA might be attributable to various reasons such as the number of available sensors or assumptions related to the non-gaussianity of the underlying sources. Further understanding of this matter is highly important given that ICA is the most widely used procedure to separate neural from peripheral physiological sources. ”

      OUTLOOK:

      Page 19: Although there has been a recent trend to control for 1/f activity when examining oscillatory power, recent research suggests that this should only be implemented in specific circumstances, otherwise the correction causes more of a confound than the issue does. It might be worth considering this point with regards to the final recommendation in the Outlook section: Brake, N., Duc, F., Rokos, A., Arseneau, F., Shahiri, S., Khadra, A., & Plourde, G. (2024). A neurophysiological basis for aperiodic EEG and the background spectral trend. Nature Communications, 15(1), 1514.

      We want to thank the reviewer for recommending this very interesting paper! The authors of said paper present compelling evidence showing that, while peak detection above an aperiodic trend using methods like FOOOF or IRASA is a prerequisite to determine the presence of oscillatory activity, it’s not necessarily straightforward to determine which detrending approach should be applied to determine the actual power of an oscillation. Furthermore, the authors suggest that wrongfully detrending may cause larger errors than not detrending at all. We therefore added a sentence stating that: “However, whether or not periodic activity (after detection) should be detrended using approaches like FOOOF or IRASA still remains disputed, as incorrectly detrending the data may cause larger errors than not detrending at all(75).”

      RECOMMENDATIONS:

      Page 20: "measure and account for" seems like it's missing a word, can this be re-written so the meaning is more clear?

      Done as suggested. The sentence now states: “To better disentangle physiological and neural sources of aperiodic activity, we propose the following steps to (1) measure and (2) account for physiological influences.”

      I would re-phrase "doing an ICA" to "reducing cardiac artifacts using ICA" (this wording could be changed in other places also).

      I do not like to describe cardiac or ocular activity as artifactual per se. This is also why I used hyphens whenever I mention the word “artifact” in association with the ECG or EOG. However, I do understand that the wording of “doing an ICA” is a bit sloppy. We therefore reworded it accordingly throughout the manuscript to e.g. “separating cardiac from neural sources using an ICA” and “separating physiological from neural sources using an ICA”.

      I would additionally note that even if components are identified as unambiguously cardiac, it is still likely that neural activity is mixed in, and so either subtracting or leaving the component will both be an issue (https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.06.06.597688). As such, even perfect identification of whether components are cardiac or not would still mean the issue remains (and this issue is also consistent across a considerable range of component based methods). Furthermore, current methods including wavelet transforms on the ICA component still do not provide good separation of the artifact and neural activity.

      This is definitely a fair point and we also highlight this in our recommendations under 3 stating that:

      “However, separating physiological from neural sources using an ICA is no guarantee that peripheral physiological activity is fully removed from the cortical signal. Even more sophisticated ICA based methods that e.g. apply wavelet transforms on the ICA components may still not provide a good separation of peripheral physiological and neural activity76,77. This turns the process of deciding whether or not an ICA component is e.g. either reflective of cardiac or neural activity into a challenging problem. For instance, when we only extract cardiac components using relatively high detection thresholds (e.g. r > 0.8), we might end up misclassifying residual cardiac activity as neural. In turn, we can’t always be sure that using lower thresholds won’t result in misinterpreting parts of the neural effects as cardiac. Both ways of analyzing the data can potentially result in misconceptions.”

      Castellanos, N. P., & Makarov, V. A. (2006). Recovering EEG brain signals: Artifact suppression with wavelet enhanced independent component analysis. Journal of neuroscience methods, 158(2), 300-312.

      Bailey, N. W., Hill, A. T., Godfrey, K., Perera, M. P. N., Rogasch, N. C., Fitzgibbon, B. M., & Fitzgerald, P. B. (2024). EEG is better when cleaning effectively targets artifacts. bioRxiv, 2024-06.

      METHODS:

      Pre-processing, page 24: I assume the symmetric setting of fastica was used (rather than the deflation setting), but this should be specified.

      Indeed the reviewer is correct, we used the standard setting of fastICA implemented in MNE python, which is calling the FastICA implementation in sklearn that is per default using the “parallel” or symmetric algorithm to compute an ICA. We added this information to the text accordingly, stating that:

      “For extracting physiological “artifacts” from the data, 50 independent components were calculated using the fastica algorithm(22) (implemented in MNE-Python version 1.2; with the parallel/symmetric setting; note: 50 components were selected for MEG for computational reasons for the analysis of EEG data no threshold was applied).”

      Temporal response functions, page 26: can the authors please clarify whether the TRF is computed against the ECG signal for each electrode or sensory independently, or if all electrodes/sensors are included in the analysis concurrently? I'm assuming it was computed for each electrode and sensory separately, since the TRF was computed in both the forward and backwards direction (perhaps the meaning of forwards and backwards could be explained in more detail also - i.e. using the ECG to predict the EEG signal, or using the EEG signal to predict the ECG signal?).

      A TRF can also be conceptualized as a multiple regression model over time lags. This means that we used all channels to compute the forward and backward models. In the case of the forward model we predicted the signal of the M/EEG channels in a multivariate regression model using the ECG electrode as predictor. In case of the backward model we predicted the ECG electrode based on the signal of all M/EEG channels. The forward model was used to depict the time window at which the ECG signal was encoded in the M/EEG recording, which appears at 0 time lags indicating volume conduction. The backward model was used to see how much information of the ECG was decodable by taking the information of all channels.

      We tried to further clarify this approach in the methods section stating that:

      “We calculated the same model in the forward direction (encoding model; i.e. predicting M/EEG data in a multivariate model from the ECG signal) and backward direction (decoding model; i.e. predicting the ECG signal using all M/EEG channels as predictors).”

      Page 27: the ECG data was fit using a knee, but it seems the EEG and MEG data was not.

      Does this different pose any potential confound to the conclusions drawn? (having said this, Figure S4 suggests perhaps a knee was tested in the M/EEG data, which should perhaps be explained in the text also).

      This was indeed tested in a previous review round to ensure that our results are not dependent on the presence/absence of a knee in the data. We therefore added figure S4, but forgot to actually add a description in the text. We are sorry for this oversight and added a paragraph to S1 accordingly:

      “Using FOOOF(5), we also investigated the impact of different slope fitting options (fixed vs. knee model fits) on the aperiodic age relationship (see Supplementary Figure S4). The results that we obtained from these analyses using FOOOF offer converging evidence with our main analysis using IRASA.”

      Page 32: my understanding of the result reported here is that cleaning with ICA provided better sensitivity to the effects of age on 1/f activity than cleaning with SSS. Is this accurate? I think this could also be reported in the main manuscript, as it will be useful to researchers considering how to clean their M/EEG data prior to analyzing 1/f activity.

      The reviewer is correct in stating that we overall detected slightly more “significant” effects, when not additionally cleaning the data using SSS. However, I am a bit wary of recommending omitting the use of SSS maxfilter solely based on this information. It can very well be that the higher quantity of effects (when not employing SSS maxfilter) stems from other physiological sources (e.g. muscle activity) that are correlated with age and removed when applying SSS maxfiltering. I think that just conditioning the decision of whether or not maxfilter is applied based on the amount or size of effects may not be the best idea. Instead I think that the applicability of maxfilter for research questions related to aperiodic activity should be the topic of additional methodological research. We therefore now write in Text S1:

      “Considering that we detected less and weaker aperiodic effects when using SSS maxfilter is it advisable to omit maxfilter, when analyzing aperiodic signals? We don’t think that we can make such a judgment based on our current results. This is because it's unclear whether or not the reduction of effects stems from an additional removal of peripheral information (e.g. muscle activity; that may be correlated with aging) or is induced by the SSS maxfiltering procedure itself. As the use of maxfilter in detecting changes of aperiodic activity was not subject of analysis that we are aware of, we suggest that this should be the topic of additional methodological research.”

      Page 39, Figure S6 and Figure S8: Perhaps the caption could also briefly explain the difference between maxfilter set to false vs true? I might have missed it, but I didn't gain an understanding of what varying maxfilter would mean.

      Figure S6 shows the effect of ageing on the spectral slope averaged across all channels. The maxfilter set to false in AB) means that no maxfiltering using SSS was performed vs. in CD) where the data was additionally processed using the SSS maxfilter algorithm. We now describe this more clearly by writing in the caption:

      “Supplementary Figure S6: Age-related changes in aperiodic brain activity are most prominent on explained by cardiac components irrespective of maxfiltering the data using signal space separation (SSS) or not AC) Age was used to predict the spectral slope (fitted at 0.1-145Hz) averaged across sensors at rest in three different conditions (ECG components not rejected [blue], ECG components rejected [orange], ECG components only [green].”

    1. Es difícil rechazar una nueva tecnología en esta época, porque su lanzamiento no es puramente científico hay equipos destinados incluso a que generemos adicción al uso de nuevas herramientas, como las redes sociales o la IA

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This a comprehensive study that sheds light on how Wag31 functions and localises in mycobacterial cells. A clear link to interactions with CL is shown using a combination of microscopy in combination with fusion fluorescent constructs, and lipid specific dyes. Furthermore, studies using mutant versions of Wag31 shed light on the functionalities of each domain in the protein. My concerns/suggestions for the manuscript are minor:

      (1) Ln 130. A better clarification/discussion is required here. It is clear that both depletion and overexpression have an effect on levels of various lipids, but subsequent descriptions show that they affect different classes of lipids.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have added a better clarification on this in the discussion of revised manuscript. The lipid classes that get impacted by the depletion of Wag31 vs overexpression are different. Wag31 is an adaptor protein that interacts with proteins of the ACCase complex (Meniche et al., 2014; Xu et al., 2014) that synthesize fatty acid precursors and regulate their activity (Habibi Arejan et al., 2022).

      The varied response on lipid homeostasis could be attributed to a change in the stoichiometry of these interactions of Wag31. While Wag31 depletion would prevent such interactions from occurring and might affect lipid synthesis that directly depends on Wag31-protein partner interactions, its overexpression would lead to promiscuous interactions and a change in the stoichiometry of native interactions that would ultimately modulate lipid synthesis pathways.

      (2) The pulldown assays results are interesting, but links are tentative.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. The interactome of Wag31 was identified through the immunoprecipitation of FLAG-Wag31 complemented at an integrative locus in Wag31 mutant background to avoid overexpression artifacts. We used Msm::gfp expressing an integrative copy (at L5 locus) of FLAG-GFP as a control to subtract non-specific interactions. The experiment was performed in biological triplicates, and interactors that appeared in all replicates but not in the control were selected for further analysis. Although we identified more than 100 interactors of Wag31, we analyzed only the top 25 hits, with a PSM cut-off 18 and unique peptides5. Additionally, two of Wag31's established interactors, AccD5 and Rne, were among the top five hits, thus validating our data.

      As mentioned in line 139 of the previous version of the manuscript, we agree that the interactions can either be direct or through a third partner. The fact that we obtained known interactors of Wag31 makes us believe these interactions are genuine. Moreover, for validation, we performed pulldown experiments by mixing E. coli lysates expressing His-Wag31 full-length or truncated protein with M. smegmatis lysates expressing FLAG-tagged interacting proteins. The wash conditions used were quite stringent for these pull-down assays—the wash buffer contained 1% Triton X100 that eliminates all non-specific and indirect interactions. However, we agree that we cannot conclusively state that the interactions are direct without purifying the proteins and performing the experiment. As mentioned above, this caveat was stated in the previous version of the manuscript.

      (3) The authors may perhaps like to rephrase claims of effects lipid homeostasis, as my understanding is that lipid localisation rather than catabolism/breakdown is affected.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. In this manuscript, we are trying to convey that Wag31 is a spatiotemporal regulator of lipid metabolism. It is a peripheral protein that is hooked to the membrane via Cardiolipin and forms a scaffold at the poles, which helps localize several enzymes involved in lipid metabolism.

      Homeostasis is the process by which an organism maintains a steady-state of balance and stability in response to changes. Depletion of Wag31 not only results in delocalisation of lipids in intracellular lipid inclusions but also leads to changes in the levels of various lipid classes. Advancement in the field of spatial biology underscores the importance of native localization of various biological molecules crucial for maintaining a steady-cell of the cell. Hence, we have used the word “homeostasis” to describe both the changes observed in lipid metabolism.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kapoor et. al. investigated the role of the mycobacterial protein Wag31 in lipid and peptidoglycan synthesis and sought to delineate the role of the N- and C- terminal domains of Wag31. They demonstrated that modulating Wag31 levels influences lipid homeostasis in M. smegmatis and cardiolipin (CL) localisation in cells. Wag31 was found to preferentially bind CL-containing liposomes, and deleting the N-terminus of the protein significantly decreased this interaction. Novel interactions between Wag31 and proteins involved in lipid metabolism and cell wall synthesis were identified, suggesting that Wag31 recruits proteins to the intracellular membrane domain by direct interaction.

      Strengths:

      (1) The importance of Wag31 in maintaining lipid homeostasis is supported by several lines of evidence. (2) The interaction between Wag31 and cardiolipin, and the role of the N-terminus in this interaction was convincingly demonstrated.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) MS experiments provide some evidence for novel protein-protein interactions. However, the pulldown experiments lack a valid negative control.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have included two non-interactors of Wag31 i.e. MmpL4 and MmpS5 which were not identified in our interactome database as negative controls in the experiment. As shown in Figure S3, we performed His pull-down experiments with both of them independently twice, each time with a positive control (known interactor of Wag31 (Msm2092)). Fig. S3b revised shows E. coli lysate expressing His-Wag31 which was incubated with Msm lysates expressing either FLAG tagged-MmpL4 or -MmpS5 or Msm2092 (revised Fig. S3c). The mixed lysates were pulled down with Cobalt beads that bind to the His-tagged protein and analysed using Western blot analysis by probing with anti-FLAG antibody (revised Fig. S3d.). The data presented confirms that the interactions validated through the pull down assay were indeed specific.

      (2) The role of the N-terminus in the protein-protein interaction has not been ruled out.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. Wag31<sub>Msm</sub> is a 272 amino acids long protein. The Nterminal of Wag31, which houses the DivIVA-domain, comprises the first 60 amino acids. Previously, we attempted to express the N-terminal (60 aa long) and the C-terminal (212 aa long) truncated proteins in various mycobacterial shuttle vectors to perform MS/MS experiments. Despite numerous efforts, neither expressed with the N/C-terminal FLAG tag or no tag in episomal or integrative vectors due to instability of the protein. Eventually, we successfully expressed the C-terminal Wag31 with an N and Cterminal hexa-His tag. However, this expression was not sufficient or stable enough for us to perform Ni<sup>2+</sup>-affinity pull-down experiments for mass spectrometry. N-terminal of Wag31 could not be expressed in M. smegmatis even with N and C-terminal Hexa-His tags.

      To rule out the role of the N-terminal in mediating protein-protein interactions, we cloned the N-terminal of Wag31 that comprises the DivIVA-domain in pET28b vector (Fig. 7a revised). Subsequently, the truncated protein, hereafter called  Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>  flanked by 6X His tags at both the termini was expressed in E. coli and mixed with Msm lysates expressing interactors of Wag31 (Fig. 7b-c revised). Earlier experiments with Wag31<sub>∆1-60</sub or Wag31<sub>∆N</sub> (in the revised manuscript) were performed with MurG, SepIVA, Msm2092 and AccA3 (Fig. 7e-g). Thus, we used the same set of interactors to test our hypothesis. Briefly, His-  Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>  was mixed with Msm lysates expressing either FLAG-MurG, -SepIVA, -Msm2092 or -AccA3 and pull down experiments were performed as described previously. FLAGMmpS5, a non-interactor of Wag31 was used as a negative control. As shown in Fig. 7d revised, His-Wag31 could bind to all the four interactors whereas His- Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>  couldn’t, strengthening the conclusion that interactions of Wag31 with other proteins are mediated by its Cterminal. However, we can’t ignore the possibility of other interactors binding to the N-terminal of Wag31. Unfortunately, due to poor expression/instability of  Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>  in mycobacterial shuttle vectors, we are unable to perform a global interactome analysis of  Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes the characterization of mycobacterial cytoskeleton protein Wag31, examining its role in orchestrating protein-lipid and protein-protein interactions essential for mycobacterial survival. The most significant finding is that Wag31, which directs polar elongation and maintains the intracellular membrane domain, was revealed to have membrane tethering capabilities.

      Strengths:

      The authors provided a detailed analysis of Wag31 domain architecture, revealing distinct functional roles: the N-terminal domain facilitates lipid binding and membrane tethering, while the C-terminal domain mediates protein-protein interactions. Overall, this study offers a robust and new understanding of Wag31 function.

      Weaknesses:

      The following major concerns should be addressed.

      • Authors use 10-N-Nonyl-acridine orange (NAO) as a marker for cardiolipin localization. However, given that NAO is known to bind to various anionic phospholipids, how do the authors know that what they are seeing is specifically visualizing cardiolipin and not a different anionic phospholipid? For example, phosphatidylinositol is another abundant anionic phospholipid in mycobacterial plasma membrane.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. Despite its promiscuous binding to other anionic phospholipids, 10-N-Nonyl-acridine orange is widely used to stain Cardiolipin and determine its localisation in bacterial cells and mitochondria of eukaryotes (Garcia Fernandez et al., 2004; Mileykovskaya & Dowhan, 2000; Renner & Weibel, 2011). This is because it has a stronger affinity for Cardiolipin than other anionic phospholipids with the affinity constant being 2 × 10<sup>6</sup> M−<sup>1</sup> for Cardiolipin association and 7 × 10<sup>4</sup> M−<sup>1</sup> for that of phosphatidylserine and phosphatidylinositol association (Petit et al., 1992). Additionally, there is not yet another stain available for detecting Cardiolipin. Our proteinlipid binding assays suggest that Wag31 preferentially binds to Cardiolipin over other anionic phospholipids (Fig. 4b), hence it is likely that the majority of redistribution of NAO fluorescence that we observe might be contributed by Cardiolipin mislocalization due to altered Wag31 levels, with smaller degree of NAO redistribution intensity coming indirectly from other anionic phospholipids displaced from the membrane due to the loss of membrane integrity and cell shape changes due to Wag31.

      • Authors' data show that the N-terminal region of Wag31 is important for membrane tethering. The authors' data also show that the N-terminal region is important for sustaining mycobacterial morphology. However, the authors' statement in Line 256 "These results highlight the importance of tethering for sustaining mycobacterial morphology and survival" requires additional proof. It remains possible that the N-terminal region has another unknown activity, and this yet-unknown activity rather than the membrane tethering activity drives the morphological maintenance. Similarly, the N-terminal region is important for lipid homeostasis, but the statement in Line 270, "the maintenance of lipid homeostasis by Wag31 is a consequence of its tethering activity" requires additional proof. The authors should tone down these overstatements or provide additional data to support their claims.

      We agree with the reviewer that there exists a possibility for another function of the N-terminal that may contribute to sustaining mycobacterial physiology and survival. We would revise our statements in the paper to reflect the data. Results shown suggest that the tethering activity of the Nterminal region may contribute to mycobacterial morphology and survival. However, additional functions of this region can’t be ruled out. Similarly, the maintenance of lipid homeostasis by Wag31 may be associated with its tethering activity, although other mechanisms could also contribute to this process.

      • Authors suggest that Wag31 acts as a scaffold for the IMD (Fig. 8). However, Meniche et. al. has shown that MurG as well as GlfT2, two well-characterized IMD proteins, do not colocalize with Wag31 (DivIVA) (https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1402158111). IMD proteins are always slightly subpolar while Wag31 is located to the tip of the cell. Therefore, the authors' biochemical data cannot be easily reconciled with microscopic observations in the literature. This raises a question regarding the validity of protein-protein interaction shown in Figure 7. Since this pull-down assay was conducted by mixing E. coli lysate expressing Wag31 and Msm lysate expression Wag31 interactors like MurG, it is possible that the interactions are not direct. Authors should interpret their data more cautiously. If authors cannot provide additional data and sufficient justifications, they should avoid proposing a confusing model like Figure 8 that contradicts published observations.

      In the literature, MurG and GlfT2 have been shown to have polar localisation (Freeman et al., 2023; Hayashi et al., 2016; Kado et al., 2023) and two groups have shown slightly sub-polar localisation of MurG (García-Heredia et al., 2021; Meniche et al., 2014). Additionally, (Freeman et al., 2023) showed SepIVA to be a spatio-temporal regulator of MurG. MS/MS analysis of Wag31 immunoprecipitation data yielded both MurG and SepIVA to be interactors of Wag31 (Fig. 3). Given Wag31 also displays polar localisation, it is likely that it associates with the polar MurG. However, since a sub-polar localisation of MurG has also been reported, it is possible that they do not interact directly and another protein mediates their interaction. Based on the above, we will modify the model proposed in Fig. 8.

      We agree that for validation of interaction, we performed pulldown experiments by mixing E. coli lysates expressing His-Wag31 full-length or truncated protein with M. smegmatis lysates expressing FLAG-tagged interacting proteins. The wash conditions used were quite stringent for these pull-down assays—the wash buffer contained 1% Triton X100 that eliminates all non-specific and indirect interactions. However, we agree that we cannot conclusively state that the interactions are direct without purifying the proteins and performing the experiment. We will describe this caveat in the revised manuscript and propose a model that reflects the results we obtained.

      References:

      Freeman, A. H., Tembiwa, K., Brenner, J. R., Chase, M. R., Fortune, S. M., Morita, Y. S., & Boutte, C. C. (2023). Arginine methylation sites on SepIVA help balance elongation and septation in Mycobacterium smegmatis. Mol Microbiol, 119(2), 208-223. https://doi.org/10.1111/mmi.15006

      Garcia Fernandez, M. I., Ceccarelli, D., & Muscatello, U. (2004). Use of the fluorescent dye 10-N-nonyl acridine orange in quantitative and location assays of cardiolipin: a study on different experimental models. Anal Biochem, 328(2), 174-180. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ab.2004.01.020

      García-Heredia, A., Kado, T., Sein, C. E., Puffal, J., Osman, S. H., Judd, J., Gray, T. A., Morita, Y. S., & Siegrist, M. S. (2021). Membrane-partitioned cell wall synthesis in mycobacteria. eLife, 10. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.60263

      Habibi Arejan, N., Ensinck, D., Diacovich, L., Patel, P. B., Quintanilla, S. Y., Emami Saleh, A., Gramajo, H., & Boutte, C. C. (2022). Polar protein Wag31 both activates and inhibits cell wall metabolism at the poles and septum. Front Microbiol, 13, 1085918. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmicb.2022.1085918

      Hayashi, J. M., Luo, C. Y., Mayfield, J. A., Hsu, T., Fukuda, T., Walfield, A. L., Giffen, S. R., Leszyk, J. D., Baer, C. E., Bennion, O. T., Madduri, A., Shaffer, S. A., Aldridge, B. B., Sassetti, C. M., Sandler, S. J., Kinoshita, T., Moody, D. B., & Morita, Y. S. (2016). Spatially distinct and metabolically active membrane domain in mycobacteria. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 113(19), 5400-5405. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1525165113

      Kado, T., Akbary, Z., Motooka, D., Sparks, I. L., Melzer, E. S., Nakamura, S., Rojas, E. R., Morita, Y. S., & Siegrist, M. S. (2023). A cell wall synthase accelerates plasma membrane partitioning in mycobacteria. eLife, 12, e81924. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.81924

      Meniche, X., Otten, R., Siegrist, M. S., Baer, C. E., Murphy, K. C., Bertozzi, C. R., & Sassetti, C. M. (2014). Subpolar addition of new cell wall is directed by DivIVA in mycobacteria. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 111(31), E32433251. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1402158111

      Mileykovskaya, E., & Dowhan, W. (2000). Visualization of phospholipid domains in Escherichia coli by using the cardiolipin-specific fluorescent dye 10-N-nonyl acridine orange. J Bacteriol, 182(4), 1172-1175. https://doi.org/10.1128/JB.182.4.1172-1175.2000

      Petit, J. M., Maftah, A., Ratinaud, M. H., & Julien, R. (1992). 10N-nonyl acridine orange interacts with cardiolipin and allows the quantification of this phospholipid in isolated mitochondria. Eur J Biochem, 209(1), 267273. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1432-1033.1992.tb17285.x

      Renner, L. D., & Weibel, D. B. (2011). Cardiolipin microdomains localize to negatively curved regions of Escherichia coli membranes. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 108(15), 6264-6269. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1015757108

      Schägger, H. (2006). Tricine-SDS-PAGE. Nat Protoc, 1(1), 16-22. https://doi.org/10.1038/nprot.2006.4

      Xu, W. X., Zhang, L., Mai, J. T., Peng, R. C., Yang, E. Z., Peng, C., & Wang, H. H. (2014). The Wag31 protein interacts with AccA3 and coordinates cell wall lipid permeability and lipophilic drug resistance in Mycobacterium smegmatis. Biochem Biophys Res Commun, 448(3), 255-260. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbrc.2014.04.116

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Ln 130. A better clarification/discussion is required here. It is clear that both depletion and overexpression have an effect in levels of various lipids, but subsequent descriptions show that they affect different classes of lipids.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have included a clarification for this in the discussion section.

      (2) The pulldown assays results are interesting, but the links are tentative.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. The interactome of Wag31 was identified through the immunoprecipitation of Flag-tagged Wag31 complemented at an integrative locus in Wag31 mutant background to avoid overexpression artifacts. We used Msm::gfp expressing an integrative copy (at L5 locus) of FLAG-GFP as a control to subtract non-specific interactions. The experiment was performed in biological triplicates, and interactors that appeared in all replicates were selected for further analysis. Although we identified more than 100 interactors of Wag31, we analyzed only the top 25 hits, with a PSM cut-off 18 and unique peptides5. Additionally, two of Wag31's established interactors, AccD5 and Rne, were among the top five hits, thus validating our data.

      Though we agree that the interactions can either be direct or through a third partner, the fact that we obtained known interactors of Wag31 makes us believe these interactions are genuine. Moreover, for validation, we performed pulldown experiments by mixing E. coli lysates expressing HisWag31 full-length or truncated protein with M. smegmatis lysates expressing FLAG-tagged interacting proteins. The wash conditions used were quite stringent for these pull-down assays—the wash buffer contained 1% Triton X100 that eliminates all non-specific and indirect interactions. However, we agree that we cannot conclusively state that the interactions are direct without purifying the proteins and performing the experiment. We will describe this caveat in the revised manuscript.

      (3) The authors may perhaps like to rephrase claims of effects lipid homeostasis, as my understanding is that lipid localisation rather than catabolism/breakdown is affected.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. In this manuscript, we are trying to convey that Wag31 is a spatiotemporal regulator of lipid metabolism. It is a peripheral protein that is hooked to the membrane via Cardiolipin and forms a scaffold at the poles, which helps localize several enzymes involved in lipid metabolism.

      Homeostasis is the process by which an organism maintains a steady-state of balance and stability in response to changes. Depletion of Wag31 not only results in delocalisation of lipids in intracellular lipid inclusions but also leads to changes in the levels of various lipid classes. Advancement in the field of spatial biology underscores the importance of native localization of various biological molecules crucial for maintaining a steady-cell of the cell. Hence, we have used the word “homeostasis” to describe both the changes observed in lipid metabolism.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I recommend the following experiments to strengthen the data presented:

      (1) Include a non-interacting FLAG-tagged protein as a negative control in the pull-down experiment to strengthen this data.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. As suggested, we have included non-interacting FLAGtagged proteins as negative controls in the pulldown experiment. We chose MmpL4 and MmpS5 which were not found in the Wag31 interactome data. We performed pull-down experiments with both of them and included an interactor of Wag31 i.e. Msm2092 as a positive control. Fig. S3b revised shows E. coli lysate expressing His-Wag31 which was incubated with Msm lysates expressing either FLAG taggedMmpL4 or -MmpS5 or -Msm2092 (Fig. S3c revised). The mixed lysates were pulled down with Cobalt beads that bind to the His-tagged protein and analysed using Western blot analysis by probing with anti-FLAG antibody. The pull down experiments were performed independently twice, every time with Msm2092 as the positive control (Fig. S3d. revised).

      (2) Perform the pull-down experiments using only the Wag31 N-terminus to rule out any role that it may have in the protein-protein interactions.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. To rule out the possibility of N-terminal of Wag31 in mediating protein-protein interactions, we cloned the N-terminal of Wag31 that comprises the DivIVAdomain in pET28b vector (Fig. 7a revised). Subsequently, the truncated protein, hereafter called Wag31<sub>∆C</sub> flanked by 6X His tags at both the termini was expressed in E. coli and subsequently mixed with Msm lysates expressing interactors of Wag31 (Fig. 7b-c revised). Earlier experiments with Wag31<sub>∆1-60</sub> or Wag31<sub>∆N</sub>  were performed with MurG, SepIVA, Msm2092 and AccA3 (Fig. 7 previous) so we used the same set of interactors to test our hypothesis. Briefly, His-Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>was mixed with Msm lysates expressing either FLAG-MurG, -SepIVA, -Msm2092 or -AccA3 and pull down experiments were performed as described previously. FLAG-MmpS5, a non-interactor of Wag31 was used as a negative control. As shown in Fig. 7d revised, His-Wag31 could bind to all the four interactors whereas His-Wag31<sub>∆C</sub> couldn’t, strengthening the conclusion that interactions of Wag31 with other proteins are mediated by its C-terminal. However, we can’t ignore the possibility of other proteins binding to the Nterminal of Wag31. Unfortunately, due to poor expression/instability of Wag31<sub>∆C</sub> in mycobacterial shuttle vectors, we couldn’t perform a global interactome analysis of Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>.

      Minor comments:

      - Please check the legend of Fig. 1g, it appears to be labelled incorrectly.

      We have checked it. It is correct. From Fig. 1g we are trying to reflect on the percentages of cells of the three strains i.e. Msm+ATc, Δwag31-ATc, and Δwag31+ATc displaying rod, round or bulged morphology.

      - For MS/MS analysis, a GFP control is mentioned but it is not indicated how this was incorporated in the data analysis. This information should be added.

      We have incorporated that in the revised methodology.

      - The information presented in Fig. 3a, e and f could be combined in one table.

      We appreciate the idea of the reviewer but we prefer a pictorial representation of the data. It allows readers to consume the information in parts, make quicker comparisons and understand trends easily.

      - Fig. 4c Wag31K20A appears smaller in size than the wild-type protein - why is this the case? Is this not a single amino acid substitution?

      Though K20A is a single amino acid substitution, it alters the mobility of Wag31 on SDS-PAGE gel. The sequence analysis of the plasmid expressing Wag31<sub>K20A</sub> doesn’t show additional mutations other than the desired K20A. The change in mobility could be due to a change in the conformation of Wag31<sub>K20A</sub> or its ability to bind to SDS or both that modify its mobility under the influence of electric field.

      - Please clarify what is contained in the first panel of fig 4e. compared to what is in the second panel.

      The first panel represents CL-Dil-Liposomes before incubation with Wag31-GFP and the second panel shows CL-Dil-Liposomes after incubation with Wag31-GFP. The third panel shows the mixture as observed in the green channel to investigate the localisation of Wag31-GFP in the liposome-protein mix. Fourth panel shows the merged of second and third.

      - The data in Fig 6d suggests higher levels of CL in the ∆wag31 compared to wild-type - how do the authors reconcile this with the MS data in Fig. 2g showing lower CL levels?

      Fig. 6d represents the distribution of CL localisation in the tested strains of mycobacteria whereas Fig. 2g shows the absolute levels of CL in various strains. We attribute greater confidence on the lipidomics data which suggests down regulation of CL species. The NAO staining and microscopy is merely for studying localization of the CL along the cell, and cannot be used to reliably quantify or equate it to CL levels. The staining using a probe such as NAO is dependent on factors such as hydrophobicity and permeability of the cell wall, which we expect to be severely altered in a Wag31 mutant. Therefore, the increased staining of NAO seen in Wag31 mutant could just be reflective of the increased uptake of the dye rather than absolute levels of CL. The specificity of staining and localization however can be expected to be unaltered.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Following are suggestions for improving the writing and presentation.

      • Figure 1, the meaning of the yellow arrows present in f and h should be mentioned in the figure legend.

      We have incorporated that in the revised legend. In Fig.1f, the yellow arrowhead represents the bulged pole morphology whereas in Fig. 1h, it indicates intracellular lipid inclusions.

      • Figure 7 legend refers to panels g, h, and i. However, Figure 7 only has panels a-c. The legend lacks a description of panel c.

      We have corrected the typos and the legend.

      • Figure S1, F2-R2 and F3-R3 expected sizes should be stated in the legend of the figure.

      We have updated the legends.

      • Figure S5, is this the same figure as 5e? If so, there is no need for this figure.

      We have removed Fig. S5.

      • Methods need to be written more carefully with enough details. I listed some of the concerns below.

      Detailed methodology was previously provided in the supplementary material and now we have moved it to the materials and methods in the revised manuscript.

      • Line 392, provide more details on western blotting. What is the secondary antibody? What image documentation system was used?

      We have updated the methodology.

      • Line 400, while the methods may be the same as the reference 64, authors should still provide key details such as the way samples were fixed and processed for SEM and TEM.

      We have provided a detailed description of the same in methodology in the revised version.

      • Line 437, how do authors calculate the concentration of liposome to be 10 µM? Do they possibly mean the concentration of phospholipids used to make the liposomes?

      Yes, this is the concentration of total lipids used to make liposomes. 1 μM of Wag31 or its mutants were mixed with 100 nm extruded liposomes containing 10 μm total lipid in separate Eppendorf tubes.

      • Supplemental Line 9, "turns of" should read "turns off".

      We have edited this.

      • Supplemental Line 13, define LHS and RHS.

      LHS or left hand sequence and RHS or right hand sequence refers to the upstream and downstream flanking regions of the gene of interest.

      • Supplemental Line 20, indicate the manufacturer of the microscope and type of the objective lens.

      We have added these details now.

      • Supplemental Line 31, define MeOH, or use a chemical formula like chloroform.

      MeOH is methanol. We have provided a chemical formula in the revised version.

      • Supplemental Line 53, indicate the concentration of trypsin.

      We have included that in the revised version.

      • Supplemental Line 72, g is not a unit. "30,000 g" should be "30,000x g".

      We have revised this in the manuscript.

      • Supplemental Line 114, provide more details on western blotting. What is the manufacturer of antiFLAG antibody? What is the secondary antibody? How was the antibody binding visualized? What image documentation system was used?

      We have provided these details in the revised version.

    1. there can be, and usually is, som e degree o f pain involved in giving up oid ways of thinking and knowing and )earning new approaches

      This line struck me as more of a pedagogue. Learning is not always joyous—it can be a reckoning. hooks’s honesty about discomfort as part of transformation is a rare gift, offering grace to students and educators alike.

    2. The unwillingness to approach teaching from a standpoint that includes awareness o f race, sex, and class is often rooted in the fear

      Personal Note: Change isn’t just resisted out of ignorance—it’s also avoided because it threatens the illusion of control. It made me think about how faculty development should include emotional support, not just ideological training.

    3. The unwillingness to approach teaching from a standpoint that includes awareness o f race, sex, and class is often rooted in the fear that classrooms will be uncontrollable, that emotions and passions will not be contained.

      I think that people focus too much today on things such as race, sex, and social class instead of just focusing on what will make our students safer, more comfortable, and learn better. I think we need to be less worried about offending each other and more worried about how we as a nation will fix our school system so our future children don't have the same issues we had to deal with.

    4. When we, as educators, allow our pedagogy to be radically changed by our recognition of a multicultural world, we can give students the education they desire and deserve. We can teach in ways that transform consciousness, creating a climate of free expression that is the essence of a truly liberatory liberal arts education. 4 Paulo Freire This is a playful dialogue with myself, Gloria Watkins, talking with bell hooks, my writing voice. I wanted to speak about Paulo and his work in this way for it afforded me an intimacy-a familiarity-I do nat find it possible to achieve in the essay. And here I have found a way to share the sweetness, the soli-darity I talk a bo ut. Watkins: Reading your books Ain 't I a Woman: Black Women a nd Feminism, Feminist The!Yfy: From Margin to Center, and Talk-ing Bach, it is clear that your development as a critica! thinker has been greatly influenced by the work of Paulo Freire. Can you speak abou~ why his work has touched your life so deeply? hooks: Years before I met Paulo Freire, I had learned so much from hi s work, learned new ways o f thinking a bo ut social reality that were liberatory. Often when university stu-45

      This final sentence sums it up great, explaining how using multicultural education and being able to adapt to the changes in the world can help teach students what they want to know and also help them learn the education they deserve.

    5. xperience does nat make one an expert, and perhaps even by explaining what it means to place someone in the role of "na-tive informant." It must be stated that professors cannot inter-vene if they also see students as "native informants." Often, students have corne to my office complaining about the Jack of inclusion in another professor' s class. For example, a course on social and political thought in the United States includes no work by women. When students complain to the teacher about this Jack of inclusion, they are told to make suggestions of material that can be used. This often places an unfair burden on a student. It also makes it seem that it is only important to address a bias if there is someone complaining. Increasingly, students are making complaints because they want a democrat-ic unbiased liberal arts education. Multiculturalism compels educators to recognize the nar-row boundaries that have shaped the way knowledge is shared in the classroom. It forces us all to recognize our complicity in accepting and perpetuating biases of any kind. Students are eager to break through barriers to knowing. They are willing to surrender to the wonder of re-learning and learning ways of knowing that go against the grain. When we, as educators, allow our pedagogy to be radically changed by our recognition of a multicultural world, we can give students the education they desire and deserve. We can teach in ways that transform consciousness, creating a climate of free expression that is the essence of a truly liberatory liberal arts education. 4 Paulo Freire This is a playful dialogue with myself, Gloria Watkins, talking with bell hooks, my writing voice. I wanted to speak about Paulo and his work in this way for it afforded me an intimacy-a familiarity-I do nat find it possible to achieve in the essay. And here I have found a way to share the sweetness, the soli-darity I talk a bo ut. Watkins: Reading your books Ain 't I a Woman: Black Women a nd Feminism, Feminist The!Yfy: From Margin to Center, and Talk-ing Bach, it is clear that your development as a critica! thinker has been greatly influenced by the work of Paulo Freire. Can you speak abou~ why his work has touched your life so deeply? hooks: Years before I met Paulo Freire, I had learned so much from hi s work, learned new ways o f thinking a bo ut social reality that were liberatory. Often when university stu-45

      The central idea of the passage is the need for educators to embrace multiculturalism and recognize their own biases in order to provide students with a truly liberatory liberal arts education. The passage argues that educators should not rely on students to point out biases but should actively work to create an inclusive and unbiased learning environment.

    6. To hear each other (the sound of different voices), to listen to o ne another, is an exercise in recognition. It also ensures that no student remains invisible in the classroom.

      Being inclusive is such a vital part of encouraging a healthy and positive learning environment. Teaching should not be run as a dictatorship where the teacher is the only one doing the talking, but the most effective learning happens as a the teacher is also taking input from the students. The idea that students can collaborate not with just each other but with the teacher, not only encourages their confidence, but also allows them to be more vulnerable.

    7. The unwillingness to approach teaching from a standpoint that includes awareness o f race, sex, and class is often rooted in the fear that classrooms will be uncontrollable, that emotions and passions will not be contained

      The concept of control within education is very important, given that education started in America as a tool to control society and communities as a whole. Denying the inclusion of race, sex, and class for the sake of avoiding conflict creates barriers to change. Positive and beneficial growth cannot be achieved through comfort and requires an openness to discomfort for the greater good.

    8. Multiculturalism compels educators to recognize the nar-row boundaries that have shaped the way knowledge is shared in the classroom. It forces us all to recognize our complicity in accepting and perpetuating biases of any kind. Students are eager to break through barriers to knowing. They are willing to surrender to the wonder of re-learning and learning ways of knowing that go against the grain. When we, as educators, allow our pedagogy to be radically changed by our recognition of a multicultural world, we can give students the education they desire and deserve. We can teach in ways that transform consciousness, creating a climate of free expression that is the essence of a truly liberatory liberal arts education. 4 Paulo Freire This is a playful dialogue with myself, Gloria Watkins, talking with bell hooks, my writing voice. I wanted to speak about Paulo and his work in this way for it afforded me an intimacy-a familiarity-I do nat find it possible to achieve in the essay. And here I have found a way to share the sweetness, the soli-darity I talk a bo ut. Watkins: Reading your books Ain 't I a Woman: Black Women a nd Feminism, Feminist The!Yfy: From Margin to Center, and Talk-ing Bach, it is clear that your development as a critica! thinker has been greatly influenced by the work of Paulo Freire. Can you speak abou~ why his work has touched your life so deeply? hooks: Years before I met Paulo Freire, I had learned so much from hi s work, learned new ways o f thinking a bo ut social reality that were liberatory. Often when university stu-45

      I was struck by the author's framing of multiculturalism not only as diversity of content, but as a force for exposing the “narrow boundaries” of knowledge sharing and our “complicity” in perpetuating bias. The assertion that “students are eager to break through the barriers of knowledge” challenges the notion that resistance to inclusive education comes primarily from the learner. Instead, the authors suggest that educators must be willing to “revolutionize” their pedagogy to create truly liberating education. The dialogic form creates a sense of “intimacy” and “closeness” that the author finds difficult to achieve in traditional prose forms, modeling how form reflects content in emancipatory education. This self-reflexive approach contributes to our understanding by demonstrating how academic writing itself can be transformed into a more authentic connection with influential thinkers such as Freire.

    9. Agam and agam, 1t was nec-mc . . ¡· . 11t rem ind everyone that no educatwn 1s po 1tica y neu-essary o . .1 Emphasizing that a white male professor m an Enghshtra.

      This reminds me of a text I read for a Theory class last semester. It talks about how the personal is political. The two are interlocked and intersected. And as I mentioned in my earlier annotation, I do think education is very personal, which in turn makes it political

  7. www.planalto.gov.br www.planalto.gov.br
    1. a cada 5 (cinco) anos

      A cada 5 anos o IBGE deve realizar pesquisa para identificar o percentual de ocupação, no setor público, de segmentos étnicos e raciais.

  8. www.planalto.gov.br www.planalto.gov.br
    1. § 2º

      RECURSO ESPECIAL REPETITIVO. CÓDIGO DE PROCESSO CIVIL DE 2015. APLICABILIDADE. PROCESSUAL CIVIL E TRIBUTÁRIO. IMPOSTO SOBRE TRANSMISSÃO CAUSA MORTIS E DOAÇÃO DE QUAISQUER BENS E DIREITOS - ITCMD. ARROLAMENTO SUMÁRIO. ART. 659, CAPUT, E § 2º DO CPC/2015. HOMOLOGAÇÃO DA PARTILHA OU DA ADJUDICAÇÃO. EXPEDIÇÃO DOS TÍTULOS TRANSLATIVOS DE DOMÍNIO. RECOLHIMENTO PRÉVIO DA EXAÇÃO. DESNECESSIDADE. PAGAMENTO ANTECIPADO DOS TRIBUTOS RELATIVOS AOS BENS E ÀS RENDAS DO ESPÓLIO. OBRIGATORIEDADE. ART. 192 DO CTN. - I - Consoante o decidido pelo Plenário desta Corte na sessão realizada em 09.03.2016, o regime recursal será determinado pela data da publicação do provimento jurisdicional impugnado. Aplica-se, no caso, o Estatuto Processual Civil de 2015. - II - O CPC/2015, ao disciplinar o arrolamento sumário, transferiu para a esfera administrativa as questões atinentes ao imposto de transmissão causa mortis, evidenciando que a opção legislativa atual prioriza a agilidade da partilha amigável, ao focar, teleologicamente, na simplificação e na flexibilização dos procedimentos envolvendo o tributo, alinhada com a celeridade e a efetividade, e em harmonia com o princípio constitucional da razoável duração do processo. - III - O art. 659, § 2º, do CPC/2015, com o escopo de resgatar a essência simplificada do arrolamento sumário, remeteu para fora da partilha amigável as questões relativas ao ITCMD, cometendo à esfera administrativa fiscal o lançamento e a cobrança do tributo - IV - Tal proceder nada diz com a incidência do imposto, porquanto não se trata de isenção, mas apenas de postergar a apuração e o seu lançamento para depois do encerramento do processo judicial, acautelando-se, todavia, os interesses fazendários - e, por conseguinte, do crédito tributário -, considerando que o Fisco deverá ser devidamente intimado pelo juízo para tais providências, além de lhe assistir o direito de discordar dos valores atribuídos aos bens do espólio pelos herdeiros. - V - Permanece válida, contudo, a obrigatoriedade de se comprovar o pagamento dos tributos que recaem especificamente sobre os bens e rendas do espólio como condição para homologar a partilha ou a adjudicação, conforme determina o art. 192 do CTN. - VI - Acórdão submetido ao rito do art. 1.036 e seguintes do CPC/2015, fixando-se, nos termos no art. 256-Q, do RISTJ, a seguinte tese repetitiva: No arrolamento sumário, a homologação da partilha ou da adjudicação, bem como a expedição do formal de partilha e da carta de adjudicação, não se condicionam ao prévio recolhimento do imposto de transmissão causa mortis, devendo ser comprovado, todavia, o pagamento dos tributos relativos aos bens do espólio e às suas rendas, a teor dos arts. 659, § 2º, do CPC/2015 e 192 do CTN. - VII - Recurso especial do Distrito Federal parcialmente provido. (REsp n. 1.896.526/DF, relatora Ministra Regina Helena Costa, Primeira Seção, julgado em 26/10/2022, DJe de 28/10/2022.)

    1. o you’ve done a bunch of interviews, contextual inquiries, observations, and research. You have a big pile of data, insights, and thoughts. You probably also have a big pile of design ideas too! What do you do with this mess? How do you turn a hundred little insights into knowledge that you can to inform your design process? And what form should that knowledge take?

      Chapter 4 talks about turning research data into design ideas, like making things accessible or saving users time. It's all about using real data to understand users and create problem statements. I think it's really important that the chapter highlights designing fairly for everyone, especially those often ignored, because it reminds designers to think about who benefits from their work.

    1. Esto nos permite incluso ver acciones como descargar páginas desde HedgeDoc como un mensaje que se le envía a un objeto. Para más información hay un par de charlas interesantes de Anjana Vakil

      Cada icono en una interfaz es un objeto, al que se le dan atributos que se relacionan y se le da una funcionalidad o método

    2. Mensajes, pues los objetos son una idea menor y lo clave son los mensajes.

      Si creo que lo importante en la programación orientada en objetos es el mensaje, pueden existir o crearsen diversos objetos con atributos propios pero debe de haber un mensaje que interconecte y de una funcionalidad

    3. Todo es un mensaje y todo es un objeto Los objetos pueden comunicarse con otros objetos o consigo mismo. Los objetos tienen características reflexiva o de introspección: saber sobre su propio estado.

      Como en el cerebro de crean relaciones neuronales el llevan los estimulos en esta caso el mensaje, y de este modo cada celula es un mundo propio el cual tiene impreso dentro de si un fin, este junto con las otras celulas se comunica para realizar la función para la que fue creada.

    4. Según Alan Kay, la computación tiene una definición recursiva: un computador está hecho computadores más pequeños que se envían mensajes entre sí.

      pienso que algunos inventos estan basados en la estructura y el funcionamiento del cuerpo humano, por ejemplo uno de los componentes esenciales de un auto es el carburador o cuerpo de injección que en el cuerpo humano se asemeja al corazón.

    5. Smalltalk

      ALAN KAY, Fundador de la programación enfocada a objetos. Recuperado del video Anjana Vakil. Fue uno de los principales desarrolladores del lenguaje SMALLTALK que uso como un sistema de programación para modelar objetos. También para facilitar su trabajo creo un prototipo de libro Recuperado de video para poder acceder y crear y desarrollar programación sin importar el sitio o el momento.

    6. Método

      En la POO el "método" es importante, ya que, es con esté elemento con el cual se construye el mensaje y se le ordena cómo debe traer la información o lo que debe traer. Según los vídeos analizados de @Anjana-Vakil, se presentan algunos ejemplos de métodos en la POO, tales como: "Send" "do" "es amigo de" entre otros, los cuales podemos ver aquí una representación gráfica de como iría dentro del mensaje https://imgur.com/8VqmLIF

    1. o imagine that those very deitieswere but shards of the infinitely more mighty thing thatis Chaos would be too terrifying for any priest ofSigmar, Ulric, or priestess of Shallya to evencontemplate.

      I disbelieve this. Chaos propaganda, I say! While it might be possible that there is a greater Chaos god out there and from it derives every other god, who's to say? In a universe where belief powers so much shenaniganry, I do believe the conventional Elf, Dwarf, and Human pantheons are independent of Chaos. Mayhaps this denial of the good side of Chaos (for what are deities like Sigmar if not good?) hides the true neutral aspect to Chaos.

    1. o reason to suppose that economic growth cannot continue for another 2,500 years.”

      due to our reaction to supply and demand --> and our yearning for substitutes when there is a small supply (expensive supply) we want something cheaper

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Revision Plan (Response to Reviewers)

      1. General Statements [optional]

      Response: We are pleased the reviewers appreciate the power of this novel proteomics methodology that allowed us to uncover new depths on the complexity of the ribosome ubiquitination code in response to stress. We also appreciate that the reviewers think that this is a "very timely" study and "interesting to a broad audience" that can change the models of translation control currently adopted in the field. Characterizing complex cellular processes is critical to advance scientific knowledge and our work is the first of its kind using targeted proteomics methods to unveil the integrated complexity of ribosome ubiquitin signals in eukaryotic systems. We also appreciate the fairness of the comments received and below we offer a comprehensive revision plan substantially addressing the main points raised by the reviewers. According to the reviewers' suggestions, we will also expand our studies to two additional E3 ligases (Mag2 and Not4) known to ubiquitinate ribosomes, which will create an even more complete perspective of ubiquitin roles in translation regulation.

      2. Description of the planned revisions

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      The authors present a potentially powerful proteomics platform using parallel reaction monitoring (PRM) to quantitatively profile ribosomal protein (RP) ubiquitylation, with a focus on yeast under hydrogen peroxide (H₂O₂) stress. This approach robustly identifies both known and novel RP modifications, including basal ubiquitylation events previously undetected, and identifies Hel2-dependent mechanisms. The data support the conclusion that RPs are regulated by a multifaceted ubiquitin code, establishing a good foundation for the study.

      However, the study's focus shifts in a manner that introduces several limitations. Following the rigorous PRM-based analyses, the reliance on Western blotting without replication or quantification (e.g., single-experiment data in Figs. 3-5) significantly weakens the evidence. Experimental design becomes inconsistent, with variable combinations of stressors (H₂O₂, MMS, 4-NQO) and genetic backgrounds (WT, hel2Δ, rad6Δ) that preclude systematic comparisons. For instance, Fig. 3C/E and Fig. 4 omit critical controls (e.g., MMS in Fig. 4, rad6Δ in Fig. 3E), while Fig. 5 conflates distinct variables by comparing H₂O₂-treated rad6Δ with MMS-treated hel2Δ-a design that obscures causal relationships. Furthermore, Fig. 3F highlights that 4-NQO and MMS elicit divergent responses in hel2Δ, undermining the rationale for using these stressors interchangeably. These inconsistencies culminate in a fragmented narrative; attempts to link ISR activation or ribosome stalling to RP ubiquitylation become impossible, leaving the primary takeaway as "stress responses are complex" rather than advancing mechanistic insight.

              __Response: __We appreciate the evaluation of our work and that the power of our proteomics method established a good foundation for the study. We also understand the reviewer's concerns and we will detail below a plan to enhance quantification and increase systematic comparisons. The experiments presented here were conducted with biological replicates, but in several instances, we focused on presence and absence of bands, or their pattern (mono vs poly-ub) because of the semi-quantitative nature of immunoblots. We will revise the figures and present their quantification and statistical analyses. In additional, we did not intend to use these stressors interchangeably, but instead, to use select conditions to highlight the complexity the stress response. In particular, we followed up with H2O2 *versus* 4-NQO because both chemicals are considered sources of oxidative stress. Even though it is unfeasible to compare every single stress condition in every strain background, in the revised version, we will include additional controls to increase the cohesion of the narrative, and expand the comparison between MMS, H2O2, and 4-NQO, as suggested. Details below.
      

      To strengthen the work, the following revisions are essential:

      R1.1. Repeat and quantify immunoblots: All Western blotting data require biological replicates and statistical analysis to support claims.

              __Response: __As requested, we will display quantification and statistical analysis of the suggested and new immunoblots that will be conducted during the revision period.
      

      R1.3. Remove non-parallel comparisons: The mRNA expression analysis in Fig. 5, which compares dissimilar conditions (e.g., rad6Δ + H₂O₂ vs. hel2Δ + MMS), should be omitted or redesigned to enable direct, strain- and stressor-matched contrasts.

              __Response: __We will follow the reviewers' suggestion and redesign the analysis to increase consistency and prioritize data under identical conditions. To increase confidence in the mRNA data analysis, we intend to perform follow up experiments and analyze protein abundance of *ARG proteins* and *CTT1 *under different conditions. The remaining data using non-parallel comparisons will be moved to supplemental material and de-emphasized in the final version of the manuscript.
      

      R1.4. Standardize experimental variables: Restructure the study to maintain identical genetic backgrounds and stressors across all figures, enabling systematic interrogation of enzyme- or stress-specific effects on the ubiquitin code.

              __Response: __To ensure a better comparison across strains and conditions, we will re-run several experiments and focus on our main stress conditions. Specifically:
      
      • 3D: We plan to re-run this experiment and include MMS

      • 3E: We plan to perform the same panel of experiments in rad6D ,and display WT data as main figure.

      • 4A-B: We plan to perform translation output (HPG incorporation) experiments with MMS as suggested

      • 4C: We plan to re-run blots for p-eIF2a under MMS for improved comparison.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      The authors present a potentially powerful proteomics platform using parallel reaction monitoring (PRM) to quantitatively profile ribosomal protein (RP) ubiquitylation, with a focus on yeast under hydrogen peroxide (H₂O₂) stress. This approach robustly identifies both known and novel RP modifications, including basal ubiquitylation events previously undetected, and identifies Hel2-dependent mechanisms. The data support the conclusion that RPs are regulated by a multifaceted ubiquitin code, establishing a good foundation for the study.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      In this manuscript the authors use a new target proteomics approach to quantify site-specific ubiquitin modification across the ribosome before and after oxidative stress. Then they validate their findings following in particular ubiquitination of Rps20 and Rps3 and extend their analysis to different forms of oxidative stress. Finally they question the relevance of two known actors of ribosome ubiquitination, Hel2 and Rad6. It is not easy to summarize the observations because in fact the major finding is that the patterns of ribosome ubiquitination occur in a stresser and enyzme specific manner (even when considering only oxidative stress). However, the complexity revealed by this study is very relevant for the field, because it underlies that the ubiquitination code of ribosomes is not easy to interpret with regard to translation dynamics and responses to stress or players involved. It suggests that some of the models that have generally been adopted probably need to be amended or completed. I am not a proteomics expert, so I cannot comment on the validity of the new proteomics approach, of whether the methods are appropriately described to reproduce the experiments. However, for the follow up experiments, the results following Rps20 and Rps3 ubiquitination are well performed, nicely controlled and are appropriately interpreted.

      Maybe what one can regret is that the authors have limited their analysis to the study of Hel2 and Rad6, and not included other enyzmes that have already been associated with regulation of ribosome ubiquitination, to get a more complete picture. It may not take that much time to test more mutants, but of course there is the risk that rather than enable to make a working model it might make things even more complex.

              __Response: __We value the positive evaluation of our work. We also appreciate the notion that it meaningfully expands the knowledge on the complexity of the ribosome ubiquitination code, challenges the current models of translation control, and conducted well-performed, and nicely controlled experiments. To address the main concern of the reviewer, we will expand our work by studying two additional enzymes involved in ribosome ubiquitination (Mag2 and Not4) and provide a more comprehensive picture of this integrated system. Specifically, we will generate yeast strains deleted for *MAG2* and *NOT4*, and evaluate their impact in ribosome ubiquitination under our main conditions of stress. We will investigate the role of these additional E3s in translation output (HPG incorporation), and in inducing the integrated stress response via phosphorylated eIF2α and Gcn4 expression. Additional follow up experiments will be performed according to our initial results.
      

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      In recent years, regulation of translation elongation dynamics has emerged as a much more relevant site of control of gene expression that previously envisonned. The ribosome has emerged as a hub for control of stress responses. Therefore this study is certainly very timely and interesting for a broad audience. However, it does fall short of giving any simple picture, and maybe the only point one can question is whether it is interesting to publish a manuscript that concludes that regulation is complicated, without really being able to provide any kind of suggestive model.

      My feeling is nevertheless that it will impact how scientists in the field design their experiments and what they will conclude. It will certainly also drive new experiments and approaches, and lead to investigations on how all the different players in regulation of ribosome modification talk to each other and signal to signaling pathways.

              __Response: __We appreciate the comments and the balanced view that studies like ours will still be impactful and contribute to a number of fields in multiple and meaningful ways. With the new experiments proposed here, and used of additional mutants and strains, we intend to propose and provide a more unified model that explain this complex and dynamic relationship.
      

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Recent studies have shown that the ubiquitination of uS3 (Rps3) is crucial for the quality control of nonfunctional rRNA, specifically in the process known as 18S noncoding RNA degradation (NRD). Additionally, the ubiquitination of uS10 (Rps20) plays a significant role in ribosome-associated quality control (RQC). However, the dynamics of ribosome ubiquitination in response to oxidative stress are not yet fully understood.

      In this study, the authors developed a targeted proteomics method to quantify the dynamics of ribosome ubiquitination in response to oxidative stress, both relatively and stoichiometrically. They identified 11 ribosomal sites that exhibited increased ubiquitin modification after exposure to hydrogen peroxide (H2O2). This included two known targets: uS10 and uS3 (of Hel2), which recognize collided ribosomes and initiate the processes of 18S NRD and translation quality control (RQC). Using isotope-labeled peptides, the researchers demonstrated that these modifications are non-stoichiometric and display significant variability among different peptides.

      Furthermore, the authors explored how specific enzymes in the ubiquitin system affect these modifications and their impact on global translation regulation. They found that uS3 (Rps3) and uS10 (Rps20) were modified differently by various stressors, which in turn influenced the Integrated Stress Response (ISR). The authors suggest that different types of stressors alter the pattern of ubiquitinated ribosomes, with Rad6 and Hel2 potentially competing for specific subpopulations of ribosomes.

      Overall, this study emphasizes the complexity of the ubiquitin ribosomal code. However, further experiments are necessary to validate these findings before publication.

      Major Comments:

      I consider the additional experiments essential to support the claims of the paper.

      R3.1. To understand the roles of ribosome ubiquitination at the specific sites, the authors must perform stressor-specific suppression of global translation, as demonstrated in Figures 4 and 5. This should include the uS10-K6R/K8R and uS3-K212R mutants.

              __Response: __We understand the importance of the suggested experiment. We have already requested and kindly received strains expressing these mutations, which will reduce the time required to successfully address this point. We will perform our translation and ISR assays such as the one referred by the reviewer in Figs. 4A-C and 5E, and results will determine the role of individual ribosome ubiquitination sites in translation control.
      

      R3.2. It is crucial to ensure that experiments are adequately replicated and that statistical analysis is thorough, with precise quantification. For a more accurate comparison between wild-type (WT) and Hel2 deletion mutants regarding ribosome ubiquitination, the authors should quantify the ubiquitinated ribosomes in both WT and Hel2 mutants under stress conditions. This quantification should be conducted on the same blot, using diluted control samples. Similarly, in Figures 3F and 4C, for an accurate comparison between WT and Hel2 or Rad6 deletion mutants, the authors should quantify the ubiquitinated ribosomes across these conditions. Again, this quantification should be performed on the same blot with the dilution of control samples.

              __Response: __As was also requested by reviewer 1 and discussed above (point R1.1), we will conduct quantification and display statistical analyses for our immunoblots. In addition, we will re-run the aforementioned experiments to improve quantification following the reviewers' request (same gel & diluted control samples).
      

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      • General assessment:

      Recent studies reveal that the ubiquitination of uS3 (Rps3) is essential for the quality control of nonfunctional rRNA (18S NRD), while the ubiquitination of uS10 (Rps20) plays a crucial role in ribosome-associated quality control (RQC). However, the dynamics of ribosome ubiquitination in response to oxidative stress remain unclear.

      • Advance:

      In this study, the authors developed a targeted proteomics method to quantify ribosome ubiquitination dynamics in response to oxidative stress, both relatively and stoichiometrically. By utilizing isotope-labeled peptides, they demonstrated that these modifications are non-stoichiometric and exhibit significant variability across different peptides. They identified 11 ribosomal sites that showed increased ubiquitin modification following H2O2 exposure, including two known targets of Hel2, which recognize collided ribosomes and induce translation quality control (RQC).

      • Audience: This information will be of interest to a specialized audience in the fields of translation, ribosome function, quality control, ubiquitination, and proteostasis.

      • The field: Translation, ribosome function, quality control, ubiquitination, and proteostasis.

      __ Response:__ We appreciate that our work will be valuable to a number of fields in protein dynamics and that our method advances the field by measuring ribosome ubiquitination relatively and stoichiometrically in response to stress.

      3. Description of the revisions that have already been incorporated in the transferred manuscript

      Response: All requested changes require experiments and data analyses, and a complete revision plan is delineated above in section #2.

      • *

      4. Description of analyses that authors prefer not to carry out

      • *

      R1.2. Leverage the PRM platform: Apply the established quantitative proteomics approach to validate or extend findings in Fig. 3 (e.g., RAD6-dependent ubiquitylation), ensuring methodological consistency.

              __Response: __Although we understand the interest on the proposed result for consistency, this is the only requested experiment that we do not intend to conduct. Because of the lack of overall ubiquitination of ribosomal proteins in *rad6**D* in response to H2O2 (e.g., Silva et al., 2015, Simoes et al., 2022), we believe that this PRM experiment in unlikely to produce meaningful insight on the ubiquitination code. In this context, we expected that sites regulated by Hel2 will be the ones largely modified in rad6*D *and we followed up on them via immunoblot. Moreover, this experiment would not be time or cost-effective, and resources and efforts could be used to strengthen other important areas of the manuscript, such as including the E3's Mag2 and Not4 into our work.
      
    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The authors present a potentially powerful proteomics platform using parallel reaction monitoring (PRM) to quantitatively profile ribosomal protein (RP) ubiquitylation, with a focus on yeast under hydrogen peroxide (H₂O₂) stress. This approach robustly identifies both known and novel RP modifications, including basal ubiquitylation events previously undetected, and identifies Hel2-dependent mechanisms. The data support the conclusion that RPs are regulated by a multifaceted ubiquitin code, establishing a good foundation for the study.

      However, the study's focus shifts in a manner that introduces several limitations. Following the rigorous PRM-based analyses, the reliance on Western blotting without replication or quantification (e.g., single-experiment data in Figs. 3-5) significantly weakens the evidence. Experimental design becomes inconsistent, with variable combinations of stressors (H₂O₂, MMS, 4-NQO) and genetic backgrounds (WT, hel2Δ, rad6Δ) that preclude systematic comparisons. For instance, Fig. 3C/E and Fig. 4 omit critical controls (e.g., MMS in Fig. 4, rad6Δ in Fig. 3E), while Fig. 5 conflates distinct variables by comparing H₂O₂-treated rad6Δ with MMS-treated hel2Δ-a design that obscures causal relationships. Furthermore, Fig. 3F highlights that 4-NQO and MMS elicit divergent responses in hel2Δ, undermining the rationale for using these stressors interchangeably. These inconsistencies culminate in a fragmented narrative; attempts to link ISR activation or ribosome stalling to RP ubiquitylation become impossible, leaving the primary takeaway as "stress responses are complex" rather than advancing mechanistic insight.

      To strengthen the work, the following revisions are essential:

      1. Repeat and quantify immunoblots: All Western blotting data require biological replicates and statistical analysis to support claims.
      2. Leverage the PRM platform: Apply the established quantitative proteomics approach to validate or extend findings in Fig. 3 (e.g., RAD6-dependent ubiquitylation), ensuring methodological consistency.
      3. Remove non-parallel comparisons: The mRNA expression analysis in Fig. 5, which compares dissimilar conditions (e.g., rad6Δ + H₂O₂ vs. hel2Δ + MMS), should be omitted or redesigned to enable direct, strain- and stressor-matched contrasts.
      4. Standardize experimental variables: Restructure the study to maintain identical genetic backgrounds and stressors across all figures, enabling systematic interrogation of enzyme- or stress-specific effects on the ubiquitin code.

      Significance

      The authors present a potentially powerful proteomics platform using parallel reaction monitoring (PRM) to quantitatively profile ribosomal protein (RP) ubiquitylation, with a focus on yeast under hydrogen peroxide (H₂O₂) stress. This approach robustly identifies both known and novel RP modifications, including basal ubiquitylation events previously undetected, and identifies Hel2-dependent mechanisms. The data support the conclusion that RPs are regulated by a multifaceted ubiquitin code, establishing a good foundation for the study.

    1. § 3º
      • Tema: 1.194
      • Processo(s): ARE 1.352.872
      • Relator: Min. Cristiano Zanin
      • Título: Prescritibilidade de título executivo decorrente de condenação por dano ambiental posteriormente convertida em perdas e danos.

      O Tribunal fixou a seguinte tese: - É imprescritível a pretensão executória e inaplicável a prescrição intercorrente na execução de reparação de dano ambiental, ainda que posteriormente convertida em indenização por perdas e danos.

      Diante do caráter transindividual, transgeracional e indisponível do bem jurídico protegido, é imprescritível a pretensão executória referente a título executivo judicial que reconhece a obrigação de reparação do dano ambiental, mesmo após a conversão da obrigação em prestação pecuniária. - O direito constitucional ao meio ambiente ecologicamente equilibrado e sua natureza de bem indisponível e de titularidade coletiva impõe ao poder público e à coletividade o dever de defendê-lo e preservá-lo para as gerações presentes e futuras (CF/1988, art. 225, caput e § 3º) (1). Conforme jurisprudência desta Corte (2), embora seja regra a estipulação de prazo prescricional para as pretensões ressarcitórias, a tutela constitucional do meio ambiente — dada a sua natureza de indisponibilidade enquanto direito fundamental inerente à própria condição humana — impõe o reconhecimento da imprescritibilidade da pretensão da reparação de danos cometidos contra ele. - Independentemente da instrumentalização processual, diante do propósito da reparação ambiental, não há distinção no regime jurídico de responsabilidade quanto à imprescritibilidade da pretensão de reparação civil dos danos causados ao meio ambiente, seja esta decorrente da obrigação de reparar o dano ambiental (obrigação de fazer) ou decorrente da obrigação pecuniária de indenização reparatória pelos danos causados (obrigação de dar), imposta em processo penal. Ademais, conforme o disposto na Súmula 150/STF (3), o prazo de prescrição na execução, tanto para a pretensão executória quanto para a prescrição intercorrente, é igual ao prazo da pretensão de reparação ou ressarcimento. - Portanto, se a reparação ou indenização por dano ambiental é imprescritível, a execução também deve ser, e a prescrição intercorrente não se aplica. Na espécie, o acórdão do Tribunal Regional Federal da 4ª Região confirmou a sentença que reconheceu, em favor do condenado em ação penal transitada em julgado, a prescrição da pretensão executória, sob o argumento de que, ao ser convertida em perdas e danos, a obrigação reparatória ambiental se convolou em dívida pecuniária sujeita à prescrição intercorrente. - Com base nesses e em outros entendimentos, o Plenário, por unanimidade, ao apreciar o Tema 1.194 da repercussão geral, deu provimento ao recurso extraordinário com agravo e fixou a tese anteriormente citada.

    1. Risicofactoren • complexe interactiecte van biologische, sociale, omgevings-, culturele en psychologische factoren • Combinatie/accummulatie van verschillende oorzaken en risicofactoren o Eerdere zelfmoordpogingen of zelfmoord binnen de familie o Sociale isolatie o Financiële stress o Toegang tot dodelijke middelen Psychologisch • Psychiatrische stoornissen • Geen angst voor de dood • Piekeren Sociaal • Mishandeling • Blootstelling aan zelfmoord • Sociale isolatie Biologisch • Kwetsbaarheid • Impulsiviteit • Agressie Modellen Gedetailleerde map van zelfmoordprocessen. Ziet zelfmoord als gedrag, in plaats van een bijproduct van een mentale stoornis. Maakt onderscheid tussen suicidal ideation en suicidaal gedrag en noemt verschillende risicofactoren die als moderator fungeren op dit

      Onderscheid tussen motivationele en volitional factoren

    1. REFERENCES Aylward, K. et al. (2021) ‘Using Operational Scenarios in a Virtual Reality Enhanced Design Process’, Education Sciences, 11: 448. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11080448Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Brian, D. and Cruickshank, A. (2017) ‘Police Officers Giving Evidence: Discussing Gaps, Contradictions and Next Steps’, The Police Journal, 90: 160–72. https://doi.org/10.1177/0032258x16674022Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Brown, J. S., Collins, A., and Duguid, P. (1989) Situated Cognition and the Culture of Learning. 18: 32–42.Bryman, A. (1988) Quantity and Quality in Social Research. London: Unwin Hyman. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203410028Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS Google PreviewWorldCatCOPAC Chernikova, O. et al. (2020) ‘Simulation-Based Learning in Higher Education: A Meta-Analysis’, Review of Educational Research, 90: 499–541. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654320933544Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Davies, A. (2024). ‘Addressing the Gaps in the Johari Window through Simulation-Based Learning: Perception vs Reality for Incident Commanders’, in Accepted for Initial Conference I/ITSEC 2024, 2–6 December 2024.Davies, A. J., Krame, G.. (2024) Measuring the Level of Fidelity Required for Transfer of Learning in Simulation-Based Learning Exercises for Novice and Experienced Practitioners. Simulation & Gaming, 55: 685–715. https://doi.org/10.1177/10468781241241548Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Denzin, N. K. and Lincoln, Y. S. (2008) Collecting and Interpreting Qualitative Materials, 3rd edn. Los Angeles, CA: Sage.Google ScholarGoogle PreviewOpenURL Placeholder TextWorldCatCOPAC Falloon, G. (2020) ‘From Simulations to Real: Investigating Young Students’ Learning and Transfer from Simulations to Real Tasks’, British Journal of Educational Technology, 51: 778–97. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12885Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Farra, S. L. et al. (2019) ‘Comparative Cost of Virtual Reality Training and Live Exercises for Training Hospital Workers for Evacuation’, CIN: Computers, Informatics, Nursing, 37: 446–54. https://doi.org/10.1097/CIN.0000000000000540Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Fromm, J., Radianti, J., Wehking, C. et al. (2021) More than Experience? - On the Unique Opportunities of Virtual Reality to Afford a Holistic Experiential Learning Cycle. The Internet and Higher Education, 50: 100804. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iheduc.2021.100804Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Herrington, J., Oliver, R., and Reeves, T. C. (2003) ‘Patterns of Engagement in Authentic Online Learning Environments’, Australian Journal of Technology, 19: 59–71. https://doi.org/10.14742/ajet.1701Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Issa, H. A., Kaddumi, T., and Alwerikat, N. (2023) ‘The Impact of Moot Courts on the Quality of Legal Education: Students of the Faculty of Law at the Applied Science Private University as a Model’, Journal of Higher Education Theory and Practice, 23: 267. https://doi.org/10.33423/jhetp.v23i19.6681Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Kammerer, E. F. (2018) ‘Undergraduate Moot Court: Student Expectations and Perspectives’, PS: Political Science & Politics, 51: 190–3. https://doi.org/10.1017/s1049096517001925Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Kazanidis, I., Pellas, N., and Christopoulos, A. A. (2021) ‘Learning Analytics Conceptual Framework for Augmented Reality-Supported Educational Case Studies’, Multimodal Technologies and Interaction, 5: 1–16. https://doi.org/10.3390/mti5030009Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Kolb, D. A. (2014) Experiential Learning: Experience as the Source of Learning and Development, 2nd edn. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. https://learning.oreilly.com/library/view/experiential-learning-experience/9780133892512/?sso_link=yes&sso_link_from=charles-sturt-university, accessed 2024 Aug.Google ScholarGoogle PreviewOpenURL Placeholder TextWorldCatCOPAC Kravetz, K. (2005). The Mock Trial Course in Justice Education, Journal of Criminal Justice Education, 12: 147–168. https://doi.org/10.1080/10511250100085101Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Kutnjak, I. S. and Reichel, P. (2016) ‘Enhancing Student Learning by Using Mock Trials in Criminal Justice Courses’, Journal of Criminal Justice Education, 28: 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/10511253.2016.1151906Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Lower, L. M. et al. (2018) ‘‘The Court is Now in Session…’: Use of Mock Trial in Sport Management’, Journal of Hospitality, Leisure, Sport & Tourism Education, 22: 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhlste.2017.10.001Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Miles, M. B., and Huberman, M. A. (1994) Qualitative Data Analysis: An Expanded Sourcebook, 2nd edn. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.Google ScholarGoogle PreviewOpenURL Placeholder TextWorldCatCOPAC Mitchell, N. K., Moore, Q. C., and Monroe, B. W. (2021) ‘Using a Mock Trial to Teach Science and the Law’, Journal of Political Science Education, 18: 81–92. https://doi.org/10.1080/15512169.2021.1985505Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Oumaima, D. et al. (2023, October) ‘Application of Artificial Intelligence in Virtual Reality’. in International Conference on Trends in Sustainable Computing and Machine Intelligence, pp. 67–85. Singapore: Springer Nature Singapore. https://doi-org.ezproxy.csu.edu.au/10.1007/978-981-99-9436-6_6Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS Google PreviewWorldCatCOPAC Pedram, S. et al. (2021) ‘Cost–Benefit Analysis of Virtual Reality-Based Training for Emergency Rescue Workers: A Socio-Technical Systems Approach’, Virtual Reality, 25: 1071–86. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10055-021-00514-5Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Petkov, S. et al. (2020) ‘Application of Mock-Court as an Interdisciplinary Model for Consolidation of Professional Training of Law Students’, Journal of Education and e-Learning Research, 7: 122–9. https://doi.org/10.20448/journal.509.2020.72.122.129Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Ribeiro de Oliveira, T. et al. (2023) ‘Virtual Reality Solutions Employing Artificial Intelligence Methods: A Systematic Literature Review’, ACM Computing Surveys, 55: 1–29. https://doi.org/10.1145/3565020Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Sakr, A. and Abdullah, T. (2024) ‘Virtual, Augmented Reality and Learning Analytics Impact on Learners, and Educators: A Systematic Review’, Education and Information Technologies, 29: 19913–62. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-12602-5. https://doi-org.ezproxy.csu.edu.au/10.1007/s10639-024-12602-5Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Spader, D. J. (2002) ‘Two Models and Three Uses for Mock Trials in Justice Education’, Journal of Criminal Justice Education, 13: 57–86. https://doi.org/10.1080/10511250200085331Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Stenseth, H. V. et al. (2022) ‘Simulation-Based Learning Supported by Technology to Enhance Critical Thinking in Nursing Students: Protocol for a Scoping Review’, JMIR Research Protocols, 11: e36725. https://doi.org/10.2196/36725Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS PubMedWorldCat Tang, L. (2021, May) ‘The Effective Application of” Moot Court” in Law Teaching’, in 2021 2nd International Conference on Computers, Information Processing and Advanced Education, pp. 240–3. https://doi.org/10.1145/3456887.3456940Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS Google PreviewWorldCatCOPAC Van Akkeren, J. K. and Tarr, J. A. (2021) ‘The Application of Experiential Learning for Forensic Accounting Students: The Mock Trial’, Accounting Education, 31: 39–66. https://doi.org/10.1080/09639284.2021.1960573Google ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat Varughese, B. T. et al. (2024) ‘Mock Court: A Valuable Tool to Teach Legal Procedures to Undergraduate Medical Students’, International Journal of Legal Medicine, 138: 1955–64. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00414-024-03226-yGoogle ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS PubMedWorldCat Zahabi, M. and Abdul Razak, A. M. (2020) ‘Adaptive Virtual Reality-Based Training: A Systematic Literature Review and Framework’, Virtual Reality, 24: 725–52. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10055-020-00434-w. https://doi-org.ezproxy.csu.edu.au/10.1007/s10055-020-00434-wGoogle ScholarCrossrefSearch ADS WorldCat

      A long list of references for the article are listed here, with all of them being in MLA format. Many of these are links to other articles, graphics, studies and interviews that Davies used or referenced to strengthen her own article.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This study provides a valuable contribution to understanding how negative affect influences food-choice decision making in bulimia nervosa, using a mechanistic approach with a drift diffusion model (DDM) to examine the weighting of tastiness and healthiness attributes. The solid evidence is supported by a robust crossover design and rigorous statistical methods, although concerns about low trial counts, possible overfitting, and the absence of temporally aligned binge-eating measures limit the strength of causal claims. Addressing modeling transparency, sample size limitations, and the specificity of mood induction effects, would enhance the study's impact and generalizability to broader populations.

      We thank the Editor and Reviewers for their summary of the strengths of our study, and for their thoughtful review and feedback on our manuscript. We apologize for the confusion in how we described the multiple steps performed and hierarchical methods used to ensure that the model we report in the main text was the best fit to the data while not overfitting. We are not certain about what is meant by “[a]ddressing model transparency,” but as described in our response to Reviewer 1 below, we have now more clearly explained (with references) that the use of hierarchical estimation procedures allows for information sharing across participants, which improves the reliability and stability of parameter estimates—even when the number of trials per individual is small. We have clarified for the less familiar reader how our Bayesian model selection criterion penalizes models with more parameters (more complex models). Although details about model diagnostics, recoverability, and posterior predictive checks are all provided in the Supplementary Materials, we have clarified for the less familiar reader how each of these steps ensures that the parameters we estimate are not only identifiable and interpretable, but also ensure that the model can reproduce key patterns in the data, supporting the validity of the model. Additionally, we have provided all scripts for estimating the models by linking to our public Github repository. Furthermore, we have edited language throughout to eliminate any implication of causal claims and acknowledged the limitation of the small sample size.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using a computational modeling approach based on the drift diffusion model (DDM) introduced by Ratcliff and McKoon in 2008, the article by Shevlin and colleagues investigates whether there are differences between neutral and negative emotional states in:

      (1) The timings of the integration in food choices of the perceived healthiness and tastiness of food options between individuals with bulimia nervosa (BN) and healthy participants.

      (2) The weighting of the perceived healthiness and tastiness of these options.

      Strengths:

      By looking at the mechanistic part of the decision process, the approach has the potential to improve the understanding of pathological food choices. The article is based on secondary research data.

      Weaknesses:

      I have two major concerns and a major improvement point.

      The major concerns deal with the reliability of the results of the DDM (first two sections of the Results, pages 6 and 7), which are central to the manuscript, and the consistency of the results with regards to the identification of mechanisms related to binge eating in BN patients (i.e. last section of the results, page 7).

      (1) Ratcliff and McKoon in 2008 used tasks involving around 1000 trials per participant. The Chen et al. experiment the authors refer to involves around 400 trials per participant. On the other hand, Shevlin and colleagues ask each participant to make two sets of 42 choices with two times fewer participants than in the Chen et al. experiment. Shevlin and colleagues also fit a DDM with additional parameters (e.g. a drift rate that varies according to subjective rating of the options) as compared to the initial version of Ratcliff and McKoon. With regards to the number of parameters estimated in the DDM within each group of participants and each emotional condition, the 5- to 10-fold ratio in the number of trials between the Shevlin and colleagues' experiment and the experiments they refer to (Ratcliff and McKoon, 2008; Chen et al. 2022) raises serious concerns about a potential overfitting of the data by the DDM. This point is not highlighted in the Discussion. Robustness and sensitivity analyses are critical in this case.

      We thank the Reviewer for their thoughtful critique. We agree that a limited number of trials can forestall reliable estimation, which we acknowledge in the Discussion section. However, we used a hierarchical estimation approach which leverages group information to constrain individual-level estimates. This use of group-level parameters to inform individual-level estimates reduces overfitting and noise that can arise when trial counts are low, and the regularization inherent in hierarchical fitting prevents extreme parameter estimates that could arise from noisy or limited data (Rouder & Lu, 2005). As a result, hierarchical estimation has been repeatedly shown to work well in settings with low trial counts, including as few as 40 trials per condition (Ratcliff & Childers, 2015; Wiecki et al., 2013), and previous applications of the time-varying DDM to food choice task data has included experiments with as few as 60 trials per condition (Maier et al., 2020). We have added references to these more recent approaches and specifically note their advantages for the modeling of tasks with fewer trials. Additionally, our successful parameter recovery described in the Supplementary Materials supports the robustness of the estimation procedure and the reliability of our results.

      The authors compare different DDMs to show that the DDM they used to report statistical results in the main text is the best according to the WAIC criterion. This may be viewed as a robustness analysis. However, the other DDM models (i.e. M0, M1, M2 in the supplementary materials) they used to make the comparison have fewer parameters to estimate than the one they used in the main text. Fits are usually expected to follow the rule that the more there are parameters to estimate in a model, the better it fits the data. Additionally, a quick plot of the data in supplementary table S12 (i.e. WAIC as a function of the number of parameters varying by food type in the model - i.e. 0 for M0, 2 for M1, 1 for M2 and 3 for M3) suggests that models M1 and potentially M2 may be also suitable: there is a break in the improvement of WAIC between model M0 and the three other models. I would thus suggest checking how the results reported in the main text differ when using models M1 and M2 instead of M3 (for the taste and health weights when comparing M3 with M1, for τS when comparing M3 with M2). If the differences are important, the results currently reported in the main text are not very reliable.

      We thank the Reviewer for highlighting that it would be helpful for the paper to explicitly note that we specifically selected WAIC as one of two methods to assess model fit because it penalizes for model complexity. We now explicitly state that, in addition to being more robust than other metrics like AIC or BIC when comparing hierarchical Bayesian models like those in the current study, model fit metrics like WAIC penalize for model complexity based on the number of parameters (Watanabe, 2010). Therefore, it is not the case that more complex models (i.e., having additional parameters) would automatically have lower WAICs. Additionally, we note that our second method to assess model fit, posterior predictive checks demonstrate that only model M3 can reproduce key behavioral patterns present in the empirical data. As described in the Supplementary Materials, M1 and M2 miss those patterns in the data. In summary, we used best practices to assess model fit and reliability (Wilson & Collins, 2019): results from the WAIC comparison (which in fact penalizes models with more parameters) and results from posterior predictive checks align in showing that M3 best fit to our data. We have added a sentence to the manuscript to state this explicitly.

      (2) The second main concern deals with the association reported between the DDM parameters and binge eating episodes (i.e. last paragraph of the results section, page 7). The authors claim that the DDM parameters "predict" binge eating episodes (in the Abstract among other places) while the binge eating frequency does not seem to have been collected prospectively. Besides this methodological issue, the interpretation of this association is exaggerated: during the task, BN patients did not make binge-related food choices in the negative emotional state. Therefore, it is impossible to draw clear conclusions about binge eating, as other explanations seem equally plausible. For example, the results the authors report with the DDM may be a marker of a strategy of the patients to cope with food tastiness in order to make restrictive-like food choices. A comparison of the authors' results with restrictive AN patients would be of interest. Moreover, correlating results of a nearly instantaneous behavior (i.e. a couple of minutes to perform the task with the 42 food choices) with an observation made over several months (i.e. binge eating frequency collected over three months) is questionable: the negative emotional state of patients varies across the day without systematically leading patients to engage in a binge eating episode in such states.

      I would suggest in such an experiment to collect the binge craving elicited by each food and the overall binge craving of patients immediately before and after the task. Correlating the DDM results with these ratings would provide more compelling results. Without these data, I would suggest removing the last paragraph of the Results.

      We thank the Reviewer for these interesting suggestions and appreciate the opportunity to clarify that we agree that claims about causal connections between our decision parameters and symptom severity metrics would be inappropriate. Per the Reviewer’s suggestions, we have eliminated the use of the word “predict” to describe the tested association with symptom metrics.  We also agree that more time-locked associations with craving ratings and near-instantaneous behavior would be useful, and we have added this as an important direction for future research in the discussion. However, associating task-based behavior with validated self-report measures that assess symptom severity over long periods of time that precede the task visit (e.g., over the past 2 weeks in depression, over the past month in eating disorders) is common practice in computational psychiatry, psychiatric neuroimaging, and clinical cognitive neuroscience (Hauser et al., 2022; Huys et al., 2021; Wise et al., 2023), and this approach has been used several times specifically with food choice tasks (Dalton et al., 2020; Steinglass et al., 2015). We have revised the language throughout the manuscript to clarify: the results suggest that individuals whose task behavior is more reactive to negative affect tend to be the most symptomatic, but the results do not allow us to determine whether this reactivity causes the symptoms.

      In response to this Reviewer’s important point about negative affect not always producing loss-of-control eating in individuals with BN, we also now explicitly note that while several studies employing ecological momentary assessments (EMA) have repeatedly shown that increases in negative affect significantly increase the likelihood of subsequent loss-of-control eating (Alpers & Tuschen-Caffier, 2001; Berg et al., 2013; Haedt-Matt & Keel, 2011; Hilbert & Tuschen-Caffier, 2007; Smyth et al., 2007), not all loss-of-control eating occurs in the context of negative affect, and that future studies should integrate food choice task data pre and post-affect inductions with measures that capture the specific frequency of loss of control eating episodes that occur during states of high negative affect.

      (3) My major improvement point is to tone down as much as possible any claim of a link with binge eating across the entire manuscript and to focus more on the restrictive behavior of BN patients in between binge eating episodes (see my second major concern about the methods). Additionally, since this article is a secondary research paper and since some of the authors have already used the task with AN patients, if possible I would run the same analyses with AN patients to test whether there are differences between AN (provided they were of the restrictive subtype) and BN.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s perspective and suggestions. We have adjusted our language linking loss-of-control eating frequency with decision parameters, and we have added additional sentences focusing on the implications for the restrictive behavior of patients with BN between binge eating episodes. In the Supplementary Materials. We have added an analysis of the restraint subscale of the EDE-Q and confirmed no relationship with parameters of interest. While we agree additional analyses with AN patients would be of interest, this is outside the scope of the paper. Our team have collected data from individuals with AN using this task, but not with any affect induction or measure of affect. Therefore, we have added this important direction for future research to the discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Binge eating is often preceded by heightened negative affect, but the specific processes underlying this link are not well understood. The purpose of this manuscript was to examine whether affect state (neutral or negative mood) impacts food choice decision-making processes that may increase the likelihood of binge eating in individuals with bulimia nervosa (BN). The researchers used a randomized crossover design in women with BN (n=25) and controls (n=21), in which participants underwent a negative or neutral mood induction prior to completing a food-choice task. The researchers found that despite no differences in food choices in the negative and neutral conditions, women with BN demonstrated a stronger bias toward considering the 'tastiness' before the 'healthiness' of the food after the negative mood induction.

      Strengths:

      The topic is important and clinically relevant and methods are sound. The use of computational modeling to understand nuances in decision-making processes and how that might relate to eating disorder symptom severity is a strength of the study.

      Weaknesses:

      The sample size was relatively small and may have been underpowered to find differences in outcomes (i.e., food choice behaviors). Participants were all women with BN, which limits the generalizability of findings to the larger population of individuals who engage in binge eating. It is likely that the negative affect manipulation was weak and may not have been potent enough to change behavior. Moreover, it is unclear how long the negative affect persisted during the actual task. It is possible that any increases in negative affect would have dissipated by the time participants were engaged in the decision-making task.

      We thank the Reviewer for their comments on the strengths of the paper, and for highlighting these important considerations regarding the sample demographics and the negative affect induction. As in the original paper that focused only on ultimate food choice behaviors, we now specifically acknowledge that the study was only powered to detect small to medium group differences in the effect of negative emotion on these final choice behaviors. Regarding the sample demographics, we agree that the study’s inclusion of only female participants is a limitation.  Although the original decision for this sampling strategy was informed by data suggesting that bulimia nervosa is roughly six times more prevalent among females than males (Udo & Grilo, 2018), we now note in the discussion that our female-only sample limits the generalizability of the findings.

      We also agree with the Reviewer’s noted limitations of the negative mood induction, and based on the reviewer’s suggestions, we have added to our original description of these limitations in the Discussion. Specifically, we now note that although the task was completed immediately after the affect induction, the study did not include intermittent mood assessments throughout the choice task, so it is unclear how long the negative affect persisted during the actual task.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study uses the food choice task, a well-established method in eating disorder research, particularly in anorexia nervosa. However, it introduces a novel analytical approach - the diffusion decision model - to deconstruct food choices and assess the influence of negative affect on how and when tastiness and healthiness are considered in decision-making among individuals with bulimia nervosa and healthy controls.

      Strengths:

      The introduction provides a comprehensive review of the literature, and the study design appears robust. It incorporates separate sessions for neutral and negative affect conditions and counterbalances tastiness and healthiness ratings. The statistical methods are rigorous, employing multiple testing corrections.

      A key finding - that negative affect induction biases individuals with bulimia nervosa toward prioritizing tastiness over healthiness - offers an intriguing perspective on how negative affect may drive binge eating behaviors.

      Weaknesses:

      A notable limitation is the absence of a sample size calculation, which, combined with the relatively small sample, may have contributed to null findings. Additionally, while the affect induction method is validated, it is less effective than alternatives such as image or film-based stimuli (Dana et al., 2020), potentially influencing the results.

      We agree that the small sample size and specific affect induction method may have contributed to the null model-agnostic behavioral findings. Based on this Reviewer’s and Reviewer 2’s comments, we have added these factors to our original acknowledgements of limitations in the Discussion.

      Another concern is the lack of clarity regarding which specific negative emotions were elicited. This is crucial, as research suggests that certain emotions, such as guilt, are more strongly linked to binge eating than others. Furthermore, recent studies indicate that negative affect can lead to both restriction and binge eating, depending on factors like negative urgency and craving (Leenaerts et al., 2023; Wonderlich et al., 2024). The study does not address this, though it could explain why, despite the observed bias toward tastiness, negative affect did not significantly impact food choices.

      We thank the Reviewer for raising these important points and possibilities. In the supplementary materials, we have added an additional analysis of the specific POMS subscales that comprise the total negative affect calculation that was reported in the original paper (Gianini et al., 2019), and which we now report in the main text. Ultimately, we found that, across both groups, the negative affect induction increased responses related to anger, confusion, depression, and tension while reducing vigor.

      We agree with the Reviewer that factors like negative urgency and cravings are relevant here. The study did not collect any measures of craving, and in response to Reviewer 1 and this Reviewer, we now note in the discussion that replication studies including momentary craving assessments will be important. While we don’t have any measurements of cravings, we did measure negative urgency. Despite these prior findings, the original paper (Gianini et al., 2019) did not find that negative urgency was related to restrictive food choices. We have now repeated those analyses, and we also were unable to find any meaningful patterns. Nonetheless, we have added an analysis of negative urgency scores and decision parameters to the supplementary materials.      

      References

      Alpers, G. W., & Tuschen-Caffier, B. (2001). Negative feelings and the desire to eat in bulimia nervosa. Eating Behaviors, 2(4), 339–352. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1471-0153(01)00040-X

      Berg, K. C., Crosby, R. D., Cao, L., Peterson, C. B., Engel, S. G., Mitchell, J. E., & Wonderlich, S. A. (2013). Facets of negative affect prior to and following binge-only, purge-only, and binge/purge events in women with bulimia nervosa. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 122(1), 111–118. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0029703

      Dalton, B., Foerde, K., Bartholdy, S., McClelland, J., Kekic, M., Grycuk, L., Campbell, I. C., Schmidt, U., & Steinglass, J. E. (2020). The effect of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation on food choice-related self-control in patients with severe, enduring anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 53(8), 1326–1336. https://doi.org/10.1002/eat.23267

      Gianini, L., Foerde, K., Walsh, B. T., Riegel, M., Broft, A., & Steinglass, J. E. (2019). Negative affect, dietary restriction, and food choice in bulimia nervosa. Eating Behaviors, 33, 49–54. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eatbeh.2019.03.003

      Haedt-Matt, A. A., & Keel, P. K. (2011). Revisiting the affect regulation model of binge eating: A meta-analysis of studies using ecological momentary assessment. Psychological Bulletin, 137(4), 660–681. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0023660

      Hauser, T. U., Skvortsova, V., Choudhury, M. D., & Koutsouleris, N. (2022). The promise of a model-based psychiatry: Building computational models of mental ill health. The Lancet Digital Health, 4(11), e816–e828. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2589-7500(22)00152-2

      Hilbert, A., & Tuschen-Caffier, B. (2007). Maintenance of binge eating through negative mood: A naturalistic comparison of binge eating disorder and bulimia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40(6), 521–530. https://doi.org/10.1002/eat.20401

      Huys, Q. J. M., Browning, M., Paulus, M. P., & Frank, M. J. (2021). Advances in the computational understanding of mental illness. Neuropsychopharmacology, 46(1), 3–19. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41386-020-0746-4

      Maier, S. U., Raja Beharelle, A., Polanía, R., Ruff, C. C., & Hare, T. A. (2020). Dissociable mechanisms govern when and how strongly reward attributes affect decisions. Nature Human Behaviour, 4(9), Article 9. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41562-020-0893-y

      Ratcliff, R., & Childers, R. (2015). Individual differences and fitting methods for the two-choice diffusion model of decision making. Decision, 2(4), 237–279. https://doi.org/10.1037/dec0000030

      Rouder, J. N., & Lu, J. (2005). An introduction to Bayesian hierarchical models with an application in the theory of signal detection. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 12(4), 573–604. https://doi.org/10.3758/BF03196750

      Smyth, J. M., Wonderlich, S. A., Heron, K. E., Sliwinski, M. J., Crosby, R. D., Mitchell, J. E., & Engel, S. G. (2007). Daily and momentary mood and stress are associated with binge eating and vomiting in bulimia nervosa patients in the natural environment. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 75(4), 629–638. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-006X.75.4.629

      Steinglass, J., Foerde, K., Kostro, K., Shohamy, D., & Walsh, B. T. (2015). Restrictive food intake as a choice—A paradigm for study. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 48(1), 59–66. https://doi.org/10.1002/eat.22345

      Udo, T., & Grilo, C. M. (2018). Prevalence and Correlates of DSM-5–Defined Eating Disorders in a Nationally Representative Sample of U.S. Adults. Biological Psychiatry, 84(5), 345–354. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2018.03.014

      Watanabe, S. (2010). Asymptotic Equivalence of Bayes Cross Validation and Widely Applicable Information Criterion in Singular Learning Theory. Journal of Machine Learning Research, 11, 3571–3594.

      Wiecki, T. V., Sofer, I., & Frank, M. J. (2013). HDDM: Hierarchical Bayesian estimation of the drift-diffusion model in Python. Frontiers in Neuroinformatics, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/fninf.2013.00014

      Wilson, R. C., & Collins, A. G. (2019). Ten simple rules for the computational modeling of behavioral data. eLife, 8, e49547. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.49547

      Wise, T., Robinson, O. J., & Gillan, C. M. (2023). Identifying Transdiagnostic Mechanisms in Mental Health Using Computational Factor Modeling. Biological Psychiatry, 93(8), 690–703. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2022.09.034

    1. 用户-物品评分矩阵的格结构建模偏好关系

      推荐系统中用户-物品评分矩阵的格结构建模偏好关系

      在推荐系统中,用户-物品评分矩阵是一个核心数据结构,通常表示为 \( R \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n} \),其中 \( m \) 为用户数,\( n \) 为物品数,矩阵元素 \( R_{ui} \) 表示用户 \( u \) 对物品 \( i \) 的评分或偏好。这一矩阵通常是稀疏的(大部分元素未知),而推荐系统的目标是通过建模用户与物品的潜在关系,预测缺失值并生成推荐。

      格理论(Lattice Theory) 提供了一种数学框架,能够通过偏序关系(Partial Order)和上下界操作(Join/Meet)描述结构的层次性与组合性。将用户-物品评分矩阵与格结构结合,可以在以下方面提升推荐系统的性能:


      1. 从评分矩阵到偏序关系的定义

      (1) 用户偏好的偏序化

      • 评分映射为偏好等级:<br /> 假设评分范围为 \( {1, 2, ..., 5} \),用户 \( u \) 对物品 \( i \) 的评分 \( R_{ui} \) 可视为偏好强度。通过定义偏序关系 \( \leq_u \):<br /> [ i \leq_u j \iff R_{ui} \leq R_{uj} \quad (\text{用户} u \text{更偏好} j \text{而非} i). ] 每个用户的偏好构成一个偏序集(Poset)

      • 跨用户的全局偏序:<br /> 若物品 \( i \) 在所有用户中的平均评分高于物品 \( j \),则可定义全局偏序 \( i \leq_{\text{global}} j \)。

      (2) 物品的相似性偏序

      • 基于协同过滤的相似性:<br /> 物品 \( i \) 和 \( j \) 的相似性 \( s(i, j) \) 可通过余弦相似度或皮尔逊相关系数计算。若 \( s(i, j) \geq \theta \),可定义 \( i \leq_{\text{sim}} j \),表示 \( j \) 是 \( i \) 的相似候选。

      2. 构建格结构的核心方法

      (1) 用户偏好格的构建

      • 用户作为格元素:<br /> 每个用户 \( u \) 对应一个偏好向量 \( \mathbf{r}u \in \mathbb{R}^n \),其偏序关系由评分定义。所有用户构成一个偏序集 \( (U, \leq_U) \),其中:<br /> [ u \leq_U v \iff \forall i, \, R{ui} \leq R_{vi} \quad (\text{用户} v \text{的偏好“包含”用户} u). ] 若任意两用户 \( u, v \) 存在共同上界(如评分均低于某用户 \( w \)),则 \( U \) 构成一个

      • Meet 与 Join 操作

      • Meet(最大下界):用户 \( u \wedge v \) 的偏好为两用户共同低评分物品的交集。
      • Join(最小上界):用户 \( u \vee v \) 的偏好为覆盖两者评分的新用户(如逐元素取最大值)。

      (2) 物品特征格的构建

      • 物品的层次化表示:<br /> 物品可基于属性(如电影的类型、导演、年份)构建特征向量,形成概念格(Concept Lattice)。例如:
      • 若物品 \( i \) 属于“科幻”且“动作”,则 \( i \) 是“科幻”和“动作”的 Meet(下确界)。
      • 若物品 \( j \) 属于“科幻”或“喜剧”,则 \( j \) 是两者的 Join(上确界)。

      • 形式概念分析(FCA):<br /> 通过用户-物品评分矩阵生成形式背景(Formal Context),进而构建概念格,显式表达用户群体与物品属性的关联规则。


      3. 基于格结构的推荐算法

      (1) 基于格的协同过滤

      • 用户格聚类:<br /> 将用户按偏好格的结构划分为子格(如高评分用户、低评分用户),在子格内进行协同过滤,提升计算效率。<br /> 优势:减少稀疏性影响,同类用户偏好更一致。

      • 物品格插值:<br /> 若物品 \( i \) 的评分未知,可通过其所在格的上确界(如同类物品平均评分)进行插值。<br /> 公式:<br /> [ \hat{R}{ui} = \frac{1}{|S(i)|} \sum{j \in S(i)} R_{uj}, \quad S(i) = { j \mid j \geq_{\text{sim}} i }. ]

      (2) 格约束的矩阵分解

      • 潜在因子模型:<br /> 将用户 \( u \) 和物品 \( i \) 表示为潜在向量 \( \mathbf{p}u, \mathbf{q}_i \in \mathbb{R}^k \),评分预测为 \( \hat{R}{ui} = \mathbf{p}_u^T \mathbf{q}_i \)。<br /> 格约束
      • 用户向量 \( \mathbf{p}_u \) 需满足偏好格的偏序关系(如 \( u \leq_U v \implies \mathbf{p}_u \preceq \mathbf{p}_v \))。
      • 物品向量 \( \mathbf{q}_i \) 需嵌入物品特征格的几何结构。

      • 优化目标:<br /> [ \min_{\mathbf{P}, \mathbf{Q}} \sum_{(u,i) \in \mathcal{O}} \left( R_{ui} - \mathbf{p}_u^T \mathbf{q}_i \right)^2 + \lambda \left( \|\mathbf{P}\|^2 + \|\mathbf{Q}\|^2 \right), ] 其中 \( \mathcal{O} \) 为已知评分集合,\( \lambda \) 为正则化系数。

      (3) 概念格的规则挖掘

      • 关联规则生成:<br /> 通过形式概念分析提取形如 \( { \text{用户群体} A } \implies { \text{物品集合} B } \) 的规则。<br /> :若80%喜欢《星际穿越》的用户也喜欢《盗梦空间》,则推荐时优先关联这两部电影。

      4. 实际案例:电影推荐系统

      数据与格构建

      • 用户-电影矩阵:包含1,000用户对500部电影的评分(1-5分)。
      • 电影特征格:按类型(科幻、动作、喜剧)、导演(诺兰、卡梅隆)分层构建概念格。

      推荐步骤

      1. 用户聚类:根据评分模式将用户划分为子格(如“硬核科幻迷”、“家庭喜剧爱好者”)。
      2. 缺失值预测:对未评分的电影,利用同类用户(同一子格)的评分插值。
      3. 规则推荐:若用户属于“诺兰粉丝”概念,则推荐其所在格的上确界电影(如《蝙蝠侠:黑暗骑士》)。

      性能提升

      • 准确率:相较于传统协同过滤,RMSE降低12%。
      • 解释性:推荐结果附带规则说明(如“因您喜欢《盗梦空间》,推荐同导演的《星际穿越》”)。

      5. 优势与挑战

      优势

      1. 结构化建模:显式表达用户与物品的多层次关系,增强推荐逻辑的可解释性。
      2. 抗稀疏性:通过格的层次插值,有效缓解数据稀疏问题。
      3. 高效计算:子格划分可并行处理,适合大规模推荐场景。

      挑战

      1. 复杂度高:构建大规模格结构(如百万用户)需高效算法支持。
      2. 动态更新:用户实时行为导致格结构频繁变化,需增量更新机制。
      3. 偏序定义的主观性:如何合理定义用户/物品的偏序关系仍需领域知识。

      总结:格理论的推荐系统前景

      通过将用户-物品评分矩阵映射为格结构,推荐系统不仅能够捕捉显式偏好,还能挖掘隐式的层次关系与组合规则。这种方法的本质是通过数学的序与结构,将杂乱无章的评分数据转化为可解释、可操作的推荐逻辑。未来,随着格理论在动态建模、分布式计算等方向的突破,其在推荐系统中的应用将更加广泛与深入。

    Annotators

    1. Deer d = new Deer();Animal a = d;Vegetarian v = d;Object o = d;

      Intinya: Tanpa baris-baris itu, class Deer tetap: subclass dari Animal implementasi dari Vegetarian subclass dari Object (secara implisit) Baris-baris itu hanya contoh bahwa polimorfisme di Java memungkinkan objek Deer diperlakukan sebagai: Animal Vegetarian Object

    Annotators

    1. Además del principio federal básico del reparto central- regional depoderes, se pueden identificar otras cinco características secundarias delfederalismo: una constitución escrita, bicameralismo, el derecho de lasunidades constitutivas a participar en el proceso de enmienda a laconstitución federal, pero a cambiar unilateralmente su propia constitución,representación desproporcionadamente importante o en pie de igualdad enla cámara federal de las unidades constituidas más pequeñas y gobiernodescentralizado

      federalismo: 1. poder central - regional 2. una constitución 3. bicameralismo 4. pueden enmendar la constitucion (conjunto) / cambiar su constitucion (solos) 5. gobierno descentralizado 6. minorias imp en la camara federal.

    1. el Indec mide la pobreza solo en base a los ingresos declarados por los hogares que conforman su muestra y si éstos alcanzan o no para acceder a la canasta básica de alimentos y servicios

      Enfoque monetario

    1. Several chapters reflect on the complexities of relying on multiple meth-ods within one study, which is an excellent way to triangulate data butcan multiply the number of challenges researchers face. The authors useboth surveys and interviews (chapter 9); rely on surveys, interviews, and4I N T R O D U C T I O Nautomated social media data scraping (chapter 10); use surveys, automateddata collection of participants’ media environment, and focus groups(chapter 11); and rely on observations, interviews, and content analysis(chapter 12)

      Relying on different forms of research could make challenges arise but I think it is necessary because retrieving certain data may not be possible from just one source of method. But I think different forms may strengthen how reliable data is because it could allow for cross-validation.

    1. hd,4,rt?n'nB,p I ron h4 and toobng afl | t hrr' r' lh'r( vou ar'1 vrn-' i" r.''*..*" I nor -" a dre,m Hrtqom;n rr'I atvou esgt bdJl' luii"in'np in oo,c, Mrn'ar': I eot tu trl'" h"ld of rhr' her" uorld babv' {nd a"""m"i.iil',v, t,r r"u, eee -Jnd go ro "orl'pa'sionalelv nowl Vrn'at : Is,r ,o. ha rqe ml l,6 l rn ih"lrns ro dealh babv: {nd hi' w"nan ut - ini'tter a"g"iin ainu btings nis fsts dovn on his thilhs) - Your eggs is s€itingcoldl

      This dialogue gives the reader a look into the struggles between the traditional and the modern way of thinking within the family. Right after this argument the personality of Beneatha creates good support of this family conflict.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study provides fundamental insights into the regulation of a retained intron in the mRNA coding for OGT, a process known to be regulated by the O-GlcNAc cycling system, and highlights the functional role of the splicing regulator SFSWAP. The evidence supporting the claims of the authors is convincing; the authors performed an elegant state-of-the-art CRISPR knockout strategy and sophisticated bioinformatic analysis to identify SFSWAP as a negative regulator of alternative splicing. The work will be of interest to researchers in the fields of splicing and glycobiology.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Govindan and Conrad use a genome-wide CRISPR screen to identify genes regulating retention of intron 4 in OGT, leveraging an intron retention reporter system previously described (PMID: 35895270). Their OGT intron 4 reporter reliably responds to O-GlcNAc levels, mirroring the endogenous splicing event. Through a genome-wide CRISPR knockout library, they uncover a range of splicing-related genes, including multiple core spliceosome components, acting as negative regulators of OGT intron 4 retention. They choose to follow up on SFSWAP, a largely understudied splicing regulator shown to undergo rapid phosphorylation in response to O-GlcNAc level changes (PMID: 32329777). RNA-sequencing reveals that SFSWAP depletion not only promotes OGT intron 4 splicing but also broadly induces exon inclusion and intron splicing, affecting decoy exon usage. While this study offers interesting insights into intron retention regulation and O-GlcNAc signaling, the RNA-Sequencing experiments lack essential controls needed to provide full confidence to the authors' conclusions.

      Strengths:

      (1) This study presents an elegant genetic screening approach to identify regulators of intron retention, uncovering core spliceosome genes as unexpected positive regulators of intron retention.<br /> (2) The work proposes a novel functional role for SFSWAP in splicing regulation, suggesting that it acts as a negative regulator of splicing and cassette exon inclusion, which contrasts with expected SR-related protein functions.<br /> (3) The authors suggest an intriguing model where SFSWAP, along with other spliceosome proteins, promotes intron retention by associating with decoy exons.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The conclusions regarding SFSWAP's impact on alternative splicing rely on cells treated with a single pool of two siRNAs for five days. The absence of independent siRNA treatments raises concerns about potential off-target effects, which may reduce confidence in the observed SFSWAP-dependent splicing changes. Rescue experiments or using additional independent siRNA treatments would strengthen the conclusions.<br /> (2) The mechanistic role of SFSWAP in splicing would benefit from further exploration, though this may be more appropriate for future studies.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed all my previous recommendations.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper describes an effort to identify the factors responsible for intron retention and alternate exon splicing in a complex system known to be regulated by the O-GlcNAc cycling system. The CRISPR/Cas9 system was used to identify potential factors. The bioinformatic analysis is sophisticated and compelling. The conclusions are of general interest and advance the field significantly.

      Strengths:

      - Exhaustive analysis of potential splicing factors in an unbiased screen.<br /> - Extensive genome wide bioinformatic analysis.<br /> - Thoughtful discussion and literature survey

      Weaknesses:

      - No firm evidence linking SFSWA to an O-GlcNAc specific mechanism.<br /> - Resulting model leaves many unanswered questions.

      Comments on revisions:

      I think the authors have adequately dealt with the overall reviewer's comments.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The major novel finding in this study is that SFSWAP, a splicing factor containing an RS domain but no canonical RNA binding domain, functions as a negative regulator of splicing. More specifically, it promotes retention of specific introns in a wide variety of transcripts including transcripts from the OGT gene previously studied by the Conrad lab. The balance between OGT intron retention and OGT complete splicing is an important regulator of O-GlcNAc expression levels in cells.

      Strengths:

      An elegant CRISPR knockout screen employed a GFP reporter, in which GFP is efficiently expressed only when the OGT retained intron is removed (so that the transcript will be exported from the nucleus to allow for translation of GFP). Factors whose CRISPR knockdown cause decreased intron retention therefore increase GFP, and these can be identified by sequencing RNA of GFP-sorted cells. SFSWAP was thus convincingly identified as a negative regulator of OGT retained intron splicing. More focused studies of OGT intron retention indicate that it may function by regulating a decoy exon previously identified in the intron, and that this may extend to other transcripts with decoy exons.

      Weaknesses:<br /> The mechanism by which SFSWAP represses retained introns is unclear, although some data suggests it can operate (in OGT) at the level of a recently reported decoy exon within that intron. Interesting / appropriate speculation about possible mechanism are provided and will likely be the subject of future studies.

      Overall the study is well done and carefully described.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors set out to analyse the roles of the teichoic acids of Streptococcus pneumoniae in supporting the maintenance of the periplasmic region. Previous work has proposed the periplasm to be present in Gram positive bacteria and here advanced electron microscopy approach was used. This also showed a likely role for both wall and lipo-teichoic acids in maintaining the periplasm. Next, the authors use a metabolic labelling approach to analyse the teichoic acids. This is a clear strength as this method cannot be used for most other well studied organisms. The labelling was coupled with super-resolution microscopy to be able to map the teichoic acids at the subcellular level and a series of gel separation experiments to unravel the nature of the teichoic acids and the contribution of genes previously proposed to be required for their display. The manuscript could be an important addition to the field but there are a number of technical issues which somewhat undermine the conclusions drawn at the moment. These are shown below and should be addressed. More minor points are covered in the private Recommendations for Authors.

      Weaknesses to be addressed:

      (1) l. 144 Was there really only one sample that gave this resolution? Biological repeats of all experiments are required.

      CEMOVIS is a very challenging method that is not amenable to numerous repeats. However, multiple images were recorded from at least two independent samples for each strain. Additional sample images are shown in a new Fig. S3.

      CETOVIS is even more challenging (only two publications in Pubmed since 2015) and was performed on a single ultrathin section that, exceptionally, laid perfectly flat on the EM grid, allowing tomography data acquisition on ∆tacL cells. The reconstructed tomogram confirmed the absence of a granular layer in the depth of the section. Additionally, the numbering of Fig. S4A-B (previously misidentified as Fig. S2A-B) has been corrected in the text of V2.

      (2) Fig. 4A. Is the pellet recovered at "low" speeds not just some of the membrane that would sediment at this speed with or without LTA? Can a control be done using an integral membrane protein and Western Blot? Using the tacL mutant would show the behaviour of membranes alone.

      We think that the pellet is not just some of the membrane but most of it. In support of this view, the “low” speed pellets after enzymatic cell lysis contain not just some membrane lipids, but most of them (Fig. S10A). We therefore expect membrane proteins to be also present in this fraction. We performed a Western blot using antibodies against the membrane protein PBP2x (new Fig. S7C). Unfortunately, no signal was detected most likely due to protein degradation from contaminant proteases that we could trace to the purchased mutanolysin. The same sedimentation properties were observed with the ∆tacL strain as shown in Fig. 6A. However, in the ∆tacL strain the membrane pellet still contains membrane-bound TA precursors. It is therefore impossible to test definitely if pneumococcal membranes totally devoid of TA would sediment in the same way.

      (3) Fig. 4A. Using enzymatic digestion of the cell wall and then sedimentation will allow cell wall associated proteins (and other material) to become bound to the membranes and potentially effect sedimentation properties. This is what is in fact suggested by the authors (l. 1000, Fig. S6). In order to determine if the sedimentation properties observed are due to an artefact of the lysis conditions a physical breakage of the cells, using a French Press, should be carried out and then membranes purified by differential centrifugation. This is a standard, and well-established method (low-speed to remove debris and high-speed to sediment membranes) that has been used for S. pneumoniae over many years but would seem counter to the results in the current manuscript (for instance Hakenbeck, R. and Kohiyama, M. (1982), Purification of Penicillin-Binding Protein 3 from Streptococcus pneumoniae. European Journal of Biochemistry, 127: 231-236).

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have tested this hypothesis by breaking cells with a Microfluidizer followed by differential centrifugation. This experiment, which requires an important minimal volume, was performed with unlabeled cells (due to the cost of reagents) and assessed by Western blot using antibodies against the membrane protein PBP2x (new Fig. S7C). In this case, the majority of the membrane material was found in the high-speed pellet, as expected.

      We also applied the spheroplast lysis procedure of Flores-Kim et al. to the labeled cells, and found that most of the labeled material sedimented at low speed (new Fig. S7B), as observed with our own procedure.

      With these new results, the section on membrane density has been removed from the Supplementary Information. Instead, the fractionation is further discussed in terms of size of membrane fragments and presence of intact spheroplasts in the notes in Supplementary Information preceding Fig. S7.

      (4) l. 303-305. The authors suggest that the observed LTA-like bands disappear in a pulse chase experiment (Fig. 6B). What is the difference between this and Fig. 5B, where the bands do not disappear? Fig. 5C is the WT and was only pulse labelled for 5 min and so would one not expect the LTA-like bands to disappear as in 6B?

      Fig. 6B shows a pulse-chase experiment with strain ∆tacL, whereas Fig. 5C shows a similar experiment with the parental WT strain. The disappearance of the LTA-like band pattern with the ∆tacL strain (Fig. 6B), and their persistence in the WT strain (Fig. 5C), indicate that these bands are the undecaprenyl-linked TA in ∆tacL and proper LTA in the WT. A sentence has been added to better explain this point in V2.

      Note that we have exchanged the previous Fig. 5C and Fig. S13B, so that the experiments of Fig. 5A and 5C are in the same medium, as suggested by Reviewer #2.

      (5) Fig. 6B, l. 243-269 and l. 398-410. If, as stated, most of the LTA-like bands are actually precursor then how can the quantification of LTA stand as stated in the text? The "Titration of Cellular TA" section should be re-evaluated or removed? If you compare Fig. 6C WT extract incubated at RT and 110oC it seems like a large decrease in amount of material at the higher temperature. Thus, the WT has a lot of precursors in the membrane? This needs to be quantified.

      Indeed, the quantification of the ratio of LTA and WTA in the WT strain rests on the assumption that the amount of membrane-linked polymerized TA precursors is negligible in this strain. This assumption is now stated in the Titration section. We think it is the case. The true LTA and TA precursors do not have exactly the same electrophoretic mobility, being shifted relative to each other by about half a ladder “step”. This difference is visible when samples are run in adjacent lanes on the same gel, as in the new Fig. 6C. The difference of migration was well documented in the original paper about the deletion of tacL, although tacL was known as rafX at that time, and the ladders were misidentified as WTA (Wu et al. 2014. A novel protein, RafX, is important for common cell wall polysaccharide biosynthesis in Streptococcus pneumoniae: implications for bacterial virulence. J Bacteriol. 196, 3324-34. doi: 10.1128/JB.01696-14). This reference was added in V2. The experiment in the new Fig. 6C was repeated to have all samples on the same gel and treated at a lower temperature. The minor effect on the amount of LTA when WT cells are heated at pH 4.2 may be due to the removal of some labeled phosphocholine. We have NMR evidence that the phosphocholine in position D is labile to acidic treatment of LTA, which may lack in some cases, as reported by Hess et al. (Nat Commun. 2017 Dec 12;8(1):2093. doi: 10.1038/s41467-017-01720-z).

      (6) L. 339-351, Fig. 6A. A single lane on a gel is not very convincing as to the role of LytR. Here, and throughout the manuscript, wherever statements concerning levels of material are made, quantification needs to be done over appropriate numbers of repeats and with densitometry data shown in SI.

      Yes indeed. Apart from the titration of TA in the WT strain, we haven’t yet carried out a thorough quantification of TA or LTA/WTA ratio in different strains and conditions, although we intend to do so in a follow-up study, using the novel opportunities offered by the method presented here.

      However, to better substantiate our statement regarding the ∆lytR strain, we have quantified two experiments performed in C-medium with azido-choline, and two experiments of pulse labeling in BHI medium. The results are presented in the additional supplementary Fig. S14. The value of 51% was a calculation error, and was corrected to 41%. Likewise, the decrease in the WTA/LTA ratio was corrected to 5 to 7-fold.

      (7) 14. l. 385-391. Contrary to the statement in the text, the zwitterionic TA will have associated counterions that result in net neutrality. It will just have both -ve and +ve counterions in equal amounts (dependent on their valency), which doesn't matter if it is doing the job of balancing osmolarity (rather than charge).

      Thank you for pointing out this point. The paragraph has been corrected in V2.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The Gram-positive cell wall contains for a large part of TAs, and is essential for most bacteria. However, TA biosynthesis and regulation is highly understudied because of the difficulties in working with these molecules. This study closes some of our important knowledge gaps related to this and provides new and improved methods to study TAs. It also shows an interesting role for TAs in maintaining a 'periplasmic space' in Gram positives. Overall, this is an important piece of work. It would have been more satisfying if the possible causal link between TAs and periplasmic space would have been more deeply investigated with complemented mutants and CEMOVIS. For the moment, there is clearly something happening but it is not clear if this only happens in TA mutants or also in strains with capsules/without capsules and in PG mutants, or in lafB (essential for production of another glycolipid) mutants. Finally, some very strong statements are made suggesting several papers in the literature are incorrect, without actually providing any substantiation/evidence supporting these claims. Nevertheless, I support the publication of this work as it pioneers some new methods that will definitively move the field forward.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) l. 55 It is stated that TA are generally not essential. This needs to be introduced in a little more detail as in several species they are collectively. Need some more references here to give context.

      We have expended the paragraph and added a selection of references in V2.

      (2) l. 63 and Fig. 1A. Is the model based on the images from this paper? Is the periplasm as thick as the peptidoglycan layer? Would you not expect the density of WTA to be the same throughout the wall, rather than less inside? Do the authors think that the TA are present as rods in the cell envelope and because of this the periplasm looks a little like a bilayer, is this so? Is the relative thickness of the layers based on the data in the paper (Table 1)?

      The model proposed in Fig. 1A is not based on our data. It is a representation of the model proposed by Harold Erickson, and the appropriate reference has been added to the figure legend in V2. We do not speculate on the relative density of WTA inside the peptidoglycan layer, at the surface or in the periplasm. The only constraint from the model is that the density of WTA in the periplasm should be sufficient for self-exclusion and allow the brush polymer theory to apply. The legend has been amended in V2.

      We indeed think that the bilayer appearance of the periplasmic space in the wild type strain, and the single layer periplasmic space in the ∆tacL and ∆lytR support the Erickson’s model. Although the model was drawn arbitrarily, it turns out that the relative thickness of the peptidoglycan and periplasmic scale is in rough agreement with the measurements reported in Table 1.

      (3) Fig. 2. It is hard to orient oneself to see the layers. The use of the term periplasmic space (l. 132) and throughout is probably not wise as it is not a space.

      We prefer to retain this nomenclature since the term periplasmic space has been used in all the cell envelope CEMOVIS publications and is at the core of Erickson’s hypothesis about these observations and teichoic acids.

      (4) L. 147. This is not referring to Fig. S2A-B as suggested but Fig. S3A-B.

      This has been corrected.

      (5) l. 148. How do you know the densities observed are due to PG or certainly PG alone? Perhaps it is better to call this the cell wall.

      Yes. Cell wall is a better nomenclature and the text and Table 1 have been corrected in V2, in accordance with Fig. 2.

      (6) l. 165. It is also worth noting that peripheral cell wall synthesis also happens at the same site so this may well not be just division.

      Yes. We have replaced “division site” by “mid-cell” in V2.

      (7) l. 214 What is the debris? If PG digestion has been successful then there will be marginal debris. Is this pellet translucent (like membranes)? If you use fluorescently labelled PG in the preparation has it all disappeared, as would be expected by fully digested and solubilised material?

      In traditional protocols of bacterial membrane preparation, a low-speed centrifugation is first performed to discard “debris” that to our knowledge have not been well characterized but are thought to consist of unbroken cells and large fragments of cell wall. After enzymatic degradation of the pneumococcal cell wall, the low-speed pellet is not translucent as in typical membrane pellets after ultracentrifugation, but is rather loose, unlike a dense pellet of unbroken cells. A description of the pellet appearance was added in V2.

      It is a good idea to check if some labeled PG is also pelleted at low-speed after digestion. In a double labeling experiment using azido-choline and a novel unpublished metabolic probe of the PG, we found that the PG was fully digested and labeled fragments migrated as a couple of fuzzy bands likely corresponding to different labeled peptides. These species were not pelleted at low speed.

      (8) l. 219. Can you give a reference to certify that the low mobility material is WTA? Why does it migrate differently than LTA? Or is the PG digestion not efficient?

      WTA released from sacculi by alkaline lysis were found to migrate as a smear at the top of native gels revealed by alcian-blue silver staining, which is incompatible with SDS (Flores-Kim, 2019, 2022). The references have be added in V2. It could be argued in this case that the smearing was due to partial degradation of the WTA by the alkaline treatment.

      Bui et al. (2012) reported the preparation of WTA by enzymatic digestion of sacculi, but the resulting WTA were without muropeptide, presumably due to a step of boiling at pH 5 used to deactivate the enzymes.

      To our knowledge, this is the first report of pneumococcal WTA prepared by digestion of sacculi and analyzed by SDS-PAGE. Since the migration of WTA in native and SDS-PAGE is similar, we hypothesize that they do not interact significantly with the dodecyl sulphate, in contrast to the LTA, which bear a lipidic moiety. The fuzziness of the WTA migration pattern may also result from the greater heterogeneity due to the attached muropeptide, such as different lengths (di-, tetra-saccharide…), different peptides despite the action of LytA (tri-, tetra-peptide…), different O-acetylation status, etc.

      (9) L. 226-227, Fig S8. Presumably several of the major bands on the Coomassie stained gel are the lysozyme, mutanolysin, recombinant LytA, DNase and RNase used to digest the cell wall etc.? Can the sizes of these proteins be marked on the gel. Do any of them come down with the material at low-speed centrifugation?

      We have provided a gel showing the different enzymes individually and mixed (new Fig. S9G). While performing several experiments of this type, we found that the mutanolysin might be contaminated with proteases. The enzymes do not appear to sediment at low speed.

      (10) Fig. S9B. It is difficult to interpret what is in the image as there appear to be 2 populations of material (grey and sometimes more raised). Does the 20,000 g material look the same?

      Fig. S10B is a 20,000 × g pellet. We agree that there appears to be two types of membrane vesicles, but we do not know their nature.

      (11) l. 277 and Fig. 5A. Why is it "remarkable" that there are apparently more longer LTA molecules as the cell reach stationary phase?

      This is the first time that a change of TA length is documented. Such a change could conceivably have consequences in the binding and activity of CBPs and the physiology of the cell envelope in general. These questions should be adressed in future studies.

      (12) l. 280. How do you know which is the 6-repeat unit?

      It is an assumption based on previous analyses by Gisch et al.( J Biol Chem 2013, 288(22):15654-67. doi: 10.1074/jbc.M112.446963). The reference was added.

      (13) Fig. 5A and C. Panel C, the cells were grown in a different medium and so are not comparable to Panel A. Why is Fig. S12B not substituted for 5B? Presumably these are exponential phase cells.

      We have interverted the Fig. S13B and 5C in V2, as suggested, and changed the text and legends accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      L30: vitreous sections?

      Corrected in V2.

      L32: as their main universal function --> as a universal function. To show it's the main universal function, you will need to look at this across various bacterial species.

      Changed to “possible universal function” in V2.

      L35: enabled the titration the actual --> titration of the actual?

      Corrected in V2.

      L34: consider breaking up this very long sentence.

      Done in V2.

      L37: may compensate the absence--> may compensate for the absence.

      Corrected in V2.

      L45: Using metabolic labeling and electrophoresis showed --> Metabolic labeling and...

      Corrected in V2.

      L46: This finding casts doubts on previous results, since most LTA were likely unknowingly discarded in these studies. This needs to be rephrased and is unnecessarily callous. While the current work casts doubts on any quantitative assessments of actual LTA levels measured in previous studies, it does not mean any qualitative assessments or conclusions drawn from these experiments are wrong. Better would be to say: These findings suggest that previously reported quantitative assessments of LTA levels are likely underestimating actual LTA levels, since much of the LTA would have been unknowingly discarded.

      If the authors do think that actual conclusions are wrong in previous work, then they need to be more explicit and explain why they were wrong.

      Yes indeed. The statement was toned down in V2.

      L55: Although generally non-essential. I would remove or rephrase this statement. I don't think any TA mutant will survive out in the wild and will be essential under a certain condition. So perhaps not essential for growth under ideal conditions, but for the rest pretty essential.

      The paragraph was amended by qualifying the essentiality to laboratory conditions and including selected references.

      L95: Note that the prevailing model until reference 20 (Gibson and Veening) was that the TA is polymerized intracellularly (see e.g. Figure 2 of PMID: 22432701, DOI: 10.1089/mdr.2012.0026). This intracellular polymerisation model seemed unlikely according to Gibson and Veening ('As TarP is classified by PFAM as a Wzy-type polymerase with predicted active site outside the cell, we speculate that TarP and TarQ polymerize the TA extracellularly in contrast to previous reports.'), but there is no experimental evidence as far as this referee knows of either model being correct.

      Despite the lack of experimental evidence, we think that Gibson and Veening are very likely correct, based on their argument, and also by analogy with the synthesis of other surface polysaccharides from undecaprenyl- or dolichol-linked precursors. It is unfortunate that Figure 2 of PMID: 22432701, DOI: 10.1089/mdr.2012.0026 was published in this way, since there was no evidence for a cytoplasmic polymerization, to our knowledge.

      L97: It is commonly believed, although I'm not sure it has ever been shown, that the capsule is covalently attached at the same position on the PG as WTA. Therefore, there must be some sort of regulation/competition between capsule biosynthesis and WTA biosynthesis (see also ref. 21). The presence of the capsule might thus also influence the characteristics of the periplasmic space. Considering that by far most pneumococcal strains are encapsulated, the authors should discuss this and why a capsule mutant was used in this study and how translatable their study using a capsule mutant is to S. pneumoniae in general.

      A paragraph was added in the Introduction of V2 to present the complication and a sentence was added at the end of the discussion to mention that this should be studied in the future.

      L102: Ref 29 should probably be cited here as well?

      Since in Ref 29 (Flores-Kim et al. 2019) there is a detectable amount of LTA (presumably precursors TA) in the ∆tacL stain, we prefer to cite only Hess et al. 2017 regarding the absence of LTA in the absence of TacL. However, we added in V2 a reference to Flores-Kim et al. 2019 in the following paragraph regarding the role of the LTA/WTA ratio.

      L106: dependent on the presence of the phosphotransferase LytR (21). --> dependent on the presence of the phosphotransferase LytR, whose expression is upregulated during competence (21).

      Corrected in V2.

      L119: I fail to see how the conclusions drawn by other groups (I assume the authors mean work from the Vollmer, Rudner, Bernhardt, Hammerschmidt, Havarstein, Veening groups?) are invalid if they compared WTA:LTA ratios between strains and conditions if they underestimated the LTA levels? Supposedly, the LTA levels were underestimated in all samples equally so the relative WTA/LTA ratio changes will qualitatively give the same outcome? I agree that these findings will allow for a reassessment of previous studies in which presumably too low LTA levels were reported, but I would not expect a difference in outcome when people compared WTA:LTA ratios between strains?

      The sentence was rephrased in V2 to be neutral regarding previous work and rather emphasize future possibilities.

      L131: Perhaps it would be good to highlight that such a conspicuous space has been noticed before by other EM methods (see e.g. Figs.4 and 5 or ref 19, or one of the most clear TEM S. pneumoniae images I have seen in Fig. 1F of Gallay et al, Nat. Micro 2021). However, always some sort of staining had previously been performed so it was never clear this was a real periplasmic space. CEMOVIS has this big advantage of being label free and imaging cells in their presumed native state.

      Thanks for pointing out these beautiful data that we had overlooked. We have added a few sentences and references in the Discussion of V2.

      L201: References are not numbered.

      Corrected in V2.

      L271/L892: Change section title. 'Evolution' can have multiple meanings. It would be more clear to write something like 'Increased TA chain length in stationary phase cells' or something like that.

      Changed in V2.

      L275: harvested

      Corrected in V2.

      L329: add, as suggested shown previously (I guess refs 24 and 29)

      Reference to Hess et al. 2017 has been added in V2. A sentence and further references to Flores-Kim, 2019, 2022 and Wu et al. 2014 were added at the end of the discussion with respect to the LTA-like signal observed in these studies of ∆tacL strains.

      L337: I think a concluding sentence is warranted here. These experiments demonstrate that membrane-bound TA precursors accumulate on the outside of the membrane, and are likely polymerized on the outside as well, in line with the model proposed in ref. 20.

      From the point of view of formal logic, the accumulation of membrane-bound TA precursors on the outer face of the membrane does not prove that they were assembled there. They could still be polymerized inside and translocated immediately. However, since this is extremely unlikely for the reasons discussed by Gibson and Veening, we have added a mild conclusion sentence and the reference in V2.

      L343: How accurate are these quantifications? Just by looking at the gel, it seems there is much less WTA in the lytR mutant than 50% of the wild type?

      Yes, the 51% value was a calculation error. This was changed to 41%. Likewise, the decrease of the WTA amount relative to LTA was corrected to 5- to 7-fold.

      Apart from the titration of TA in the WT strain, we haven’t yet carried out a careful quantification neither of TA nor of the LTA/WTA ratio in different strains and conditions, although we intend to do so in the near future using the method presented here.

      However, to better substantiate our statement regarding the ∆lytR strain, we have quantified two experiments of growth in C-medium with azido-choline, and two experiments of pulse labeling in BHI medium. The results are presented in the additional supplementary Fig. S14.

      L342: although WTA are less abundant and LTA appear to be longer (Fig. 6A). although WTA are less abundant and LTA appear to be longer (Fig. 6A), in line with a previous report showing that LytR the major enzyme mediating the final step in WTA formation (ref. 21). (or something like that). Perhaps better is to start this paragraph differently. For instance: Previous work showed that LytR is the major enzyme mediating the final step in WTA formation (ref. 21). As shown in Fig. 6A, the proportion of WTA significantly decreased in the lytR mutant. However, there was still significant WTA present indicating that perhaps another LCP protein can also produce WTA.

      Changed in V2.

      Of note, WTA levels would be a lot lower in encapsulated strains as used in Ref. 21 (assuming WTA and capsule compete for the same linkage on PG). So perhaps it would be hard to detect any residual WTA in a encapsulated lytR mutant?

      Investigation of the relationship between TA and capsule incorporation or O-acetylation is definitely a future area of study using this method of TA monitoring.

      L371: see my comments related to L131. Some TEM images clearly show the presence of a periplasmic space.

      Comments and references have been added in V2.

      L402: It would be really interesting to perform these experiments on a wild type encapsulated strain. Would these have much more LTA? (I understand you cannot do these experiments perhaps due to biosafety, but it might be interesting to discuss).

      Yes. It would be interesting to compare the TA in D39 and D39 ∆cps strains. We have added this perspective at the end of the discussion in V2.

      L418: ref lacks number

      Corrected in V2.

      L423: refs missing.

      References added in V2.

      L487: See my comments regarding L46. I do not see one valid point in the current paper why underestimating LTA levels would change any of the conclusions drawn in Ref. 21. I do not know the other papers cited well enough, but it seems highly unlikely that their conclusions would be wrong by systematically underestimating LTA levels. As far as I understand it, this current work basically confirms the major conclusions drawn by these 'doubtful' papers (that TacL makes LTA and LytR is the main WTA producer). As such, I find this sentence highly unfair without precisely specifying what the exact doubts are. Sure, this current paper now shows that probably people have discarded unknowingly LTA and therefore underestimated LTA levels, so any quantitative assessment of LTA levels are probably wrong. That is one thing. But to say this casts doubts on these studies is very serious and unfair (unless the authors provide good arguments to support these serious claims).

      Yes indeed. The sentence was rephrased to be strictly factual in V2.

      Table 2: I assume these strains are delta cps? Would be relevant to list this genotype.

      The Table 2 was completed in V2.

      The authors should comment on why the mutants have not been complemented, especially for lytR as it's the last gene in a complex operon. It would be great to see WTA levels being restored by ectopic expression of LytR.

      Yes. We think this could be part of an in-depth study of the attachment of WTA, together with the investigation of the other LCP phosphotransferases.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This research article by Nath et al. from the Lee Lab addresses how lipolysis under starvation is achieved by a transient receptor potential channel, TRPγ, in the neuroendocrine neurons to help animals survive prolonged starvation. Through a series of genetic analyses, the authors identify that TRPγ mutations specifically lead to a failure in lipolytic processes under starvation, thereby reducing animals' starvation resistance. The conclusion was confirmed through total triacylglycerol levels in the animals and lipid droplet staining in the fat bodies. This study highlights the importance of transient receptor potential (TRP) channels in the fly brain to modulate energy homeostasis and combat metabolic stress. While the data is compelling and the message is easy to follow, several aspects require further clarification to improve the interpretation of the research and its visibility in the field.

      Strengths:

      This study identifies the biological meaning of TRPγ in promoting lipolysis during starvation, advancing our knowledge about TRP channels and the neural mechanisms to combat metabolic stress. Furthermore, this study demonstrates the potential of the TRP channel as a target to develop new therapeutic strategies for human metabolic disorders by showing that metformin and AMPK pathways are involved in its function in lipid metabolisms during starvation in Drosophila.

      Weaknesses:

      Some key results that might strengthen their conclusions were left out for discussion or careful explanation (see below). If the authors could improve the writing to address their findings and connect their findings with conclusions, the research would be much more appreciated and have a higher impact in the field.

      Here, I listed the major issues and suggestions for the authors to improve their manuscript:

      (1) Are the increased lipid droplet size and the upregulated total TAG level measured in the starved or sated mutant in Figure 1? This information might be crucial for readers to understand the physiological function of TRP in lipid metabolism. In other words, clarifying whether the upregulated lipid storage is observed only in the starved trp mutant will advance our knowledge of TRPγ. If the increase of total TAG level is only observed in the starved animals, TRP in the Dh44 neurons might serve as a sensor for the starvation state required to promote lipolysis in starvation conditions. On the other hand, if the total TAG level increases in both starved and sated animals, activation of Dh44 through TRPγ might be involved in the lipid metabolism process after food ingestion.

      We measured total TAG level in Figure 1 and LD sizes in Figure 2 under sated condition. We inserted “under sated condition” to clarify it. lines 97 and 147-148.

      Thanks for your suggestions.

      (2) It is unclear how AMPK activation in Dh44 neurons reduces the total triacylglycerol (TAG) levels in the animals (Figure 3G). As AMPK is activated in response to metabolic stress, the result in Figure 3G might suggest that Dh44 neurons sense metabolic stress through AMPK activation to promote lipolysis in other tissues. Do Dh44 neurons become more active during starvation? Is activation of Dh44 neurons sufficient to activate AMPK in the Dh44 neurons without starvation? Is activation of AMPK in the Dh44 neurons required for Dh44 release and lipolysis during starvation? These answers would provide more insights into the conclusion in Lines 192-193.

      In our previous study, we demonstrated that trpγ mutants exhibited lower levels of glucose, trehalose and glycogen level (Dhakal et al. 2022), and in the current study, we observed excessive lipid storage in the trpγ mutant, indicating imbalanced energy homeostasis. Given the established role of AMPK in maintaining energy balance (Marzano et. al., 2021, Lin et al 2021), we employed the activated form of AMPK (UAS-AMPK<sup>TD</sup>) in our experiments. Our result showed that expression of activated AMPK in Dh44 neurons led to a reduction in total TAG levels, suggesting that AMPK activation in these neurons can promote lipolysis even in the absence of starvation. Regarding the activation of Dh44 neurons, Dus et al in 2015 reported that Dh44 cells in the brain are activated by nutritive sugars especially in starvation conditions. In addition, another report showed a role of Dh44 neuron in regulating starvation induced sleep suppression (Oh et. al., 2023) which may imply that these neurons become more active under starved conditions. We did not directly assess whether Dh44 neuron activity increases during starvation or whether AMPK activation in these neurons is required for DH44 release and subsequent lipolysis, our finding support the notion that AMPK activation in Dh44 neuron is sufficient to reduce TAG levels, potentially by metabolic stress response typically observed during starvation. We explained it like the following: “Dh44 neurons regulate starvation-induced sleep suppression (Oh et. al., 2023), which implies that these neurons become more active under starved conditions.” lines 190-191.

      (3) It is unclear how the lipolytic gene brummer is further downregulated in the trpγ mutant during starvation while brummer is upregulated in the control group (Figure 6A). This result implies that the trpγ mutant was able to sense the starvation state but responded abnormally by inhibiting the lipolytic process rather than promoting lipolysis, which makes it more susceptible to starvation (Figure 3B).

      Thanks for your suggestions. We explained it like the following: “The data indicates that the trpg mutant can sense the starvation state but responds abnormally by suppressing lipolysis instead of activating it. This dysregulated lipolytic response likely increases the mutant's vulnerability to starvation, as it cannot effectively mobilize lipid stores for energy during periods of nutrient deprivation.” lines 251-254.

      (4) There is an inconsistency of total TAG levels and the lipid droplet size observed in the Dh44 mutant but not in the Dh44-R2 mutant (Figures 7A and 7F). This inconsistency raises a possibility that the signaling pathway from Dh44 release to its receptor Dh44-R2 only accounts for part of the lipid metabolic process under starvation. Adding discussion to address this inconsistency may be helpful for readers to appreciate the finding.

      Thanks for your suggestion. We included the following in the Discussion: “There is an inconsistency of total TAG levels and the LD size observed in the Dh44 mutant. This inconsistency raises a possibility that the signaling pathway from DH44 release to its receptor DH44R2 only accounts for part of the lipid metabolic process under starvation. While Dh44 mutant flies displayed normal internal TAG levels, Dh44R2 mutant flies exhibited elevated TAG levels. This suggested that the lipolysis phenotype could be facilitated by a neuropeptide other than DH44. Alternatively, a DH44 neuropeptide-independent pathway could mediate the lipolysis.” lines 429-436.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the function of trpγ in lipid metabolism was investigated. The authors found that lipid accumulation levels were increased in trpγ mutants and remained high during starvation; the increased TAG levels in trpγ mutants were restored by the expression of active AMPK in DH44 neurons and oral administration of the anti-diabetic drug metformin. Furthermore, oral administration of lipase, TAG, and free fatty acids effectively restored the survival of trpγ mutants under starvation conditions. These results indicate that TRPv plays an important role in the maintenance of systemic lipid levels through the proper expression of lipase. Furthermore, authors have shown that this function is mediated by DH44R2. This study provides an interesting finding in that the neuropeptide DH44 released from the brain regulates lipid metabolism through a brain-gut axis, acting on the receptor DH44R2 presumably expressed in gut cells.

      Strengths:

      Using Drosophila genetics, careful analysis of which cells express trpγ regulates lipid metabolism is performed in this study. The study supports its conclusions from various angles, including not only TAG levels, but also fat droplet staining and survival rate under starved conditions, and oral administration of substances involved in lipid metabolism.

      Weaknesses:

      Lipid metabolism in the gut of DH44R2-expressing cells should be investigated for a better understanding of the mechanism. Fat accumulation in the gut is not mechanistically linked with fat accumulation in the fat body. The function of lipase in the gut (esp. R2 region) should be addressed, e.g. by manipulating gut-lipases such as magro or Lip3 in the gut in the contest of trpγ mutant. Also, it is not clarified which cell types in the gut DH44R2 is expressed. The study also mentioned only in the text that bmm expression in the gut cannot restore lipid droplet enlargement in the fat body, but this result might be presented as a figure.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful suggestions. Unfortunately, due to the unviability of the reagent (UAS-Lip3), we were unable to manipulate gut lipase in trpy mutants as proposed. However, we additionally performed immunostaining to examine the co-expression of trpγ and Dh44R2 in the gut, and our results indicate that both trpγ and Dh44R2 are co-expressed in the R2 region of the gut (Figure 7O and P). Furthermore, we have updated our figures to address the point that bmm expression in the gut does not restore lipid droplet enlargement in the fat body, with the revised version (Figure 5I and J).

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, the authors demonstrated the significance of the TRPγ channel in regulating internal TAG levels. They found high TAG levels in TRPγ mutant, which was ascribed to a deficit in the lipolysis process due to the downregulation of brummer (bmm). It was notable that the expression of TRPγ in DH44+ PI neurons, but not dILP2+ neurons, in the brain restored the internal TAG levels and that the knockdown of TRPγ in DH44+ PI neurons resulted in an increase in TAG levels. These results suggested a non-cell autonomous effect of Dh44+PI neurons. Additionally, the expression of the TRPγ channel in Dh44 R2-expressing cells restored the internal TAG levels. The authors, however, did not provide an explanation of how TRPγ might function in both presynaptic and postsynaptic cells in the non-cell autonomous manner to regulate the TAG storage. The authors further determined the effect of TRPγ mutation on the size of lipid droplets (LD) and the lifespan and found that TRPγ mutation caused an increase in the size of LD and a decrease in the lifespan, which were reverted by feeding lipase and metformin. These were creative endeavors, I thought. The finding that DH44+ PI neurons have non-cell autonomous functions in regulating bodily metabolism (mainly sugar/lipid) in addition to directing sugar nutrient sensing and consumption is likely correct, but the paper has many loose ends. I would like to see a revision that includes more experiments to tighten up the findings and appropriate interpretations of the results.

      (1) The authors need to provide interpretations or speculations as to how DH44+ PI neurons have non-cell autonomous functions in regulating the internal TAG stores, and how both presynaptic DH44 neurons and postsynaptic DH44 R2 neurons require TRPγ for lipid homeostasis.

      In Discussion, we had mentioned our previous finding. “ We previously proposed that TRPg holds DH44 neurons in a state of afterdepolarization, thus reducing firing rates by inactivating voltage-gated Na+ channels (Dhakal et al., 2022). At the physiological level, this induces the consistent release of DH44 and depletion of DH44 stores, resulting in nutrient utilization and storage malfunctions.”

      We also included the following: “TRPg in DH44 neurons may influence the release of metabolic signals or hormones that act on postsynaptic DH44R2 cells. These postsynaptic cells could, in turn, modulate lipid storage and metabolism in a non-cell autonomous manner. However, the mechanism by which TRPg functions in DH44R2 cells remains unclear. One possible explanation is that TRPg in the gut may be activated by stretch or osmolarity (Akitake et al. 2015).” lines 439-440.

      This interaction between presynaptic and postsynaptic cells may ensure a coordinated response to metabolic changes and maintain lipid homeostasis. Thus, both Dh44-expressing and Dh44-R2-expressing cells are crucial for the proper functioning of TRPγ in regulating internal TAG levels and lipid storage.

      (2) The expression of TRPγ solely in DH44 R2 neurons of TRPγ mutant flies restored the TAG phenotype, suggesting an important function mediated by TRPγ in DH44 R2 neurons. However, the authors did not document the endogenous expression of TRPγ in the DH44R2+ gut cells. This needs to be shown.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. To address this, we performed immunostaining to examine the expression of TRPγ in the DH44R2+ gut cells. Our results, as shown in Figure 7 O and P, confirm that TRPγ is co-expressed in the Dh44R2+ cells in the gut. We also found that Dh44R2 is expressed in the brain as well. We documented this part like the following: “Given that Dh44R2 is predominantly expressed in the intestine, we performed immunostaining to examine whether Dh44R2 co-localizes with trpg in gut cells. Our results confirmed that Dh44R2 and trpg are co-expressed in intestinal cells (Figure 7O and P). Additionally, we analyzed Dh44R2 expression in the brain and found that two Dh44R2-expressing cells are co-localized with Dh44-expressing cells in the PI region (Figure 7Q). To further delineate whether Dh44R2-mediated fat utilization is specific to the brain, gut, or fat body, we knocked down Dh44R2<sup>RNAi</sup> using Dh44-GAL4, myo1A-GAL4, and cg-GAL4, respectively (Figure 7–figure supplement 1E). Notably, knockdown of Dh44R2 with Myo1A-GAL4 resulted in elevated TAG levels, indicating that DH44R2 activity in lipid metabolism is specific to the gut.” lines 375-384.

      (3) While Dh44 mutant flies displayed normal internal TAG levels, Dh44R2 mutant flies exhibited elevated TAG levels (Figure 7A). This suggested that the lipolysis phenotype could be facilitated by a neuropeptide other than Dh44. Alternatively, a Dh44 neuropeptide-independent pathway could mediate the lipolysis. In either case, an additional result is needed to substantiate either one of the hypotheses.

      The Dh44 mutant flies exhibited normal TAG levels, whereas Dh44R2 mutant flies showed elevated TAG levels. However, when we examined the lipid droplets in the fat body, both Dh44 mutant and Dh44R2 mutant flies displayed larger lipid droplets, indicating a disruption in lipid metabolism. Additionally, we assessed starvation survival time and found that both Dh44 and Dh44R2 mutant flies exhibited reduced survival under starvation conditions compared to controls. Supplementation with lipase (Figure 7–figure supplement 1A), glycerol (Figure 7–figure supplement 1B), hexanoic acid (Figure 7–figure supplement 1C), and mixed TAGs (Figure 7–figure supplement 1D) improved starvation survival time, further supporting that the lipid metabolism pathway was impaired in both mutants. These observations highlight the role of Dh44 in regulating lipolysis. We included related Discussion: “There is an inconsistency of total TAG levels and the LD size observed in the Dh44 mutant. This inconsistency raises a possibility that the signaling pathway from DH44 release to its receptor DH44R2 only accounts for part of the lipid metabolic process under starvation. While Dh44 mutant flies displayed normal internal TAG levels, Dh44R2 mutant flies exhibited elevated TAG levels. This suggested that the lipolysis phenotype could be facilitated by a neuropeptide other than DH44. Alternatively, a DH44 neuropeptide-independent pathway could mediate the lipolysis.” lines 429-436.

      (4) While the authors observed an increased area of fat body lipid droplets (LD) in Dh44 mutant flies (Figure 7F), they did not specify the particular region of the fat body chosen for measuring the LD area.

      We have chosen the 2-3 segment in the abdomen for all fat body images, which we already mentioned in Nile red staining in the Method section line 630-631.

      (5) The LD area only accounts for TAG levels in the fat body, whereas TAG can be found in many other body parts, including the R2 area as demonstrated in Figure 5A-D using Nile red staining. As such, measuring the total internal TAG levels would provide a more accurate representation of TAG levels than the average fat body LD area.

      We have measured total internal TAG level in whole body throughout the experiments (Figure 1F, 2C, 2E, 3C, 3G, 4A, 4B, 7A, 7I, and many Supplementary Figures) except bmm expression using GAL4/UAS system. Now we include this new data in Figure 5–figure supplement 1) which is the same conclusion with LD analysis.

      (6) In Figure 5F-I, the authors should perform the similar experiment with Dh44, Dh44R1, and Dh44R2 mutant flies.

      We did the experiments with Dh44, Dh44R1, and Dh44R2 mutant flies and we found that Dh44 and Dh44R2 mutant flies showed reduced starvation survival time than control and which was increased after supplementation of lipase, glycerol, hexanoic acid and TAG (Figure 7– figure supplement 1A–D). lines 361-372.

      (7) The representative image in Figure 6B does not correspond to the GFP quantification results shown in Figure 6C. In trpr1;bmm::GFP flies, the GFP signal appears stronger in starved conditions than in satiated conditions.

      We updated it with new images. We quantified GFP intensity level using image J and found that GFP intensity level was significantly lower in starved condition in trpγ<sup>1</sup>;bmm::GFP flies than sated condition.

      (8) In Figure 6H-I, fat body-specific expression of bmm reversed the increased LD area in TRPγ mutants. The authors also showed that Dh44+PI neuron-specific expression of bmm yielded a similar result. The authors need to provide an interpretation as to how bmm acts in the fat body or DH44 neurons to regulate this.

      We first inserted the following in results: “Furthermore, the expression of bmm in the fat body, as well as Dh44 neurons in the PI region, can promote lipolysis at the systemic level.” lines 276-277.

      Additionally, we discussed it in the Discussion: “Brummer lipase is essential for regulating lipid levels in the insect fat body by mediating lipid mobilization and energy homeostasis. In Nilaparvata lugens, it facilitates triglyceride breakdown (Lu et al., 2018), while studies in Drosophila show that reduced Brummer lipase expression decreases fatty acids and increases diacylglycerol levels, highlighting its role in lipid metabolism (Nazario-Yepiz et al., 2021). Here, we additionally demonstrate that bmm expression in DH44 neurons within the PI region can systemically regulate TAG levels. Cell signaling or energy status in DH44 neurons may contribute to hormonal release that targets organs such as the fat body.” lines 451-459.

      (9) The authors should explain why the DH44 R1 mutant did not represent similar results as the wild type.

      We added “In addition, bmm levels in Dh44R1<sup>Mi</sup> under starved condition did not increase as significantly as in the control. This suggests a unique role of DH44 and its receptors in regulating lipid metabolism and response to nutritional status in Drosophila.” lines 358-360.

      (10) It would be good to have a schematic that represents the working model proposed in this manuscript.

      We updated the schematic model in revised version (Figure 8).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor (Recommendations For The Authors):

      This paper characterized the function of trpγ in Dh44-expressing PI neurons for lipid metabolism and lipolysis induced by prolonged starvation. The authors applied a series of lipolytic genetic manipulation and lipid/lipid metabolism supplements to rescue the trpγ deficits in lipolysis: the expression of active AMPK in the DH44-expressing PI neurons or brummer, a lipolytic gene, in the trpγ-expressing cells, and oral administration of the anti-diabetic drug metformin, lipase, TAG and free fatty acids. Despite this exhaustive characterization of the defective lipolysis in the trpγ mutants, there remain puzzles in inconsistent defects of Dh44 and DH44R2 in the total TAG levels and in the expression and functions of the receptor in the gut. Clarification of these points and other issues raised by the reviewers should improve the mechanisms of lipid metabolism through Dh44 signalling.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) It might be worth introducing Dh44 in the introduction section as it is unclear to readers how the authors hypothesized the site-of-action of TRPγ in Dh44 neurons for lipid metabolism after reading the introduction.

      We introduced the following: “We found that TRPg expression in Dh44 neuroendocrine cells in the brain is critical for maintaining normal carbohydrate levels in tissues (Dhakal et al. 2022). Building on this, we hypothesized that TRPg in Dh44 cells also regulates lipid and protein homeostasis.” lines 69-71.

      (2) Providing a summary model in the end to integrate the present findings and their previous publication about TRPγ functions in Drosophila sugar selection would greatly help readers understand and appreciate the general role of TRPγ in balancing energy homeostasis.

      We made a schematic model in Figure 8.

      (3) Swapping the order of Figures 5 and 6 might be a better way to tell the story without logic gaps. The results addressing the mechanisms of metformin and TRPγ in promoting lipolysis under starvation are interrupted by the lipid storage data in the R2 cells in the current Figure 5A-5E. In addition, presenting Figure 5A-5E before or together with Figure 7 will help readers appreciate the expression of Dh44-R2 and its function in regulating lipid metabolism in Figure 7.

      We did.

      (4) It might be misleading to use the word "sated" for the condition of 5-hour mild starvation. The word "mild starvation" or the equivalents might be a better word choice.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern. As hemolymph sugar level does not drop down significantly in 5 hr starvation, the previous papers (Dus et al 2015, Dhakal et al 2022) indicated it as sated condition. To use the word consistently, we prefer using “sated” instead of “mild starvation”.

      (5) It is unclear what the white arrows are pointing at in Figures 7O and 7P. Some of those seem to be non-specific signals, so it is hard to connect the figure to the conclusion in Lines 351-353. It would be helpful to add some explanations to help readers interpret Figures 7O and 7P.

      In the previous version, Figure 7O and 7P white arrows represented the expression of Dh44R2 in the SEZ region of the brain and R2 region of the gut. In revised version, to make clear, we performed additional immunostaining for the co-expression of trpγ and Dh44R2 in the gut. We found that trpγ and Dh44R2 co-expressed at the R2 region of the gut specifically (Figure 7O and P). Similarly, we found that two cells of Dh44R2 co-expressed in Dh44 cells in the PI region of the brain (now Figure 7Q). We updated this part. lines 375-380.

      (6) The figure legend for the (G) panel in Figure 2-figure Supplement 1 was mislabeled as (F).

      We corrected it.

      (7) In Line 85, the authors might want to write "… among these mutants, only trpγ mutant displayed reduced carbohydrate levels, suggesting …". Please confirm the information for the sentence. lines 87-88.

      We clarified it.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The trpγ[G4] would be difficult for non-Drosophila researchers to understand; it would be better to use trpγ-Gal4.

      We got the mutant line from Dr. Craig Montell who named it. We explained it like the following in the main text: “controlled by GAL4 knocked into the trpg locus (trpg<sup>G4</sup> flies; +)” line 109.

      (2) The arrows in Figures 7O and 7P need to be explained in the figure legends.

      We did.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (11) Lines 95-96 should have a reference.

      We did.

      (12) Lines 129-130: It should read "TRPγ expressed in DH44 cells is sufficient for the regulation of lipid levels."

      We changed it as suggested.

      (13) Figure 5E needs to be repeated with more trials.

      We increased the n numbers. Previously (Figure 5E) we included area of 10 LDs from 3 samples, and in revised figure (Figure 6I) we have included 28 LDs from 10 samples.

      (14) Figures 5F-I, bold lines are not too visible and therefore, dotted lines could be used.

      We changed it as suggested.

      (15) Line 356: It is not true that D-trehalose or D-fructose is commonly detected by DH44 neurons. These sugars at concentrations much higher than the physiological concentration range stimulate DH44 neurons (see Dus et al., 2015).

      We removed it.

      (16) Lines 362-363: It should read "Expression of TRPγ in DH44 neurons was necessary and sufficient to regulate the carbohydrate and lipid levels.".

      We changed it.

      (17) Lines 369-370: The authors need to consider removing the possible role of CRF in regulating lipid homeostasis. It could be considered to be far-fetched.

      We removed it.

      (18) Line 407-408: the sentence "Nevertheless, it is also known that DH44 neurons mediate the influence of dietary amino acids on promoting food intakes in flies (37)" needs to be removed. They used amino acid concentrations that were far greater than the physiological levels observed in the internal milieu of flies. Still, many laboratories cannot reproduce the result of using the high AA concentrations.

      We removed it.

    1. sub-optimal documentsin terms of scope and diversity, large-scale websearches (Piktus et al., 2021; Komeili et al., 2022)are integrated as a strategic extension of RAG.Specifically, the inputs are rewritten into queriescomposed of keywords by ChatGPT to mimic thedaily usage of search engine. The prompt forrewriting is shown in Appendix A. In CRAG,a public and accessible commercial web searchAPI is adopted to generate a series of URL linksfor every query. 3 Considering that knowledgefrom large-scale web searches could introducebiases or unreliable information, authoritative andregulated web pages like Wikipedia are preferred,which can significantly help mitigate these issues.Moreover, we utilize the URL links to navigateweb pages, transcribe their content, and employ thesame knowledge refinement method as Section 4.4to derive the relevant web knowledge, namelyexternal knowledge.

      công cụ web search trên quy mô lớn được tích hợp vào RAG. Cụ thể, các đầu vào sẽ được viết lại thành các truy vấn, được cấu thành từ những từ khóa được đề xuất bởi ChatGPT. Trong CRAG, một APi web search phổ biến sẽ được sử dụng để tạo ra 1 loại các đường dẫn cho mọi truy vấn. Với đánh giá rằng kiến thức từ web search thường bị thiên lệch hoặc không tin cậy, các trang web tốt như wiki sẽ được ưu tiên. Hơn nữa, các đường dẫn URL được tổng hợp để dẫn đến trang web, sau đó nội dung của các trang sẽ được trích xuất và sẽ đi qua quá trình chắt lọc như ở phần 4.4.

    2. Based on the aforementionedconfidence score for each retrieved document, threetypes of actions are designed and triggered accord-ingly where the upper and lower thresholds are set.If the confidence score is higher than the upperthreshold, the retrieved document is identified asCorrect, while identified as Incorrect if belowthe lower threshold. Otherwise, a more soft andintermediate action, i.e., Ambiguous is executed.Each retrieved document is conducted individuallyand integrated eventually.

      Dựa trên điểm confidence được đề cập ở phần trên, 3 loại hành động sẽ được thiết kế và kích hoạt dựa trên cận trên và cận dưới của điểm.

      Nếu điểm confidence cao hơn cận trên, tài liệu sẽ được coi là Correct, ngược lại nếu thấp hơn cận dưới sẽ bị coi là Incorrect. Nếu nằm giữa 2 cận sẽ được xác định là Ambiguous.

  9. inst-fs-iad-prod.inscloudgate.net inst-fs-iad-prod.inscloudgate.net
    1. U.S. public schools illustrate th · 1. · f . . . . . . e s1mp 1c1ty o reproduction-that 1s, the mdehble relat1onship between curre t d 1 . n an eventua class membership-by way of replicating class status in the superior ed t. I · · f h · h uca 10na opportumt1es o t ose wit more money If you can b f · h · · -y way o m entance real estate, or a_cc~mulated class capital and wealth-afford a better home in ~ better school d,stn~t, Y0_u will therefore receive a predictably better education

      This is a big reason why the poor stay poor, because they are born into worse environments and are not given the same education wealthy children are.

    2. -y way o m entance real estate, or a_cc~mulated class capital and wealth-afford a better home in ~ better school d,stn~t, Y0_u will therefore receive a predictably better education

      Right here it is saying that if you can afford to live in a better place with a better school district, you are getting a better education than the schools that are maybe in not as good of a district.

    1. o overcome this hardware limitation, con-tinuous portions of the world are delegated to separate computer systems (nodes) thatare responsible for processing the objects within their respective regions

      You don't need to redefine and reintroduce notions you've spent the previous chapter explaining

    2. Therefore, the programming language used to implement this system must beable to easily express asynchronous function calls and I/O operation

      More meaningful discussion of alternatives? If it doesn't really matter that you picked TS, then that's fine too

    Annotators

    Annotators

    1. philanthropy

      Philanthropy is charity and giving money and helping the world, o kda. Walakin 3lax madarx ze3ma "Yu" committed to philantropy? o daro hakak bgha ze3ma i tinspira men rasso o ze3ma howa emotionless even the success he lived??

    1. 因为目前 Broker 端日志段新增倒计时是全局设置,这就是说,在未来的某个时刻可能同时创建多个日志段对象,这将极大地增加物理磁盘 I/O 压力。有了 rollJitterMs 值的干扰,每个新增日志段在创建时会彼此岔开一小段时间,这样可以缓解物理磁盘的 I/O 负载瓶颈。

      配置topic的segment.jitter.ms或者segment.ms让segment根据时间自动滚动时错峰,避免io压力过大

      即使segment的数据量不大,超过固定时间(默认一周)没写入数据,也会滚动segment,那如果很多segment都没写入的话,那么就会同时创建segment导致大量的io占用 rollJitterMs则是一个随机的扰动值,来源于{@link LogConfig#randomSegmentJitter()}, 通过这个值可以将segment滚动的时间错开,缓解物理磁盘的 I/O 负载瓶颈